XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by...

158
XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide BY APPOINTMENT TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH THE QUEEN MOTHER MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY Published by Parts and Service Communications Jaguar Cars Limited Publication Part Number – JTP 608

Transcript of XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by...

Page 1: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

XJ Series Sedan 1998Electrical Guide

BY APPOINTMENT TOHIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES

MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARSJAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TOHER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II

MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARSJAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TOHER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH

THE QUEEN MOTHERMANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS

JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

Published by Parts and Service CommunicationsJaguar Cars Limited

Publication Part Number – JTP 608

Page 2: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

1DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998 Introduction

Electrical Guide FormatThis Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informationfor and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XJ Series electrical / elec-tronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components.

The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number(i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.

It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of thebook and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should helpto guide the user.

Standard AbbreviationsThe following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide:B+ Battery VoltageCAN Controller Area NetworkDI Direction IndicatorLH Left-HandLHD Left-Hand DriveLWB Long WheelbaseN/A Normally AspiratedNAS North American SpecificationRH Right-HandRHD Right-Hand DriveROW Rest of WorldSC SuperchargedSCP Standard Corporate Protocol NetworkVIN Vehicle Identification Number

Refer to the Vehicle Service Manual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations.

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:

VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.

XJ Series Electrical System ArchitectureThe 1998 Model Year XJ Series uses an advanced electrical system architecture which features “multiplexing”, firstintroduced in Jaguar vehicles with the XK8. Multiplexing allows for simplified wiring harnesses while providing greaterflexibility in programming market variants. Two data networks are used in the system: a controller area network (CAN)for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems.Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network,or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of thisbook. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks,the XJ Series uses two serial data buses (ISO) for diagnostics, for the security system and for the programming of certaincontrol modules.

The XJ Series uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as inprevious Sedan vehicles.

Page 3: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

2 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998Table of Contents

Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 11

User Instructions ........................................................................................................ 12 – 17

Connectors ................................................................................................................ 18 – 19

Main Power Distribution............................................................................................. 20

Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 21

Ground Point Identification and Location .................................................................... 22

Control Module Identification and Location................................................................. 23

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location .......................................... 24 – 28

Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location .......................................................... 29

NOTE: The Appendix, which contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Network messages, follows the Figure and Data pages.

Page 4: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

3DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998 Table of Contents

FIGURES

Fig. Description Variant

01 Power Distribution

01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes ...... All Vehicles01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment

and EMS Fuse Boxes..................................................................... All Vehicles01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles

02 Ground Distribution

02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles

03 Battery; Starter; Generator

03.1 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A ............................................ AJ26 N/A Vehicles03.2 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC .............................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles

04 Engine Management

04.1 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ............................. AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles04.2 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ........................... AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Vehicles04.3 ...... AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1 ............................................ AJ26 3.2 Vehicles04.4 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A and 3.2 Engine Management: Part 2 ......................... AJ26 4.0 N/A and 3.2 Vehicles04.5 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 .............................. AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles04.6 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ............................. AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles04.7 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 ...................................... AJ26 4.0 SC Vehicles

05 Transmission

05.1 ...... AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ26 N/A Vehicles05.2 ...... AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission .................................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock .......................................................................... All Vehicles

06 Anti-Lock Braking

06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles

07 Climate Control

07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles

08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings

08.1 ...... Instrument Pack; Clock .................................................................. All Vehicles08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles

09 Exterior Lighting

09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: NAS Front ........................................................... NAS Vehicles09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: ROW Front ......................................................... ROW Vehicles09.3 ...... Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear ............................................................ NAS Vehicles09.4 ...... Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear .......................................................... ROW Vehicles09.5 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles

Page 5: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

4 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998Table of Contents

FIGURES

Fig. Description Variant

10 Interior Lighting

10.1 ...... Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener ............................................ All Vehicles10.2 ...... Dimmer Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles

11 Steering; Mirrors; Suspension

11.1 ...... Power Assisted Steering ................................................................ All Vehicles11.2 ...... Steering Column Movement .......................................................... Powered Column Vehicles11.3 ...... Mirror Movement: Memory ........................................................... Memory Vehicles11.4 ...... Mirror Movement: Non-Memory .................................................... Non-Memory Vehicles11.5 ...... Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors .............................. All Vehicles11.6 ...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles

12 Seat Systems

12.1 ...... Driver Seat: Memory ...................................................................... Driver Memory Seat Vehicles12.2 ...... Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered .......................................................... Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles12.3 ...... Driver Seat: Raise / Lower .............................................................. Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles12.4 ...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered ................................................... Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles12.5 ...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB ........................................ LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles12.6 ...... Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD ...................................................... Heaters Only Front Seats LHD Vehicles12.7 ...... Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD...................................................... Heaters Only Front Seats RHD Vehicles12.8 ...... Rear Seats: Powered ..................................................................... LWB / Powered Seat Vehicles12.9 ...... Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats ................................................ LWB / Powered Seat Vehicles12.10 .... Rear Seat Heaters .......................................................................... Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles

13 Door Locking

13.1 ...... Central Door Locking: ROW ........................................................... ROW Vehicles13.2 ...... Central Door Locking: NAS............................................................. NAS Vehicles

14 Wash / Wipe System

14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System ..................................................................... All Vehicles

15 Window Lifts; Sliding Roof

15.1 ...... Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD .................................................... LHD Vehicles15.2 ...... Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD ................................................... RHD Vehicles

16 In-Car Entertainment (ICE); Telephone

16.1 ...... Standard In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Standard ICE Vehicles16.2 ...... Premium In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Premium ICE Vehicles16.3 ...... Radio Telephone ............................................................................ All Vehicles

17 Supplementary Restraint System

17.1 ...... Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners ................................................... All Vehicles

18 Ancillaries

18.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors ............... All Vehicles

19 Vehicle Multiplex Systems

19.1 ...... CAN and SCP Networks ................................................................ All Vehicles19.2 ...... Serial Data Links ............................................................................ All Vehicles

Page 6: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

5DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998 Component Index

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ................. Fig. 06.1................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

ACCELEROMETER – LATERAL ............................................... Fig. 11.6

ACCELEROMETERS – VERTICAL ........................................... Fig. 11.6

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY ........................................ Fig. 18.1

ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ................................................ Fig. 13.3

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE ............................ Fig. 11.6................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ....................... Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY ........... Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE .............................. Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .................................. Fig. 07.1................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2

AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY..................................... Fig. 07.1

AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR .................................. Fig. 17.1................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2

AIRBAG – DRIVER SIDE .......................................................... Fig. 17.1

AIRBAG – PASSENGER SIDE .................................................. Fig. 17.1

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR....................................... Fig. 07.1

ANTENNA MOTOR ................................................................. Fig. 16.1................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2

ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY ......................................................... Fig. 07.1

AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER ............................................... Fig. 08.2

AUTO TILT SWITCH ................................................................ Fig. 11.2

AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY .................................................. Fig. 01.1

BATTERY ................................................................................. Fig. 01.1................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2

BLOWER AIR INTAKES ........................................................... Fig. 07.1

BLOWER MOTOR RELAYS .................................................... Fig. 07.2

BLOWER MOTORS ................................................................ Fig. 07.2

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ................................................ Fig. 01.1................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE (continued) ............................. Fig. 12.2................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH ....................................................... Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7

BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR ..................................................... Fig. 06.1

BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4................................................................................................ Fig. 11.6

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................ Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ....................................................... Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5

CD AUTO-CHANGER............................................................... Fig. 16.1................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ........................................ Fig. 09.1................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2

CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH ................................................. Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

CIGAR LIGHTERS .................................................................... Fig. 10.2................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1

CLOCK .................................................................................... Fig. 08.1................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2

COLUMN JOY STICK .............................................................. Fig. 11.2

COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH ..................................................... Fig. 08.1

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ......................................... Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

Page 7: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

6 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998Component Index

CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH ................................... Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH (STEERING WHEEL) .................. Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7

D – 4 SWITCH ......................................................................... Fig. 05.1

DAMPER SOLENOIDS ............................................................ Fig. 11.6

DATA LINK CONNECTOR ....................................................... Fig. 19.1................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2

DIMMER CONTROL................................................................ Fig. 10.2

DIMMER MODULE ................................................................. Fig. 10.2

DIODE (BT38) – TRUNK SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 10.1

DIODE (BT40) – NUMBER PLATE ........................................... Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4

DIP BEAM RELAY ................................................................... Fig. 09.1................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2

DIRECTION INDICATORS ....................................................... Fig. 09.1................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ................................... Fig. 10.1................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR ......................... Fig. 10.1................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ........................... Fig. 10.1................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR ................. Fig. 10.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS ..................................................... Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER ........................................ Fig. 10.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

DOOR LOCKING RELAY ......................................................... Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2

DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ............................................ Fig. 07.2

DOOR MIRROR MOTORS ...................................................... Fig. 11.3................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4

DOOR MIRRORS .................................................................... Fig. 07.2................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5

DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER REAR ............................................. Fig. 10.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 10.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR .................................... Fig. 10.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH ........................................................... Fig. 03.2................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2

E-POST LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1

ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN .............................................. Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

EGR VALVE ............................................................................. Fig. 04.5

EMS CONTROL RELAY ........................................................... Fig. 01.1

ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH ...................... Fig. 13.3

Page 8: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

7DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998 Component Index

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ................................................. Fig. 03.1................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ........................ Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE ............................................. Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY ...................... Fig. 07.1

FASCIA SWITCH PACK ........................................................... Fig. 10.2

FOG LAMPS – FRONT ............................................................ Fig. 09.1................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2

FOG LAMP SWITCHES ........................................................... Fig. 09.1................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2

FOLD-BACK RELAY ................................................................. Fig. 11.5

FOLD-OUT RELAY................................................................... Fig. 11.5

FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ..................................................... Fig. 09.1................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2

FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR .................................... Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2

FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ........................................... Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2

FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ...................................... Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2

FUEL INJECTION RELAY ........................................................ Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7

FUEL INJECTORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............................................................. Fig. 08.1

FUEL PUMP 1 ......................................................................... Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7

FUEL PUMP 2 ......................................................................... Fig. 04.7

FUEL PUMP RELAY 1 ............................................................. Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7

FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 ............................................................. Fig. 04.7

FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR ........................................... Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5

FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................. Fig. 01.1................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1

FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT .................................... Fig. 01.1................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5

FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD ................................................ Fig. 01.1................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4

FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD ................................................ Fig. 01.1................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4

FUSE BOX – TRUNK ................................................................ Fig. 01.1................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1

GARAGE DOOR OPENER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE ......................... Fig. 05.1................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ...................................... Fig. 05.3

GENERATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2

GLOVE BOX LAMP ................................................................. Fig. 10.1

HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATORS ..................................... Fig. 09.5

HEADLAMP LEVELING SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 09.5

HEATED BACKLIGHT .............................................................. Fig. 07.2

HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY .................................................. Fig. 07.2

HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS .................................................. Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

HEATER PUMP ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2

HEATER PUMP RELAY ........................................................... Fig. 07.2

HEATER VALVE ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ................................................ Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE .................................. Fig. 01.1................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2

Page 9: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

8 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998Component Index

HORN RELAY .......................................................................... Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1

HORN SWITCHES ................................................................... Fig. 18.1

HORNS .................................................................................... Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1

IGNITION COIL RELAY ............................................................ Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7

IGNITION COILS ...................................................................... Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7

IGNITION MODULES .............................................................. Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7

IGNITION POSITIVE RELAYS .................................................. Fig. 01.1

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) ...................................... Fig. 10.1................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2

IGNITION SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 02.1................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2

IMPACT SENSORS.................................................................. Fig. 17.1

INCLINATION SENSOR ........................................................... Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

INERTIA SWITCH .................................................................... Fig. 02.1

INSTRUMENT PACK ............................................................... Fig. 05.3................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR ................................... Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 ................................. Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

INTERCOOLER PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 04.7

INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY ................................................ Fig. 04.7

INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR ............................................. Fig. 11.5

INTRUSION SENSORS ............................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

KEYFOB ANTENNA ................................................................. Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE .............................................. Fig. 03.1................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2

KEYLOCK SOLENOID ............................................................. Fig. 05.3

KICKDOWN SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 05.1................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2

KNOCK SENSORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

LAMP UNITS – FRONT ............................................................ Fig. 09.1................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2

LIGHTING STALK .................................................................... Fig. 09.1................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1

LUMBAR DEFLATE RELAY – LH ............................................. Fig. 12.8

MAIN BEAM RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 09.1................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR ..................................................... Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

MEMORY SWITCHES (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) .......... Fig. 11.2................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1

MIRROR JOY STICK ................................................................ Fig. 11.3................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5

MIRROR SELECT SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 11.3................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5

MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) ......................................... Fig. 05.1................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2

NEUTRAL SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 03.1

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH ................................................ Fig. 05.3................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2

NUMBER PLATE LAMPS ........................................................ Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ......................................................... Fig. 08.1

Page 10: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

9DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998 Component Index

OXYGEN SENSORS ................................................................ Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ..... Fig. 18.1

PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER .............................................. Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS .... Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

POWER AMPLIFIER ................................................................ Fig. 16.2

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE .............. Fig. 11.1

POWER WASH PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 14.1

POWERWASH RELAY ............................................................ Fig. 14.1

PUDDLE LAMPS ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ........................ Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2

RADIATOR FANS .................................................................... Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT ............................................. Fig. 16.1................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2

RADIO ANTENNA ................................................................... Fig. 16.1................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2

RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ............... Fig. 16.1................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2

RADIO ..................................................................................... Fig. 10.2

RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR ......................................... Fig. 16.1................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2

READER / EXCITER COIL ........................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

REAR SIDE MARKERS ............................................................ Fig. 09.3

REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH .......................................... Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH ........................... Fig. 04.4................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2

ROOF CONSOLE .................................................................... Fig. 10.2

SEAT BELT PRETENSIONERS ................................................ Fig. 17.1

SEAT BELT SWITCH ............................................................... Fig. 08.2

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 12.1................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 12.4................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – REAR ........................................ Fig. 12.8

SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 12.1................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7

SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 12.4................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7

SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – REAR ......................................... Fig. 12.8................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10

SEAT FORE / AFT MOTORS – REAR ....................................... Fig. 12.8

SEAT HEADREST MOTORS – REAR ....................................... Fig. 12.8

SEAT HEATER RELAY – DRIVER ............................................. Fig. 12.1................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7

SEAT HEATER RELAY – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.4................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7

SEAT HEATER SWITCHES ...................................................... Fig. 12.1................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7

SEAT HEATER SWITCHES – REAR ......................................... Fig. 12.9................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10

SEAT HEATER TIMERS – REAR .............................................. Fig. 12.9................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10

SEAT LOWER RELAY .............................................................. Fig. 12.3

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER ............................................ Fig. 12.1................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.4................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5

SEAT LUMBAR PUMPS – REAR ............................................. Fig. 12.8

SEAT LUMBAR SWITCHES – REAR........................................ Fig. 12.8

SEAT MOTOR – DRIVER (RAISE / LOWER ONLY) .................. Fig. 12.3

SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 12.1................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2

SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 12.4................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5

SEAT RAISE RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 12.3

SEAT SWITCH – PASSENGER FORE / AFT – REAR ................ Fig. 12.5

SEAT SWITCH – PASSENGER RECLINE – REAR .................... Fig. 12.5

SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR............................................... Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

Page 11: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

10 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998Component Index

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE .................... Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

SIDE AIRBAGS ........................................................................ Fig. 17.1

SIDE DI REPEATERS ............................................................... Fig. 09.2

SIDE MARKERS – FRONT ....................................................... Fig. 09.1

SIDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY ............. Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4

SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE ..................................... Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

SLIDING ROOF MOTOR ......................................................... Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

SLIDING ROOF SWITCH (ROOF CONSOLE) .......................... Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

SOLAR SENSOR ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1

SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETERS ............................................. Fig. 16.2

SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS ...................................... Fig. 16.1................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2

SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER ...................................... Fig. 16.1

SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS ........................................ Fig. 16.1................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2

SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER......................................... Fig. 16.1................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2

SQUAB HEATERS – DRIVER ................................................... Fig. 12.1................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7

SQUAB HEATERS – PASSENGER ........................................... Fig. 12.4................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7

SQUAB HEATERS – REAR ...................................................... Fig. 12.9................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10

STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH ........................... Fig. 06.1

STARTER MOTOR .................................................................. Fig. 03.1................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2

STARTER RELAY ..................................................................... Fig. 03.1................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2

STEERING COLUMN MOTORS .............................................. Fig. 11.2

STOP LAMP RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4

SUBWOOFER ......................................................................... Fig. 16.2

SUPPRESSION MODULE ....................................................... Fig. 03.1................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR ............................................. Fig. 10.2

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER REAR DOOR................................... Fig. 10.2................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT (RAISE / LOWER ONLY) ....... Fig. 12.3

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT ............................................... Fig. 12.1................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2

SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR ..................................... Fig. 10.2................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER REAR DOOR .......................... Fig. 10.2................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT ...................................... Fig. 12.4................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5

TAIL LAMP UNITS ................................................................... Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4

TELEPHONE ANTENNA .......................................................... Fig. 16.3

TELEPHONE HANDSET .......................................................... Fig. 16.3

TELEPHONE MICROPHONE ................................................... Fig. 16.3

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ................................................... Fig. 16.3

THROTTLE MOTOR ................................................................ Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ...................................... Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

TRAILER CONNECTOR ........................................................... Fig. 09.3................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4

TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE ................................................. Fig. 01.1

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A ................... Fig. 05.1................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC .................... Fig. 05.2................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ26 N/A ........ Fig. 05.1

TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ26 SC .......... Fig. 05.2

TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1

TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK ........................................... Fig. 08.1................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2

TRIP CYCLE SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 08.1

TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ........................................ Fig. 18.1

TRUNK LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1

TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2

Page 12: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

11DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998 Component Index

TRUNK RELEASE SWITCHES ................................................. Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2

TRUNK SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES .............................................. Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

VALET SWITCH ....................................................................... Fig. 13.1................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

VANITY LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1

VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER ........................................ Fig. 11.1

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES ..................... Fig. 04.1................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

VENT ASSEMBLY ................................................................... Fig. 07.1

WASH / WIPE STALK .............................................................. Fig. 14.1

WHEEL SPEED SENSORS ...................................................... Fig. 06.1

WINDOW LIFT MOTORS ........................................................ Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES ..................................................... Fig. 15.1................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS ............................................. Fig. 07.2

WINDSHIELD HEATERS ......................................................... Fig. 07.2

WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ..... Fig. 14.1

WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY .................................................. Fig. 14.1

WIPER MOTOR ....................................................................... Fig. 14.1

WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY .................................................... Fig. 14.1

Page 13: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

12 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998User Instructions

Figure and Data Page LayoutFigure Pages

Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system(01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral followinga decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures.

The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbolsrefer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminatesthe need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distri-

bution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 14.

Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are fold-ing pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.

Data Pages

The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.

When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.

Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states.The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit con-nections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive”means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuitoperation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

Page 14: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

13DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

FC15-39

FC15-73

FC15-7

O

I

FC15-41

IRW

FC15-80

NB13

III

II

I

FC4-1

FC4-3

FC4-2

WO

RW

WN

1

FC4-5

BKFCS7

FC17L

BK

250A x 2

BT65

BBT67 BT66 BT60 BT63

BT61

BT62

N

N

N

250A

N

ST6

NST5

01.1

01.1

CC21-3 CC21-1

EM11-6

I

02.1

02.1

BK

BKCCS5

CC3R

RU

GOEM2-8

GOEMS28

GO

GO

WRNW

WK

74

40II

WREM60-2

ST2

ST3

N

B

6

ST4

AN2

BAN1AN3-1

AN3-2

B

N

PI50-2

PI50-1

SW

33II

WS

SW SWPI1-11EM3-7

08.1

WR

NST1

GO

OFC22-16EM10-6

O

YEM10-17

YFC22-17

D D

D

Y

D

EM2-15

EM2-13

YFCS30

D

B+

SUFC22-9

D

FC15-92

SU D

SOFC22-11

D

FC15-21

SO D

EM50

3

1

5

2

WKPI2-12

FC7-3

RU

EM10-15

RU05.1 I

Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Fig 03.1

BATTERY HIGH POWERPROTECTION MODULE

FALSE BULKHEADSTUD CONNECTOR

IGNITION SWITCH(III)

NEUTRALSWITCH

PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

ENGINESTART

FUEL PUMPCONTROL

ANDIGNITION

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

O.K. TO START

ENGINECRANKINGCONTROL

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SUPPRESSIONMODULE

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

O.K. TO START

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

REGULATOR

GENERATOR

STARTER RELAY

STARTER MOTOR

VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input

O Output

SG Signal Ground

D Serial and encoded communications

C CAN (Network)

S SCP Network

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

B+ Battery voltage

V Voltage (DC)

Hz Frequency

KHz Frequency x 1000

MS Milliseconds

MV Millivolts

COMPONENTS

Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access

BATTERY BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP TRUNK / BATTERY COVERBT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM10 / 28-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSUREEM11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREYEM12 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREYEM13 / 34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREYEM14 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITEEM15 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE

GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONTAN2 / EYELETST4 / EYELET

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERYBT61 / EYELETBT62 / EYELETBT63 / EYELET

IGNITION SWITCH FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK

NEUTRAL SWITCH CC21 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY / CENTER CONSOLE

REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT

STARTER MOTOR ST1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDEST2 / EYELETST3 / EYELET

SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / RED ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access

STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location / Access

EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD

FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE

PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

ST5 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD

ST6 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type

BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD

CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE

FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

Fig. 03.1CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

P Pin Description Active Inactive

I FC15-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)

D FC15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – KEY TRANSPONDER ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D FC15-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+

O FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING) B+

I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+

D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

P Pin Description Active Inactive

D EM10-6 OK TO START – ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

I EM10-15 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)

D EM10-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

I EM11-6 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING) B+

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

P Pin Description Active Inactive

D FC22-9 SERIAL COMMUNICATION (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)

D FC22-11 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – BPM ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D FC22-16 OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)

D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)

User Instructions

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR ANDGROUND INFORMATION

DATE OF ISSUE

DATA PAGE

FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER

KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUEFIGURE PAGE

Page 15: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

14 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998User Instructions

NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.

Reference SymbolsReference symbols are used for three purposes:

• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground

• to refer the user to a related circuit

• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds

Battery Power Supply

This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.

Ignition Switched Power Supply

This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5.

The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).

The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).

The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III(ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.

Ignition Switched Ground

This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.

This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).

The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).

The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III(ENGINE CRANK).

Figure Number Reference Flag

This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure.

As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, theuser matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.

In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are usedto indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are over-lapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signalsare transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUITCONTINUED).

BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flagson Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space.

Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)

Input Output Serial and Encoded Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP NetworkCommunications

These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules. Thesymbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also em-ployed on the corresponding data page.

X

XII

XE

XI

X XXI

XXII

BPMXX.X

DI O SC

Page 16: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

15DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998 User Instructions

Wiring Symbols Wiring Color CodesN Brown O OrangeB Black S SlateW White L LightK Pink U BlueG Green P PurpleR Red BRD BraidY Yellow

When a wire has two or more color code letters, the firstletter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s)indicate the tracer color(s).

Wiring Harness CodesCode Description

AN Generator link harnessBB Rear seat motors and heaters harnessBC Rear seat center console harnessBL Bumper harness – LH frontBR Bumper harness – RH frontBS Rear seat link harnessBT Trunk harnessCA Cabin harnessCC Center console harnessCF Radiator cooling fan harnessDD Driver door harnessEM Engine management harnessFC Fascia harnessFL Axle harness – LH frontFP Fuel tank pressure sensor link harnessFR Axle harness – RH frontGB Transmission harnessHP Steering wheel horn switch harnessIC In-car entertainment harnessIJ Fuel injector harness – superchargedLA Axle harness – LH rearLL Power steering link harnessLS Forward harnessPD Passenger door harnessPI Engine harnessRA Axle harness – RH rearRD Rear driver door harnessRP Rear passenger door harnessRT Radio telephone harnessSC Steering column switchgear harnessSH Windshield heater link harnessSM-D Driver seat harnessSM-P Passenger seat harnessSR Sliding roof motor link harnessST Main power harnessSW Steering wheel harness

Code NumberingWhen numbering connectors, grounds and splices, JaguarEngineering uses a three-position format: CA001, CA002,etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, thecodes have been shortened. Thus CA001-001 becomesCA1-1, CA002-001 becomes CA2-1, etc.

SPLICE

SIMPLIFIED SPLICE

BULB

CAPACITOR

CONNECTOR

DIODE

DIODE (IN HARNESS)

EYELET AND STUD

FUSE

LOGIC GROUND

POWER GROUND

LED

LED

MOTOR

POTENTIOMETER

RESISTOR

SOLENOID

SUPPRESSION DIODE

SUPPRESSION RESISTOR

THERMISTOR

TRANSISTOR

WIRE CONTINUED

ZENER DIODE

XX1XX1-X XX1-X

XXXXX

-XX

-XX

-XX

SPLICE HEADER

Page 17: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

16 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998User Instructions

Harness Component Numbers

Connectors

HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER

EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)

Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).

FC7-24 FC7-24 (LHD)FC7-15 (RHD)

RHS3 RHS3

BT29BT29-1 BT29-2

CA20

3

1

5

2

4 CA20

8

6

10

7

9

Harness code Pin number

Connector number

Splices

HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER

EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used)

NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, inwires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to showwires from other circuits.

Harness code

Splice

Splice numberSIMPLIFIED SPLICE

Splice Headers

Three non-serviceable splice headers are used in the system harness. Splice headers are depicted as components andidentified by a connector number within the component. The splice header number appears at the upper left hand corner;pin numbers appear adjacent to each pin.

EXAMPLE:

Diodes

Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.

EXAMPLE:

CA223

-4

-5

-6

Relay Connectors

Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay;the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this in-stance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay are identifiedby numbers 6 – 10.

EXAMPLE:

Page 18: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

17DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998 User Instructions

L R

CC2( ) LS2R BT2L

EM2R(EM1R) BT2L

Grounds

HARNESS CODE + GROUND EYELET NUMBER + EYELET DESIGNATION (L or R where applicable)

Eyelet designation

Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’ and can be identifiedby the absence of a suffix. The eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified by the suffix L (left) or R (right).

SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR

EXAMPLES:

Harness code

Ground eyelet number

Single leg eyelet

Harness code

Ground eyelet number

RH eyelet leg

Harness code

Ground eyelet number

LH eyelet leg

Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground designa-tion is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.

EXAMPLES:

LHD Vehicles

RHD VehiclesSame for LHD & RHD Vehicles

NOTE: The XJ Series ground studs are not identified by code. Therefore, multiple eyelets with different harness codesmay be connected to a ground stud.

SCP NetworkDue to circuit complexity and because space is limited, the SCP Network is, in most cases, shown as a broken grey lineindicating that there is network communication between the depicted control modules. Refer to Fig. 19.1 for circuit details.

EXAMPLE:

S

SDD10-16

DD10-9

S

U–

+

S

SPD10-16

PD10-9–

+

19.1

19.1

S

U 19.1

19.1

S

U –

+

19.1

19.1

RD10-9

RD10-16

S

S

S

U –

+

19.1

19.1

RP10-9

RP10-16

S

S

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

Page 19: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

18 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998Connectors

The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.

Multilock 040

Low current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).Multilock 070

High current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).

Econoseal III LC

Low current sealed connector.Econoseal III HC

High current sealed connector.

Ford Card

Used for SRS only.Through Panel

54-way connector.

Page 20: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

19DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998

Augat 1.6

2-way connector.Augat 1.6

3-way connector.

Augat 1.6

4-way connector.Augat 1.6

6-way connector.

Augat 1.6

8-way connector.

Connectors

Page 21: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

20 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998Main Power Distribution

BT61

ST1

ST4

ST2

ST5

ST6

ST19

ST21ST20

BT60

ST15 ST14 ST13

BT64

BT65

BT67

BT66

BT62BT63

+

ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX

ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX

STARTERMOTOR

GENERATOR

FALSE BULKHEADSTUD CONNECTOR

LH HEELBOARDFUSE BOX

RH HEELBOARDFUSE BOX

HIGH POWERPROTECTION MODULE

BATTERY

TRUNK FUSE BOX

Page 22: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

21DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998

LHD RHD

SC1SC2SC3SC4

BL1 LS32

EM1EM51

LL2

EM42 EM44

BR1

LS2

PI1PI2

EM53EM63

EM2EM3

LS3

FC5

CA19

FC1

CA20

SW10

CA23

CA66

SW1SW2

IC1IC3

CA29

BT4

CA9

CA109

CA16CA45

CA72

CA27

RT2

FC7FC11

LS1

CA8CA10

CA13CA14CA46

SC1SC2SC3SC4

BL1 LS32

EM1EM51

LL2

EM42 EM44

BR1

LS2

PI1PI2

EM53EM63

EM2EM3

LS3

FC1

CA19

FC5

CA20

SW10

CA27

CA66

SW1SW2

IC1IC3

CA29

BT4

CA9

CA109

CA13CA14CA46

CA8CA10

CA72

CA23

RT2

FC7FC11

LS1

CA11CA12

CA11CA12

CA16CA45

Harness Layout Harness Layout

FRONT OF VEHICLE

RADIATOR COOLING FANHARNESS (CF)

BUMPER HARNESS –LH FRONT (BL)

POWER STEERINGLINK HARNESS (LL)

AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL)

FORWARD HARNESS (LS)

WINDSHIELD HEATERHARNESS (SH)

FASCIA HARNESS (FC)

STEERING COLUMNSWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)

STEERING WHEELHARNESS (SW)

DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)

SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH

DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SM-D)

CABIN HARNESS (CA)

DRIVER REARDOOR HARNESS (RD)

AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA)

IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENTHARNESS (IC)

BUMPER HARNESS –RH FRONT (BR)

ENGINE HARNESS (PI)

AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)

ENGINE MANAGEMENTHARNESS (EM)

TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)

CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC)

RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT)

PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD)

SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH

PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SM-P)

REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)

PASSENGER REARDOOR HARNESS (RP)

AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)

TRUNK HARNESS (BT)

FRONT OF VEHICLE

RADIATOR COOLING FANHARNESS (CF)

BUMPER HARNESS –LH FRONT (BL)

POWER STEERINGLINK HARNESS (LL)

AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL)

FORWARD HARNESS (LS)

ENGINE MANAGEMENTHARNESS (EM)

WINDSHIELD HEATERHARNESS (SH)

CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC)

RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT)

PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD)

SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH

PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SM-P)

CABIN HARNESS (CA)

PASSENGER REARDOOR HARNESS (RP)

AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA)

IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENTHARNESS (IC)

BUMPER HARNESS –RH FRONT (BR)

ENGINE HARNESS (PI)

AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)

TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)

FASCIA HARNESS (FC)

STEERING COLUMNSWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)

STEERING WHEELHARNESS (SW)

DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)

SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH

DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SM-D)

REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)

DRIVER REARDOOR HARNESS (RD)

AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)

TRUNK HARNESS (BT)

Page 23: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

22

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CA25

CA30CA36

FC29

EM8

LS29

LS10LS18

LS19LS20

EM16EM17EM18

BT20BT21

CC2

CA38CA110

BT34

IC6IC20

BT65

BT22BT28

BT28BT44

CA48

CA31CA47

CA33

CC3FC17

CA26

Ground Point Identification and Location Ground Point Identification and Location

LH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD

LH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW

KEYFOB ANTENNA GROUND

LH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD

RH REAR TRUNK GROUND STUD

BATTERY GROUND STUD

RH CENTER TRUNK GROUND STUD

RH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD

RADIO ANTENNA GROUNDEARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES:

RH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW(AIRBAG ONLY GROUND)

RH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD

DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)

LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:CABIN SIDE

EMS LH GROUND STUD

ENGINE GROUND SCREW

ABS GROUND STUD

LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

RH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:CABIN SIDE (QUIET GROUND)

RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

RADIO GROUND

PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)

Page 24: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

23DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998

LHD RHD

Control Module Identification and Location Control Module Identification and Location

RADIATOR FAN CONTROLRELAY MODULE

ABS / TRACTION CONTROLCONTROL MODULE

AIRBAG / SRSSINGLE POINT SENSOR

DIMMER MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDERMODULE

INSTRUMENT PACK

SLIDING ROOFCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE

GEAR SELECTORILLUMINATION MODULE

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

REAR SEATCONTROL MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

RADIATOR FAN CONTROLRELAY MODULE

AIRBAG / SRSSINGLE POINT SENSOR

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE

SLIDING ROOFCONTROL MODULE

ABS / TRACTION CONTROLCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE

GEAR SELECTORILLUMINATION MODULE

PASSENGER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

REAR SEATCONTROL MODULE

DIMMER MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDERMODULE

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

INSTRUMENT PACK

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

Page 25: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

24

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

EM14 EM15 EM13 EM12 EM11 EM10

11B 10

—9

RY8

RG7

BU6

BW5

BY4

BO3

PN

2PU

1PS

22B 21

—20—

19—

18BS

17BN

16BG

6R

5R

4BK

3WR

2GY

1GY

12G

11G

10B

9B

8B

7B 15

BP14—

13—

12B

4WU

3P

2—

1SR

7RG

6GO

5SG

11U

10G

9UY

8UW

16K

15R

14BG

13BY

12BG

8—

7—

6O

5WK

4UN

3ULG

2UG

1WR

13O

12K

11PG

10US

9NO

21UW

20BG

19—

18—

17Y

16PK

15RU

14OU

28Y

27G

26Y

25G

24—

23BK

22B

6RW

5WU

4—

3—

2—

1—

11—

10RY

9SG

8SLG

7—

17—

16—

15R

14G

13GY

12UP

22BP

21—

20—

19BY

18BY

10—

9—

8—

7—

6—

5—

4OK

3SP

2W

1KN

16WU

15W

14GR

13*PY

12*RW

11PW

26LGU

25LGW

24LGO

23LGK

22UB

21—

20B

19Y

18S

17N

34LGP

33LGS

30—

29O

32LGR

31LGY

28P

27BG

11B 10

—9—

8—

7BU

6BW

5BY

4BO

3PN

2PU

1PS

22B 21

—20—

19—

18BS

17BN

16BG

6R

5R

4BK

3WR

2GY

1GY

12G

11G

10B

9B

8B

7B 15

BP14—

13—

12B

4WU

3P

2—

1SR

7RG

6GO

5SG

11U

10G

9UY

8UW

16K

15R

14BG

13BY

12BG

8—

7—

6O

5WK

4UN

3ULG

2UG

1WR

13O

12K

11PG

10US

9NO

21UW

20BG

19—

18—

17Y

16PK

15RS

14OU

28Y

27G

26Y

25G

24—

23BK

22B

6RW

5WU

4YR

3YN

2YG

1YU

11—

10RY

9SG

8SLG

7UP

17U

16N

15R

14G

13GY

12UP

22BP

21—

20—

19BY

18BY

10RY

9KB

8—

7—

6—

5—

4OK

3SP

2W

1KN

16WU

15W

14GR

13*PY

12*RW

11PW

26LGU

25LGW

24LGO

23LGK

22UB

21—

20B

19Y

18S

17N

34LGP

33LGS

30—

29O

32LGR

31LGY

28P

27BG

11B 10

—9—

8—

7BU

6BW

5BY

4BO

3PN

2PU

1PS

22B 21

—20—

19—

18BS

17BN

16BG

6R

5R

4BK

3WR

2GY

1GY

12G

11G

10B

9B

8B

7B 15

BP14—

13—

12B

4WU

3P

2—

1SR

7RG

6GO

5SG

11U

10G

9UY

8UW

16K

15R

14BG

13BY

12BG

8—

7—

6O

5WK

4UN

3ULG

2UG

1WR

13O

12K

11PG

10US

9NO

21UW

20BG

19—

18—

17Y

16PK

15RS

14OU

28Y

27G

26Y

25G

24—

23BK

22B

6RW

5WU

4YR

3YN

2YG

1YU

11—

10RY

9SG

8SLG

7UP

17—

16—

15R

14G

13GY

12UP

22BP

21—

20—

19BY

18BY

10RY

9KB

8—

7—

6—

5—

4OK

3SP

2W

1KN

16WU

15W

14GR

13*PY

12*RW

11PW

26LGU

25LGW

24LGO

23LGK

22UB

21—

20B

19Y

18S

17N

34LGP

33LGS

30—

29O

32LGR

31LGY

28P

27BG

8—

7—

6O

5WK

4UN

3ULG

2UG

1WR

13O

12K

11PG

10US

9NO

21UW

20BG

19—

18—

17Y

16PK

15RU

14OU

28Y

27G

26Y

25G

24—

23BK

22—

6R

5R

4BK

3WR

2GY

1GY

12G

11G

10B

9B

8B

7B

10—

9—

8—

7—

6—

5—

4OK

3SP

2W

1KN

16WU

15W

14GR

13*PY

12*RW

11PW

26LGU

25LGW

24LGO

23LGK

22UB

21—

20B

19Y

18S

17N

34LGP

33LGS

30—

29O

32LGR

31LGY

28P

27BG

6RW

5WU

4—

3—

2—

1—

11—

10RY

9SG

8SLG

7—

17U

16N

15R

14G

13GY

12UP

22BP

21—

20—

19BY

18BY

4WU

3P

2—

1SR

7RG

6GO

5SG

11U

10G

9UY

8UW

16K

15R

14BG

13BY

12BG

11B 10

—9

RY8

RG7

BU6

BW5

BY4

BO3

PN

2PU

1PS

22B 21

—20—

19—

18BS

17BN

16BG

15BP

14—

13—

12B

4.0 N/A NAS

4.0 N/A ROW; 3.2

4.0 SC NAS

4.0 SC ROW

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY

EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY

EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY

EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY

* EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES: EM13-12 – PY; EM13-13 – RW

Page 26: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

25DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998

1BK

2WG

3—

4—

5—

6SO

7—

8—

9—

10SU

11—

12—

13UY

14R

15—

16—

17—

25—

26B

27RO

28—

29—

30—

31—

32—

33BR

34—

35Y

36O

37—

38—

39—

40—

41—

18—

19S

20U

21—

22—

23Y

24Y

42—

43—

44—

45—

46—

47G

48G

1—

2—

3PY

4SG

5OU

13BW

14RW

15—

16YW

17—

6UB

7OB

8—

9—

10—

11—

12—

18—

19OS

20UW

21RLG

22SW

23OP

24—

FC25FC24

LS27

17W

18R

19UP

20WU

21P

22U

23—

24B

25NY

10—

11—

12—

13UB

14R

15G

16RY

1UO

2US

3S

4G

5Y

6Y

7O

8B

9NR

EM7

28BY

27—

26NR

25—

24—

23BRD

22UY

21BU

20—

19—

18BS

17—

16U

15BRD

14N

13US

12RP

55WB

54WB

53RU

52RY

51OB

50—

49—

48—

47—

46—

45RG

44R

43—

42G

41—

40—

39—

88—

87—

86Y

85G

84—

83Y

82G

81—

80—

79—

78—

77—

76—

75—

74—

73—

72—

11—

10—

9W

8RB

7—

6B

5OG

4OK

3—

2RS

1OU

38—

37Y

36S

35—

34B

33YP

32YU

31—

30YB

29OR

71—

70—

69—

68—

67—

66—

65—

64—

63—

62—

61—

60—

59—

58—

57—

56—

1YU

2BS

3P

4—

5—

6—

7—

8—

9—

10—

23—

24—

25LGB

26LGU

27LGP

28LGN

29WB

30B

12BG

13BW

14BK

15BLG

16BP

17BS

33B

34BY

35BU

36BO

37BN

38BR

LG

HY

EM61 EM62

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC

EM61 / 18-WAY / BLACK EM62 / 14-WAY / BLACK

FC24 / 48-WAY / BLACK FC25 / 24-WAY / BLACK

INSTRUMENT PACK

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

TO

P

LS27 / 25-WAY / BLACK

EM7 / 88-WAY / BLACK

Page 27: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

26

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

FC15

79NG

80NB

81GR

82GR

83GB

84U

85S

86OP

87SK

88YG

89YW

90BK

91BK

53RK

54RB

55SP

56*UM

57GR

58SB

59PY

60RY

61KG

62—

63SG

64—

65—

27YK

28RW

29—

30U

31GB

32WN

33WY

34LGK

35OU

36—

37LGR

38OR

39Y

1RY

2GY

3GK

4GU

5SO

6YW

7—

8—

9LGU

10RW

11YB

12OP

13—

92SU

93YK

94LGO

95RS

96PW

97—

98—

99PN

100BR

101PW

102NB

103—

104NY

66PU

67UR

68US

69OK

70GS

71SR

72YU

73—

74RW

75GR

76GK

77RG

78PG

40WU

41RW

42UY

43WLG

44OY

45UG

46YB

47YLG

48OG

49GO

50GY

51RW

52BS

14UB

15WO

16RY

17OY

18YS

19BLG

20OG

21SO

22—

23—

24NW

25B

26YG

79NG

80NB

81GR

82GR

83GB

84U

85S

86OP

87SK

88YG

89YR

90BK

91BK

53RK

54RB

55SP

56UW

57GR

58SB

59PY

60RY

61KG

62—

63SG

64—

65—

27YK

28RW

29—

30U

31GB

32WN

33WY

34LGK

35OU

36—

37LGR

38OR

39Y

1RY

2GY

3GK

4GU

5SO

6YW

7—

8—

9LGU

10RW

11YB

12OP

13—

92SU

93YK

94LGO

95RS

96PW

97—

98—

99PN

100BR

101PW

102NB

103—

104NY

66PU

67UR

68US

69OK

70GS

71SR

72YU

73—

74RW

75GR

76GK

77RG

78PG

40WU

41RW

42UY

43WLG

44OY

45UG

46YB

47YLG

48OG

49GO

50GY

51RW

52BS

14UB

15WO

16RY

17OY

18YS

19BLG

20OG

21SO

22—

23—

24NW

25B

26YG

13—

12—

11—

10—

9—

8LGS

7—

6GW

5RY

4—

3—

2—

1US

26YO

25—

24—

23—

22—

21—

20—

19—

18—

17—

16—

15—

14—

8S

7RO

6NK

5YW

4OG

3UW

2—

1—

16U

15NY

14BK

13BK

12—

11—

10—

9UB

BT2 BT1

CA61

EM68

10R

9SU

8OG

7OR

6O

5U

4NR

3BRD

2BRD

1—

20RB

19RW

18UW

17Y

16O

15UB

14WO

13WN

12BK

11SO

19—

20PB

21UB

22RB

23—

24OB

25U

26US

27NS

28K

29—

30OS

31OW

32OW

33OY

34OY

35—

1SO

2—

3UW

4—

5—

6—

7—

8—

9—

10O

11WK

12—

13OB

14OG

15OP

16—

17—

18B

FC22

25R

24R

23S

22S

21P

20P

19YR

18Y

17YU

16Y

15—

14YR

13Y

12—

11YU

10Y

9OS

8—

7YR

6BK

5WK

4N

3U

2N

1U

50—

49—

48—

47—

46—

45—

44—

43—

42—

41—

40Y

39—

38—

37—

36—

35—

34—

33—

32—

31—

30—

29—

28—

27—

26—

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

FC15 / 104-WAY / GREY (LHD)

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

BT2 / 26-WAY / BLACK BT1 / 16-WAY / BLACK

AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR

* NAS VEHICLES: FC15-56 NOT USED

FC15 / 104-WAY / GREY (RHD)

CA61 / 50-WAY / YELLOW

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

EM68 / 35-WAY / BLACK

Page 28: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

27DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998

12WR

13B

14B

15GW

16OU

17PG

18LGW

19BW

20BK

21O 22

1WP

2GY

3WN

4WU

5NY

6PY

7UG

8P

9UN

10K 11

7SY

8SR

9—

10—

11UB

12KU

1ULG

2S

3SG

4—

5OY

6UG

14—

15—

16LGN

17RW

18LGP

19RU

20SR

21Y

22NR

23— 24

—25UR

26GU

1RLG

2U

3UY

4PS

5KW

6RY

7PR

8PY

9—

10OR

11YG

12—

13UY

14—

15UK

16GP

1OP

2RG

3YW

4—

5SU

6SG

7US

8GO

9RB

10— 11

—12

UW13UO

CC31 CC30 CC29 CC28

14WB

15WB

16—

17—

18W

19W

20—

21—

22—

23—

24—

25—

26—

1WB

2WB

3—

4—

5W

6W

7—

8WP

9WU

10WO

11WR

12WY

13—

9PY

10PW

11KY

12KW

13UW

14UY

15RY

16RW

1RO

2RS

3US

4UO

5GS

6GO

7PS

8PO

6GW

7—

8GY

9S

10U

1BK

2B

3KS

4KO

5NK

SM1-D SM2-D SM3-D

9PY

10PW

11KY

12KW

13UW

14UY

15RY

16RW

1RO

2RS

3US

4UO

5GS

6GO

7PS

8PO

6GW

7—

8GY

9S

10U

1BK

2B

3KS

4KO

5NK

SM1-D SM3-D

9PY

10PW

11KY

12KW

13UW

14UY

15RY

16RW

1RO

2RS

3US

4UO

5GS

6GO

7PS

8PO

6GW

7—

8GY

9S

10U

1—

2B

3KS

4KO

5NK

SM1-P SM3-P

11— 10

PW9

PY8

RY7—

6—

5—

4—

3—

2—

1—6

GO5

GS4

PO3

PS2

OU1

OS22— 21

—20RW

19UW

18UY

17YW

16YG

15GW

14GY

13—

12—12

GR11

GW10

OW9B

8PW

7PR

11SY 10

B9—

8—

7—

6—

5—

4—

3—

2—

1—6

NW5B

4NK

3B

2—

1—

22B 21

—20—

19—

18—

17—

16—

15—

14—

13—

12B12

NW11—

10—

9—

8—

7—

BS6 BS7 BS2 BS1

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

CC31 / 22-WAY / GREY CC30 / 12-WAY / GREY CC29 / 16-WAY / GREY CC28 / 26-WAY / GREY

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: MEMORY

SM1-D / 16-WAY / BLACK SM2-D / 26-WAY / BLACK SM3-D / 10-WAY / BLACK

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: NON-MEMORY

SM1-D / 16-WAY / BLACK SM3-D / 10-WAY / BLACK

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

SM1-P / 16-WAY / BLACK SM3-P / 10-WAY / BLACK

REAR SEAT CONTROL MODULE

BS6 / 12-WAY / WHITE BS7 / 22-WAY / WHITE BS2 / 12-WAY / BLUE BS1 / 22-WAY / BLUE

Page 29: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

28

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

DD11 DD10

7BP

6BY

5OB

4OU

3OR

2UG

1BK

15BW

14—

13OU

12OY

11—

10YN

9YR

8—

22BN

21BS

20G

19—

18BO

17SN

16—

7UW

6—

5SY

4ON

3OG

2Y

1NO

15OW

14GW

13—

12—

11—

10BG

9U

8BK

22OK

21OU

20WU

19BR

18B

17B

16S

7BP

6BY

5OB

4OU

3OR

2*UG

1BK

15BW

14—

13OU

12OY

11—

10YN

9YR

8—

22BN

21BS

20G

19—

18—

17SN

16—

7UW

6SU

5SY

4ON

3OG

2Y

1NO

15OW

14GW

13—

12—

11—

10BG

9U

8BK

22OK

21OU

20WU

19BR

18BO

17B

16S

7BG

6BN

5OU

4OU

3OR

2*UG

1BK

15BS

14—

13OB

12OY

11—

10YN

9YR

8—

22BY

21BW

20G

19—

18—

17SN

16—

7UW

6SU

5SY

4ON

3OG

2Y

1NO

15OW

14GW

13—

12—

11—

10BP

9U

8BK

22OK

21OU

20WU

19BO

18BR

17B

16S

RD11 RD10

7BK

6BO

5UP

4—

3—

2—

1—

15US

14—

13KS

12—

11—

10—

9—

8—

22UN

21BG

20G

19—

18—

17—

16—

7UW

6—

5—

4PN

3PG

2Y

1NO

15OW

14GW

13—

12—

11—

10—

9U

8BK

22YK

21PU

20WU

19BK

18—

17B

16S

7BK

6BO

5UP

4—

3—

2—

1—

15US

14—

13KS

12—

11—

10—

9—

8—

22UN

21BG

20G

19—

18—

17—

16—

7UW

6—

5—

4PN

3PG

2Y

1NO

15OW

14GW

13—

12—

11—

10—

9U

8BK

22YK

21PU

20WU

19BK

18—

17B

16S

RP11 RP10

7—

6BO

5—

4—

3—

2—

1—

15U

14—

13—

12—

11—

10—

9—

8U

22—

21BG

20G

19—

18—

17—

16—

7UW

6—

5—

4—

3—

2—

1NO

15OW

14GW

13—

12—

11—

10—

9U

8BK

22—

21—

20—

19—

18—

17B

16S

7—

6BO

5—

4—

3—

2—

1—

15U

14—

13—

12—

11—

10—

9—

8U

22—

21BG

20G

19—

18—

17—

16—

7UW

6—

5—

4—

3—

2—

1NO

15OW

14GW

13—

12—

11—

10—

9U

8BK

22—

21—

20—

19—

18—

17B

16S

PD11 PD10

7—

6BO

5—

4—

3—

2—

1—

15—

14—

13—

12—

11—

10—

9—

8—

22—

21BG

20G

19—

18—

17—

16—

7UW

6—

5SY

4—

3—

2—

1NO

15OW

14GW

13—

12—

11—

10—

9U

8BK

22—

21—

20—

19—

18—

17B

16S

7—

6BO

5—

4—

3—

2—

1—

15—

14—

13—

12—

11—

10—

9—

8—

22—

21BG

20G

19—

18—

17—

16—

7UW

6SU

5SY

4—

3—

2—

1NO

15OW

14GW

13—

12—

11—

10—

9U

8BK

22—

21—

20—

19—

18—

17B

16S

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

* ROW NON-MEMORY: DD11-2 NOT USED

DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)

DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW LHD) DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW LHD)

DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW RHD) DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW RHD)

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)

PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW) PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)

RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW) RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)

PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)

RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW) RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)

Page 30: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

29DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

XJ Series 1998 Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location

Air conditioning isolate relayviolet / violet

NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAMPLE, BLACK / BLACK INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLACK CONNECTOR. SOME RELAYS CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS; THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS “BUS”.

Fold-back relayviolet / violet

Door locking relayviolet / violetFold-out relayviolet / violet

LH heelboard fuse boxIgnition positive relaybrown / bus

LH HEELBOARD RELAYS AND FUSE BOX

Seat lower relay (LHD)violet / violetSeat raise relay (LHD)violet / violet

Seat heater relaybrown / brown

FRONT SEAT RELAYS

Air conditioning compressor clutch relaybrown / brownStarter relaybrown / brownThrottle motor power relaybrown / brownIgnition coil relaybrown / brownFuel injection relaybrown / brownIntercooler pump relayblue / blue

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)

Heater pump relaybrown / bus

Front fog lamp relaybrown / bus

Main beam relaybrown / bus

Powerwash relaybrown / busDip beam relaybrown / busHorn relaybrown / busIgnition positive relaybrown / busEngine compartment

fuse box

ENGINE COMPARTMENT RELAYS AND FUSE BOX

Wiper fast / slow relayblack / blackWiper run / stop relayblack / black

ENGINE COMPARTMENTFRONT RELAYS

EMS control relaybrown / bus

Engine managementfuse box

ENGINE MANAGEMENTRELAYS

RH windshield heater relayblack / blackLH windshield heater relayblack / black

FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)

Air conditioning compressor clutch relaybrown / brownStarter relaybrown / brownThrottle motor power relaybrown / brownIgnition coil relaybrown / brownFuel injection relaybrown / brownIntercooler pump relayblue / blue

FRONT SEAT RELAYS

Seat lower relay (RHD)violet / violetSeat raise relay (RHD)violet / violet

Seat heater relaybrown / brown

RH HEELBOARD RELAYS AND FUSE BOX

RH heelboard fuse box

LH lumbar deflate relayblue / blue

RH rear seat heater timerbrown / brown

RH blower motor relayblue / blue

Door mirror heater relayblue / blue

LH rear seat heater timerbrown / brown

Auxiliary positive relaybrown / bus

LH blower motor relayblue / blue

Side marker and number plate lamp relaybrown / bus

Heated backlight relaybrown / bus

Fuel pump relay 2brown / bus

Fuel pump relay 1brown / bus

Stop lamp relaybrown / bus

Accessory connector relaybrown / bus

Fuel filler flap unlock relayviolet / violet

Fuel filler flap lock relayviolet / violet

TRUNK RELAYS AND FUSE BOX

Trunk fuse box

Page 31: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

250A x 2

BT65

B

BT37

B+ (BT66)

BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63

BT61

BT62

N

N

N

250A

N

WN N

CA42-6

BT64 ST13

N

ST14

WY

CA2-6

7II

N

ST15

NN

ST19

PK

EM20-6

N

04.1

ST6

NST5

03.1

WY

LS7-9

6II

6

N

1

04.4

3

2

5

1

21I

3

2

5

1

3 4II

07.2

09.1

09.1

3

2

5

1

5

15I

2II

04.7

WU

ST20 ST21

N

43E

PK

FC15-97

WU

FC15-32

WN10I

2II

WOFC15-15

FC1-44

BT4-17

WU

03.2

04.7

07.2

18.1

14.1

09.1

13.3

09.2

09.2

09.2

13.4 18.1

04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

1

2

3

4

5

6

09.3 09.4

09.3 09.4

1

2

3

4

5

6

3

1

5

2O

I

I

Main Power Distribution Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

BATTERY HIGH POWERPROTECTION MODULE

FALSE BULKHEADSTUD CONNECTOR

STARTER

BATTERY + POST

TRANSITISOLATION DEVICE

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

ECM CONTROL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

RELAYS

IGN

ITIO

N P

OW

ER

BU

S

BA

TT

ER

Y P

OW

ER

BU

S

AUXILIARY POSITIVERELAY

TRUNK FUSE BOX

IGN

ITIO

N A

UX

ILIA

RY

PO

WE

R B

US

BA

TT

ER

Y P

OW

ER

BU

S

RH HEELBOARDFUSE BOX

IGNITION POSITIVERELAY

IGN

ITIO

N P

OW

ER

BU

S

BA

TT

ER

Y P

OW

ER

BU

S

LH HEELBOARDFUSE BOX

EMS CONTROL RELAY

EN

GIN

E M

AN

AG

EM

EN

T P

OW

ER

BU

S

BA

TT

ER

Y P

OW

ER

BU

S

ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX

IGNITION POSITIVERELAY †

RELAYS

IGN

ITIO

N P

OW

ER

BU

S

BA

TT

ER

Y P

OW

ER

BU

S

ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

Page 32: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes Fig. 01.2

NK

3 2

#1 20A CA42-1

#2 15A CA42-5

NW

#3 15A CA42-3

#4 10A CA42-8

NB

#5 5A CA41-9

NP

#6 10A CA41-10

NY

#7 20A CA41-4

#8 5A CA41-7

NG

#11 20A CA42-2

#15 25A CA41-3

NO

#17 15A CA41-1

NK

#18 25A CA41-6

NS

#9 5A

#13 25A

NK

NU

NG

NB

#1 20A CA2-1

#2 5A CA2-5

#3 5A CA2-3

#4 5A CA2-8

#5 15A CA1-9

#6 5A CA1-10

#7 15A CA1-4

#8 5A CA1-7

#11 20A CA2-2

#15 25A CA1-3

#17 10A CA1-1

#18 5A CA1-6

#9 10A CA1-2

#13 25A CA2-4

NW

NU

NB

NR

NY

NP

NG

NW

NO

NLG

NR

CA41-2

CA42-4

BPM

FC1-D

NB

NO

NP

NP

CA223

-4

-5

-6

FC5-9

NP

NO

NW

NW

CA222

-9

-10

-20

CA10-7

NWDDS2

NW

NW

CA23-9

NS NS

NSCAS60

NK

CA23-2

NP

CA27-9

NS

CA27-1 (LHD)CA23-1 (RHD)

NK

NUCA27-2

NU

NW

NO NO

NO NO

FC5-B

NB

FC5-C

NY

CAS19

FC5-28

NR

NR

NRNR

FC1-B

NG

NG

NG

CA224

-9

-10

-20

CA12-2

NG

CA16-2

NG

NK

IC1-13

NG

NYFC5-19†

NY

CA19-11

CA19-13 CAS5

NB

NB

NB

NB

NU

NW

CAS62

NYCA20-8

NY

NY

FCS6 NR

NR

NR

FC5-12

NR

NLG

NLG

NLGBT4-A

NP

NB

NU

CAS1

7

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

47

46

45

44

43

42

41

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

32

31

30

29

288

40

BPM

19.1 19.2

BPM

BPM

BPM

12.4

10.1

11.2

10.2

13.3

09.1

08.1

11.2

12.1

16.1

07.2

10.1

10.1

18.1

18.1

08.1

11.3

09.2 09.3 09.4

11.2 11.3

12.1

13.1

07.2

11.5

11.5

11.5

11.5

16.3

07.1

07.1

15.1

12.4

07.2

10.1 11.2 11.3

10.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5

12.1

12.4

12.5

12.1

12.2 12.3

12.1

11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 12.1

12.2 12.3

12.5

12.2 12.3 12.6 12.7

12.5 12.6 12.7

12.1 12.2 12.3

13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1

15.1 15.2

15.1 15.2

13.4

16.2

13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2

13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2

12.4 12.5

13.2

15.2

15.1 15.2

12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4

12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2

15.1 15.2

15.2

NWCA14-2

CA23-1 (LHD)CA27-1 (RHD)

18.1

15.1 15.2

BA

TT

ER

Y P

OW

ER

BU

S

LH HEELBOARDFUSE BOX

BA

TT

ER

Y P

OW

ER

BU

SRH HEELBOARD

FUSE BOX

NOTE: Body Processor Moduleappears in numerous figures.

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ fromthe volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pinidentification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 33: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

NU

NU

1

#1 10A BT13-7

#2 5A BT13-1

#9 10A BT11-3

#10 10A BT13-2

#12 15A BT12-3

#14 BT13-4

#16 20A BT12-4

#18 20A BT10-1

#20 20A BT10-3

#22 20A BT10-2

NK

NG

NY

NP

NP

NW

5 4

#9 10A LS6-3

#10 LS8-2

#12 30A LS7-3

#14 30A LS8-4

#16 30A LS7-4

#18 30A LS5-1

#20 LS5-3

#22 30A

NW

NLG

NG

NY

NR

LS5-2

#1 20A EM20-1

#2 15A EM20-5

#3 25A EM20-3

NW

#4 5A EM20-8

#5 10A EM19-9

NY

#6 5A EM19-10

#7 EM19-4

#8 10A EM19-7

NLG

#9 30A EM19-2

NG

#11 EM20-2

#13 EM20-4

#15 30A EM19-3

NG

#17 30A EM19-1

NP

#18 10A EM19-6

NW

NY

NP

NK

NG

IC2-1

NP

NLGLS32-2

NR

EM42-2

NG

EM42-3

NP

NS

NK NKBT4-E

NWBT4-B

CA109-7

CAS57 CA109-5

NW

NWBSS1

NWNW

NW

NW

NW

BS4-19

NWBCS3

NW

NW

NW

NW

NW

NW

BT4-F CA109-2

NP NP NPBSS3

NP

NP

NO67

68

69

70

71

72

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

04.4 04.7

NW

74

04.7

03.1 03.2

04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

04.4 04.7

04.4 04.7

04.4 04.7

04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

NU

56

09.3

13.1

16.1

13.1

16.2

12.8

12.8

12.8

12.8

12.8

12.8

12.8

12.8

12.8

12.8

12.9

12.9

09.4

09.3 09.4

13.3

06.1

06.1

14.1

11.6

05.1

07.2

07.2

CA109-6

NK

12.10

12.10

13.2

16.2

13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2

07.2

04.4 04.7 07.2

07.2

48

73

Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes Battery Power Distribution:

Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes Fig. 01.3

BA

TT

ER

Y P

OW

ER

BU

S

RELAYSFig. 01.1

TRUNK FUSE BOX

BA

TT

ER

Y P

OW

ER

BU

S

RELAYSFig. 01.1

ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX

BA

TT

ER

Y P

OW

ER

BU

S

ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 34: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

WS WS WS WS

BT4-1 CA20-10#10 5A CA2-7

#12 10A CA2-10

WP

#14 10A CA1-8

#16 10A CA1-5

WS

WG

2II

#10 5A CA42-7

#12 5A CA42-10

WY

#14 25A CA41-8

#16 CA41-5

WU

WG

#3 10A BT13-8

#4 5A BT13-9

WK

#5 5A BT11-2

WU

WS

BT10-9

WS

LS8-7

#2 5A LS8-1

WR#3 10A LS8

-8

4II

WB

LS5-9

WR

1I

#4 5A LS8-9

WU

#5 10A LS6-2

WK

LSS5

CAS8

WS

WS

WR

WR

WR

WR

WG

WG

WG

CAS10

WS

BTS30

WSBT4-2

IC1-9

WY

WK WK

EMS6

WK

WK

WK

WK

EM51-1

WK

EM51-2

WB

WS

WS

#1 10A

EM1-2 EMS10 SHS1EM42-1

WP

WP

WP

WP

WP

CA20-3

WP

WU

WG

WGWGCAS47

FC1-31

CAS9

WKCA225

-19 -18

WK

BT4-5 CA109-1

WU WUWU

WUBSS6

CA19-6

WS

WS

WS

CCS16

CA20-15

CAS12

WU

WU

WS

WRWR WR WR

FCS22FC5-46LS3-12

5II

6II

7II

8II

9II

10II

11II

12II

13II

14II

15II

16II

17II

21I

22I

23I

18I

19I

25II

04.4 04.7

04.7

07.2

04.4 04.7

09.1

07.2

03.1 03.2

03.1 03.2

04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

04.4 04.7

WS WS

WS

20I

17.1

07.1

07.2

07.2

07.2

11.1

08.1

11.5

05.1 05.2

05.1 05.2

05.2

06.1

10.1

10.1

16.3

16.1

18.1

18.1

19.1 19.2

12.9

12.9

05.1

07.2

07.2

09.5

09.5

13.3

09.3

09.5

06.1

05.2

09.4

11.6

09.2

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7

26II

16.2

WU

WUBSS7

29II

12.10

12.10

27II

28II

24II

1

2

1

2

4

30II

31II

32II

33II

34II

35II

36II

37II

38II

39II

40II

41II

42II

43II44

II

WG

Ignition Switched Power Distribution Ignition Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.4

NOTE: Splice header CA225 – early production vehicles only.

IGN

ITIO

N P

OW

ER

BU

S

LH HEELBOARDFUSE BOX

IGN

ITIO

N A

UX

ILIA

RY

PO

WE

R B

US

RH HEELBOARDFUSE BOX

RELAYS

TRUNK FUSE BOX

IGN

ITIO

N P

OW

ER

BU

S

RELAYS

ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX

POWERED REAR SEAT VEHICLES.

HEATERS ONLY REAR SEAT VEHICLES.

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 35: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

#10 5A EM20-7

#12 10A EM20-10

WU

#14 10A EM19-8

#16 5A EM19-5

WP

WR

WR

WR

WR

WR

WR

EMS7

WU

PIS6

WU

WU

EM2-3

WP

WP

WP

WP

WP

WP

EMS30

WY

WP

3E

PI1-28

WU

WPWPFC1-46

PIS8

WRWP

WP

PI1-47

WP

47E

48E

49E

50E

51E

52E

53E

54E

56E

57E

58E

59E

60E

61E

55E

WP 62E

63E

EM51-7

WP

04.5 04.6

04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

05.1

04.1 04.2 04.3

04.5 04.6

04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

04.1 04.5

04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

04.1 04.2 04.3

04.4 04.7

04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

04.4 04.7

04.4 04.7

07.2

07.2

45E

46E

Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.5

EN

GIN

E M

AN

AG

EM

EN

T P

OW

ER

BU

S

ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

NOTE: PIS6 – AJ26 4.0 N/A only.

Page 36: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

FCS21

III

II

I

III

II

I

III

II

I

III

II

I

III

II

I

FC4-1

FC4-3

FC4-2

WO

RW

WN

1 BPM

2II

3II

4II

5II

CA6-1

CA6-2

CA6-3

10I

11I

12I

13I

14I

15I

16I

WO

WO

WO

WO

WO

WO

WO

WY

WY

WY

WY

WY

WY

WN

WN

WN

WN

WN

WN

WN

CA20-11

CAS22

LS3-2

FC1-9

FCS20

FC4-5

BKFCS7

FC17L

BK

BPM

BPM

BPM

CAS82

FC1-14

WO

WO

6II

7II

8II

9II

17I

WN

FC11-14 CCS17

CA19-19 CAS17

BT4-3

WN

WNWN

WNWN

01.1

01.1

01.1

BPM

FC11-11

04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6

19.1 19.2

13.3

14.1

09.3 09.4

10.2

13.3

07.1

19.1

15.1

18.1

11.6

15.2

13.4

05.3 06.1

13.4

19.2

WO

Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Fig. 02.1

IGNITION SWITCH(OFF)

IGNITION SWITCH(I)

IGNITION SWITCH(II)

IGNITION SWITCH(III)

IGNITION SWITCH

INERTIA SWITCH

NOTE: Body Processor Moduleappears in numerous figures.

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 37: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

FC15-39

FC15-73

FC15-7

O

I

FC15-41

IRW

FC15-80

NB13

III

II

I

FC4-1

FC4-3

FC4-2

WO

RW

WN

1

FC4-5

BKFCS7

FC17L

BK

250A x 2

BT65

BBT67 BT66 BT60 BT63

BT61

BT62

N

N

N

250A

N

ST6

NST5

01.1

01.1

CC21-3 CC21-1

EM11-6

I

02.1

02.1

BK

BKCCS5

CC3R

RU

GOEM2-8

GOEMS28

GO

GO

WRNW

WK

74

40II

WREM60-2

ST2

ST3

N

B

6

ST4

AN2

BAN1AN3-1

AN3-2

B

N

PI50-2

PI50-1

SW

33II

WS

SW SWPI1-11EM3-7

08.1

WR

NST1

GO

OFC22-16EM10-6

O

YEM10-17

YFC22-17

D D

D

Y

D

EM2-15

EM2-13

YFCS30

D

B+

SUFC22-9

D

FC15-92

SU D

SOFC22-11

D

FC15-21

SO D

EM50

3

1

5

2

WKPI2-12

FC7-3

RU

EM10-15

RU05.1 I

Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Fig 03.1

BATTERY HIGH POWERPROTECTION MODULE

FALSE BULKHEADSTUD CONNECTOR

IGNITION SWITCH(III)

NEUTRALSWITCH

PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

ENGINESTART

FUEL PUMPCONTROL

ANDIGNITION

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

O.K. TO START

ENGINECRANKINGCONTROL

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SUPPRESSIONMODULE

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

O.K. TO START

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

REGULATOR

GENERATOR

STARTER RELAY

STARTER MOTOR

VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 38: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

FC15-39

FC15-73

FC15-7

O

I

FC15-41

IRW

FC15-80

NB13

III

II

I

FC4-1

FC4-3

FC4-2

WO

RW

WN

1

FC4-5

BKFCS7

FC17L

BK

250A x 2

BT65

BBT67 BT66 BT60 BT63

BT61

BT62

N

N

N

250A

N

ST6

NST5

01.1

01.1

CC8-2

CC8-4

EM11-6

I

02.1

02.1

BBEM63-12

EM8R

RU

GOEM2-8

GOEMS28

GO

GO

WRNW

WK

74

40II

WREM60-2

ST2

ST3

N

B

6

ST4

AN2

BAN1AN3-1

AN3-2

B

N

PI50-2

PI50-1

SW

33II

WS

SW SWPI1-11EM3-7

08.1

WR

NST1

GO

OFC22-16EM10-6

O

YEM10-17

YFC22-17

D D

D

Y

D

EM2-15

EM2-13

YFCS30

D

B+

SUFC22-9

D

FC15-92

SU D

SOFC22-11

D

FC15-21

SO D

EM50

3

1

5

2

WKPI2-12

FC7-3

RUP, N

EMS17EMS4

BB CC8-5 EM63-11

RSP, N

O

O

RSEM10-15

I

I

Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC Fig. 03.2

BATTERY HIGH POWERPROTECTION MODULE

FALSE BULKHEADSTUD CONNECTOR

IGNITION SWITCH(III)

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH

ENGINESTART

FUEL PUMPCONTROL

ANDIGNITION

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

O.K. TO START

INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

SUPPRESSIONMODULE

ENGINECRANKINGCONTROL

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

O.K. TO START

REGULATOR

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

GENERATOR

STARTER MOTOR

STARTER RELAY

VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 39: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

OK

RG

EM10-28

Y

EM10-26

B+

EM10-12

EM10-27

EM10-13

EM10-25

EM12-12

B

SN

BPBYBY

R

GYUP

BGBYBG

GUYUW

BGUW

BKB

EM11-8

G

Y

G

O

K

EM13-2

W

EM11-3

P

C

C

C

C

D

D

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

EM14-7

BBB

O

BG

EM15-1

PNPUPS

EM15-2

EM15-3

EM15-11

RYRG

B

EM15-8

EM15-9

EM14-8

EM14-9

EM13-17

EM13-18

EM13-20

EM13-27

EM13-29

EM12-13

EM12-15

EM12-18

EM12-19

EM12-22

EM11-9

EM11-10

EM11-12

EM11-13

EM11-14

EM10-22

EM10-23

EM10-21

EM10-20

PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 -2 -1 EM24EM21 EM23 -2 -1-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1 EM22

PI35 -5 -2 -1

PI17 -1 -2

PI4 -2 -1-3-4

PI15 -1 -2

EM57-1

A B

1

EM10-16

PK01.1 O

BY

GY

WU

BG

UP

B O Y P S BR

D

N BR

D

BY

GY

BG

UP

BY

BR

D

U BR

D

B O

BR

D

-3

Y P

BR

D

BY

BY

A

EM13-19 Y

EM13-28 P

UY

BG

υ

UYS

BR

D

N

BR

D

BR

D

WU

RG

WU

PNRY

WP

EM10-1

WR

EM14-3

WREM10-9

NO75 B+

B+

WY

BB

N BR

D

R BR

DP

U

WP

G BR

DP

S

WP

GEM12-14

NEM12-16UEM12-17

EMS38

PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2

EM14-2

GY

EM13-14

GR

GY

GYEM14-1

O

NG

WP

79

UW

EM14-4 BK

BEM14-10

EM15-12 B

EM15-22 B

UEM11-11

REM11-15KEM11-16

EM14-5 R

EM14-6 R

GEM14-11GEM14-12

BG BGBGBG

RG

K UW

WR

R BY

BG U UW

BG GBR

D

BR

D

PY*EM13-13

RW*EM13-12

PWEM13-11

PY*RW*PW

EM58-1

2

WR

EM59

3

EM57-2 EM58-2

EM10-10

US

EM10-15

RU

EM10-14

OU

9II

IUS

OU

US

WO

05.1

I

I

λ

B

λ

A

λ

B

λ

A

CAS81

EMS36 EMS38 EMS37BBBK

B+

B+

-1 -2

PI42-5

PI42-3

PI42-1

PI42-4

PI42-2

PIS10

EMS9

EMS1

EMS2

EM66-2 EM66-1

CC40-4

EM1-1

EM53-11CC11-1

EMS20

EM10-17

Y03.1

EM10-6

O03.1

EM11-6

GO03.1 I

D

D

EMS8

PI1-6 PIS1

PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31

PI1-16

-25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1

PI1-27

EMS3

PIS9

BRD

PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

S W S W

EM10-5

WK B+41II

19.1

19.1

19.1

19.1

PI6 -3 -4 -2-1

BIATS

υ

D

D

US

+

+

R W R W U W U WU W U WB B B B

O

O

O

O

I

I

EM11-7I

EM13-4O

FP1-1 -2 -3CV1 -2 -1EM39 -1 -2

RG

OK

WP

BG

UW

BG

UW

-14

-1 BT5 -2

RG

BG

UW

-3

EM3-8

EM3-12

EM3-9

RGUW

BG FC1-35

FC1-30

FC1-34

RGUW

BG BT4-34

BT4-48†

BT4-35

FC1-45

OK

EM2-18

OK

CC40-1

US CA19-16

LS3-1

USLSS1

USEMS21

EM49

3

1

5

2

EM16R

EM8L EM16R EM16L

EMS11

B

EM17

B

PI33-2

PI33-1

UW

RG

EMS19

EMS18

PI2-7

PI2-6

63E

48E

47E

58E

49E

50E

53E

54E

56E

52E

60E

61E

55E

AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.1

ECM AND TCMCOOLING FAN

VARIABLEVALVE TIMING

SOLENOID VALVES EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS ECTSUPSTREAM

HO2S

CANISTERCLOSEVALVE

FUEL TANKPRESSURE

SENSORDOWNSTREAM

O2S

BRAKE SWITCH

PARKING BRAKESWITCH

O.K. TO START

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

EMS CONTROL RELAY(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

CAN

CAN

CAN

CAN

ECM PROGRAMMING

ENGINE CRANK

ECM PROGRAMMING

THROTTLE MOTORPOWER RELAY †

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversedon early production vehicles.

VACUUMSWITCHING

VALVES

THROTTLEMOTOR

PEDALPOSITION

MECHANICALGUARD

PEDAL POSITION ANDMECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

KS

Page 40: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

OK

RG

EM10-28

Y

EM10-26

B+

EM10-12

EM10-27

EM10-13

EM10-25

EM12-12

B

SN

BPBYBY

R

GYUP

BGBYBG

GUYUW

BGUW

BKB

EM11-8

G

Y

G

O

K

EM13-2

W

EM11-3

P

C

C

C

C

D

D

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

EM14-7

BBB

O

BG

EM15-1

PNPUPS

EM15-2

EM15-3

EM15-11

RYRG

B

EM15-8

EM15-9

EM14-8

EM14-9

EM13-17

EM13-18

EM13-20

EM13-27

EM13-29

EM12-13

EM12-15

EM12-18

EM12-19

EM12-22

EM11-9

EM11-10

EM11-12

EM11-13

EM11-14

EM10-22

EM10-23

EM10-21

EM10-20

PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1

PI35 -5 -2 -1

PI17 -1 -2

PI4 -2 -1-3-4

PI15 -1 -2

EM57-1

A B

1

EM10-16

PK01.1 O

BY

GY

WU

BG

UP

B O Y P S BR

D

N BR

D

BY

GY

BG

UP

BY

BR

D

B O

BR

D

-3

Y P

BR

D

BY

BY

A

EM13-19 Y

EM13-28 P

UY

BG

υ

UYS

BR

D

N

BR

D

BR

D

WU

RG

WU

PNRY

WP

EM10-1

WR

EM14-3

WREM10-9

NO75 B+

B+

WY

BB

R BR

DP

U

WP

G BR

DP

S

WP

GEM12-14

EM12-16

EM12-17

EMS38

PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2

EM14-2

GY

EM13-14

GR

GY

GYEM14-1

O

NG

WP

79

UW

EM14-4 BK

BEM14-10

EM15-12 B

EM15-22 B

UEM11-11

REM11-15KEM11-16

EM14-5 R

EM14-6 R

GEM14-11GEM14-12

BG BGBGBG

RG

K UW

WR

R BY

BG U UW

BG GBR

D

BR

D

PY*EM13-13

RW*EM13-12

PWEM13-11

PY*RW*PW

EM58-1

2

WR

EM59

3

EM57-2 EM58-2

EM10-10

US

EM10-15

RU

EM10-14

OU

9II

IUS

OU

US

WO

05.1

I

I

λ

B

λ

A

CAS81

EMS36 EMS38 EMS37BBBK

B+

B+

-1 -2

PI42-5

PI42-3

PI42-1

PI42-4

PI42-2

PIS10

EMS9

EMS1

EMS2

EM66-2 EM66-1

CC40-4

EM1-1

EM53-11CC11-1

EMS20

EM10-17

Y03.1

EM10-6

O03.1

EM11-6

GO03.1 I

D

D

EMS8

PI1-6 PIS1

PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31

PI1-16

-25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1

PI1-27

EMS3

PIS9

BRD

PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

S W S W

EM10-5

WK B+41II

19.1

19.1

19.1

19.1

PI6 -3 -4 -2-1

BIATS

υ

D

D

US

+

+

R W R W U W U WB B B B

O

O

O

O

I

I

EM11-7

EM13-4

EM39 -1 -2

BG

UW

-14

EM3-8

EM3-12

EM3-9

RGUW

BG FC1-35

FC1-30

FC1-34

RGUW

BG BT4-34

BT4-48†

BT4-35

FC1-45

OK

EM2-18

OK

CC40-1

US CA19-16

LS3-1

USLSS1

USEMS21

EM49

3

1

5

2

EM16R

EM8L EM16R EM16L

EMS11

B

EM17

B

PI33-2

PI33-1

UW

RG

EMS19

EMS18

PI2-7

PI2-6

63E

47E

48E

58E

49E

50E

53E

54E

56E

52E

60E

61E

AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.2

ECM AND TCMCOOLING FAN

VARIABLEVALVE TIMING

SOLENOID VALVES EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS HO2S HO2S

NOT USED

NOTUSED

BRAKE SWITCH

PARKING BRAKESWITCH

O.K. TO START

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

EMS CONTROL RELAY(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

CAN

CAN

CAN

CAN

ECM PROGRAMMING

ENGINE CRANK

ECM PROGRAMMING

THROTTLE MOTORPOWER RELAY †

* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversedon early production vehicles.

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

VACUUMSWITCHING

VALVES

THROTTLEMOTOR

PEDALPOSITION

MECHANICALGUARD

PEDAL POSITION ANDMECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

NOT USED

NOTUSED

NOTUSED

Page 41: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

OK

RG

EM10-28

Y

EM10-26

B+

EM10-12

EM10-27

EM10-13

EM10-25

EM12-12

B

SN

BPBYBY

R

GYUP

BGBYBG

GUYUW

BGUW

BKB

EM11-8

G

Y

G

O

K

EM13-2

W

EM11-3

P

C

C

C

C

D

D

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

EM14-7

BBB

O

BG

EM15-1

PNPUPS

EM15-2

EM15-3

EM15-11

RYRG

B

EM15-8

EM15-9

EM14-8

EM14-9

EM13-17

EM13-18

EM13-20

EM13-27

EM13-29

EM12-13

EM12-15

EM12-18

EM12-19

EM12-22

EM11-9

EM11-10

EM11-12

EM11-13

EM11-14

EM10-22

EM10-23

EM10-21

EM10-20

PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1

PI35 -5 -2 -1

PI17 -1 -2

PI4 -2 -1-3-4

PI15 -1 -2

EM57-1

1

EM10-16

PK01.1 O

BY

GY

WU

BG

UP

B O Y P S BR

D

N BR

D

BY

GY

BG

UP

BY

BR

D

B O

BR

D

-3

Y P

BR

D

BY

BY

A

EM13-19 Y

EM13-28 P

UY

BG

υ

UYS

BR

D

N

BR

D

BR

D

WU

RG

WU

PNRY

WP

EM10-1

WR

EM14-3

WREM10-9

NO75 B+

B+

WY

BB

R BR

DP

U

WP

G BR

DP

S

WP

GEM12-14

EM12-16

EM12-17

EMS38

PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2

EM14-2

GY

EM13-14

GR

GY

GYEM14-1

O

NG

WP

79

UW

EM14-4 BK

BEM14-10

EM15-12 B

EM15-22 B

UEM11-11

REM11-15KEM11-16

EM14-5 R

EM14-6 R

GEM14-11GEM14-12

BG BGBGBG

RG

K UW

WR

R BY

BG U UW

BG GBR

D

BR

D

PY*EM13-13

RW*EM13-12

PWEM13-11

PY*RW*PW

EM58-1

2

WR

EM59

3

EM57-2 EM58-2

EM10-10

US

EM10-15

RU

EM10-14

OU

9II

IUS

OU

US

WO

05.1

I

I

λ

B

λ

A

CAS81

EMS36 EMS38 EMS37BBBK

B+

B+

-1 -2

PI42-5

PI42-3

PI42-1

PI42-4

PI42-2

PIS10

EMS9

EMS1

EMS2

EM66-2 EM66-1

CC40-4

EM1-1

EM53-11CC11-1

EMS20

EM10-17

Y03.1

EM10-6

O03.1

EM11-6

GO03.1 I

D

D

EMS8

PI1-6 PIS1

PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31

PI1-16

-25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1

PI1-27

EMS3

PIS9

BRD

PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

S W S W

EM10-5

WK B+41II

19.1

19.1

19.1

19.1

PI6 -3 -4 -2-1

BIATS

υ

D

D

US

+

+

R W R W U W U WB B B B

O

O

O

O

I

I

EM11-7

EM13-4

EM39 -1 -2

BG

UW

-14

EM3-8

EM3-12

EM3-9

RGUW

BG FC1-35

FC1-30

FC1-34

RGUW

BG BT4-34

BT4-48†

BT4-35

FC1-45

OK

EM2-18

OK

CC40-1

US CA19-16

LS3-1

USLSS1

USEMS21

EM49

3

1

5

2

EM16R

EM8L EM16R EM16L

EMS11

B

EM17

B

PI33-2

PI33-1

UW

RG

EMS19

EMS18

PI2-7

PI2-6

63E

47E

48E

58E

49E

50E

53E

54E

56E

52E

60E

61E

AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.3

ECM AND TCMCOOLING FAN

NOT USED

EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS HO2S HO2S

NOT USED

NOTUSED

BRAKE SWITCH

PARKING BRAKESWITCH

O.K. TO START

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

EMS CONTROL RELAY(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

CAN

CAN

CAN

CAN

ECM PROGRAMMING

ENGINE CRANK

ECM PROGRAMMING

THROTTLE MOTORPOWER RELAY †

* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversedon early production vehicles.

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

VACUUMSWITCHING

VALVES

THROTTLEMOTOR

PEDALPOSITION

MECHANICALGUARD

PEDAL POSITION ANDMECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: AJ26 3.2 Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

NOT USED

NOTUSED

NOTUSED

Page 42: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

BR BR

SR

WU SP

RLG

EM53-8

EM10-2

EM12-5

EM13-3

UBWUWSP

RYSGSLGRWWU

SGWUSR

PGUNULGUG

EM11-1

LGOLGK

EM15-4

BWBYBO

EM15-5

EM15-6

EM15-7

BGBPBU

EM15-15

EM15-16

EM13-15

EM13-16

EM13-22

EM13-23

EM13-24

EM12-6

EM12-8

EM12-9

EM12-10

EM11-4

EM11-5

EM10-3

EM10-4

EM10-11

LGULGW

LGRLGY

EM13-25

EM13-26

EM13-31

EM13-32

LGPLGSEM13-33

EM13-34

EM15-17BSBN

EM15-18

PI18-2 -1

GU

BR

PI7-2 -1

BU

PW

PI23-2 -1

GS

PW

PI24-2 -1

GK

PW

PI21-2 -1

GW

PW

PI22-2 -1

GB

PW

PI19-2 -1

GR

PW

PI20-2 -1

GO

PW

PI25-2 -1

GP

PW

EM27-10

PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39

EM29-10

PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43

1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B

WP

NW

BR

PI8-2 -1

BN

BR

PI9-2 -1

BG

BR

PI10-2 -1

BW

BR

PI11-2 -1

BS

BR

PI12-2 -1

BY

BR

PI13-2 -1

BO

BR

PI14-2 -1

BP

1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B

76

42II

82

1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 4B3A

EM13-1 KN

#7 20A

3

1

5

2

1

29II

KN

NU270 Ω 510 Ω

11II

WG

SP

WUPG

WU

10.2

680 Ω

430 Ω

680 Ω

430 Ω

+

CANCEL

RESUME

SR

SG

BO

BK

CC20-10

CC20-7

CC20-9

CC20-8

SW3-3

SW3-1

SW3-4

SW3-2 SWS1

SW1-4

SW1-3

SW1-6

SW2-4

SW2-3

SW2-6

SR

SG

BO

BO

BOSG

BO

FCS28

FC17R

SC3-4

SC3-3

SC3-12

LS31-9

LS31-2

LS31-3

LS31-8

LS31-7

WP

NLG 78RLG

RY

EM3-10

EM3-11

CCS21

WU20 BAR

2–30 BAR

LS26-1

LS26-4

LS26-5

P

LS26-2

LS20L

BKLSS17

BK

BK

PG

LS26-3

LS31-5

LS31-1

68

OY

NG

WPW

OG

WU

B

NLG

B

LS10L

LS10R

67

EM1-11

EM1-12

EM3-5

EM53-17

EM53-16

EM53-14

FC1-42

BT4-19

BT11-1

BT11-10

BT9-2

BT9-1

B

BT20

NU

KN

PG

PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38

PIS5

PI1-53

EMS22

PW

PW

PW

PWPW

GU

GS

GK

GW

GB

GR

GO

GP

EM27-11

EM29-12

EM27-12

EM29-7

EM27-7

EM29-11

EM27-8

EM29-8

EM27-2

EM29-2

EM27-3

EM29-5

EM27-6

EM29-3

EM27-5

EM29-6

EM27-1

EM29-1

EM53-3

EM53-12

EM53-10

RLG

PG

EMS26

PI36-1PI1-13

EM51-6

EM51-5

RLG RLG B

NY

WK BPI2-5

BEMS11

EM17

EM53-9

WU

RWOG

OY

LGU

LGS

LGR

LGK

LGP

LGW

LGO

LGY

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

O

EM51-10

12 BARRW

CF2-1CF2-2

CF1-2CF1-1

EM29-9

EM27-9

B B

EMS4

EM8R

UB CC40-3

CC40-2

KN

BTS21

B

PIS2

EM26

5

2

3

1

OG

OY

BLS32-4

LS32-1

LS32-3

UNULGUG

RLG

CC31-7

CC30-1

CC31-9

CC31-17

CC28-1

PG

B

EM52

3

1

5

2

62E

57E

EM25

5

2

3

1

59E

ON / OFF

AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 Fig. 04.4

TRUNK FUSE BOX

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) †

BRAKE CANCELSWITCH DIMMER OVERRIDE

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic groundcircuits that must remain separate. Do not connect orcross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

IGNITION COILS

IGNITIONMODULE 1

IGNITIONMODULE 2

IGNITION COILRELAY

NOTE: ECM power supplies,grounds and references shown onFig. 04.1, Fig 04.2 and Fig 04.3.

CASSETTE

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

FUELPUMP

FUEL TANK FUEL INJECTIONRELAY

FUEL INJECTORS

RADIATOR FAN CONTROLRELAY MODULE

LH RADIATOR FAN

RH RADIATOR FAN

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1and Fig. 07.2 for completeA/C circuits. AIR CONDITIONING

CONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

REFRIGERANT4-WAY PRESSURE

SWITCH

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 43: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

OK

RG

EM10-28

Y

EM10-26

B+

EM10-12

EM10-27

EM10-13

EM10-25

EM12-12

B

SN

BPBYBY

R

GYUP

BGBYBG

GUYUW

BGUW

BKB

EM11-8

G

Y

G

O

K

EM13-2

W

EM11-3

P

C

C

C

C

D

D

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

EM14-7

BBB

O

BG

EM15-1

PNPUPS

EM15-2

EM15-3

EM15-11 B

EM14-8

EM14-9

EM13-17

EM13-18

EM13-20

EM13-27

EM13-29

EM12-13

EM12-15

EM12-18

EM12-19

EM12-22

EM11-9

EM11-10

EM11-12

EM11-13

EM11-14

EM10-22

EM10-23

EM10-21

EM10-20

PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 -2 -1 EM24EM21 EM23 -2 -1-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1 EM22

PI35 -5 -2 -1

PI17 -1 -2

PI4 -2 -1-3-4

PI15 -1 -2

EM57-1

1

EM10-16

PK01.1 O

BY

GY

WU

BG

UP

B O Y P S BR

D

N BR

D

BY

GY

UP

BY

BR

D

U BR

D

B O

BR

D

-3

Y P

BR

D

BY

BY

A

EM13-19 Y

EM13-28 P

UY

BG

υ

UY

S

BR

D

N

BR

D

BR

D

PN

WP

EM10-1

WR

EM14-3

WREM10-9

NO75 B+

B+

WY

BB

N BR

D

R BR

DP

U

WP

G BR

DP

S

WP

GEM12-14

NEM12-16UEM12-17

EMS38

EM14-2

GY

EM13-14

GR

GY

GYEM14-1

O

NG

WP

79

UW

EM14-4 BK

BEM14-10

EM15-12 B

EM15-22 B

UEM11-11

REM11-15

KEM11-16

EM14-5 R

EM14-6 R

GEM14-11GEM14-12

BG BG

BGBG

RG K U

W

WR

R BY

BG U UW

BG GBR

D

BR

D

PY*EM13-13

RW*EM13-12

PWEM13-11

PY*RW*PW

EM58-1

2

WR

EM59

3

EM57-2 EM58-2

EM10-10

US

EM10-15

RS

EM10-14

OU

9II

IUS

OU

US

WO

05.2

I

I

λ

B

λ

A

λ

B

λ

A

CAS81

EMS36 EMS38 EMS37BBBK

B+

B+

-1 -2

PI42-5

PI42-3

PI42-1

PI42-4

PI42-2

PIS10

EMS9

EMS1

EMS2

EM66-2 EM66-1

CC40-4

EM1-1

EM53-11CC11-1

EMS20

EM10-17

Y03.2

EM10-6

O03.2

EM11-6

GO03.2 I

D

D

EMS8

PI1-6

PIS1

PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31 -25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1

EMS3

PIS9

BRD

PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

S W S W

EM10-5

WK B+41II

19.1

19.1

19.1

19.1

PI6 -3 -4 -2-1

BIATS

υ

D

D

US

+

+

R W R W U W U WU W U WB B B B

O

O

O

O

I

I

EM11-7I

EM13-4O

FP1-1 -2 -3CV1 -2 -1EM39 -1 -2

RG

OK

WP

BG

UW

BG

UW

-14

-1 BT5 -2 -3

EM3-8

EM3-12

EM3-9

RGUW

BG FC1-35

FC1-30

FC1-34

RGUW

BG BT4-34

BT4-48†

BT4-35

FC1-45

OK

EM2-18

OK

CC40-1

US CA19-16

LS3-1

USLSS1

USEMS21

EM49

3

1

5

2

PI34 -1-4 -3-6

YR

WP

WP

YU

YN

YG

-2 -5

YR

YU

YN

YG

YREM12-4

YNEM12-3

YGEM12-2

YUEM12-1

-8 PI1 -9 -10 -7

O

O

O

O

S1 S2 S3 S4

EM16R

EM8L EM16R EM16L

EMS11

BEM17

B

PI33-2

PI33-1

UW

BGBG

RGUW

BG

EM12-7 UPI

PI3 -1 -2

BG

UP

υ

UP

PI1-15

RG

EMS19

EMS18

PI2-7

PI2-6

63E

47E

48E

58E

49E

50E

45E

46E

56E

52E 60

E61E

55E

AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.5

ECM AND TCMCOOLING FAN

EGRV

STEPPER MOTOR EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTSUPSTREAM

HO2S

CANISTERCLOSEVALVE

FUEL TANKPRESSURE

SENSORDOWNSTREAM

O2S IATS 2

BRAKE SWITCH

PARKING BRAKESWITCH

O.K. TO START

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

EMS CONTROL RELAY(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

CAN

CAN

CAN

CAN

ECM PROGRAMMING

ENGINE CRANK

ECM PROGRAMMING

THROTTLE MOTORPOWER RELAY †

* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversedon early production vehicles.

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

VACUUMSWITCHING

VALVES

THROTTLEMOTOR

PEDALPOSITION

MECHANICALGUARD

PEDAL POSITION ANDMECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 44: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

OK

RG

EM10-28

Y

EM10-26

B+

EM10-12

EM10-27

EM10-13

EM10-25

EM12-12

B

SN

BPBYBY

R

GYUP

BGBYBG

GUYUW

BGUW

BKB

EM11-8

G

Y

G

O

K

EM13-2

W

EM11-3

P

C

C

C

C

D

D

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

EM14-7

BBB

O

BG

EM15-1

PNPUPS

EM15-2

EM15-3

EM15-11 B

EM14-8

EM14-9

EM13-17

EM13-18

EM13-20

EM13-27

EM13-29

EM12-13

EM12-15

EM12-18

EM12-19

EM12-22

EM11-9

EM11-10

EM11-12

EM11-13

EM11-14

EM10-22

EM10-23

EM10-21

EM10-20

PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1

PI35 -5 -2 -1

PI17 -1 -2

PI4 -2 -1-3-4

PI15 -1 -2

EM57-1

1

EM10-16

PK01.1 O

BY

GY

WU

BG

UP

B O Y P S BR

D

N BR

D

BY

GY

UP

BY

BR

D

B O

BR

D

-3

Y P

BR

D

BY

BY

A

EM13-19 Y

EM13-28 P

UY

BG

υ

UY

S

BR

D

N

BR

D

BR

D

PN

WP

EM10-1

WR

EM14-3

WREM10-9

NO75 B+

B+

WY

BB

R BR

DP

U

WP

G BR

DP

S

WP

GEM12-14

EM12-16

EM12-17

EMS38

EM14-2

GY

EM13-14

GR

GY

GYEM14-1

O

NG

WP

79

UW

EM14-4 BK

BEM14-10

EM15-12 B

EM15-22 B

UEM11-11

REM11-15

KEM11-16

EM14-5 R

EM14-6 R

GEM14-11GEM14-12

BG BG

BGBG

RG

RG K U

W

WR

R BY

BG U UW

BG GBR

D

BR

D

PY*EM13-13

RW*EM13-12

PWEM13-11

PY*RW*PW

EM58-1

2

WR

EM59

3

EM57-2 EM58-2

EM10-10

US

EM10-15

RS

EM10-14

OU

9II

IUS

OU

US

WO

05.2

I

I

λ

B

λ

A

CAS81

EMS36 EMS38 EMS37BBBK

B+

B+

-1 -2

PI42-5

PI42-3

PI42-1

PI42-4

PI42-2

PIS10

EMS19

EMS18

EMS9

EMS1

EMS2

EM66-2 EM66-1

CC40-4

EM1-1

EM53-11CC11-1

EMS20

EM10-17

Y03.2

EM10-6

O03.2

EM11-6

GO03.2 I

D

D

EMS8

PI1-6

PIS1

PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31 -25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1

EMS3

PIS9

BRD

PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

S W S W

EM10-5

WK B+41II

19.1

19.1

19.1

19.1

PI6 -3 -4 -2-1

BIATS

υ

D

D

US

+

+

R W R W U W U WB B B B

O

O

O

O

I

I

EM11-7

EM13-4

EM39 -1 -2

BG

UW

-14

EM3-8

EM3-12

EM3-9

RGUW

BG

FC1-45

OK

EM2-18

OK

CC40-1

US CA19-16

LS3-1

USLSS1

USEMS21

EM49

3

1

5

2

PI34 -1-4 -3-6

YR

WP

WP

YU

YN

YG

-2 -5

YR

YU

YN

YG

YREM12-4

YNEM12-3

YGEM12-2

YUEM12-1

-8 PI1 -9 -10 -7

O

O

O

O

PI2-7

PI2-6

EM16R

EM8L EM16R EM16L

EMS11

BEM17

B

PI33-2

PI33-1

UW

PI3 -1 -2

BG

UP

υ

UP

PI1-15

BGBG

EM12-7 UPI

63E

47E

48E

58E

49E

50E

45E

46E

56E

52E 60

E61E

FC1-35

FC1-30

FC1-34

RGUW

BG BT4-34

BT4-48†

BT4-35

RGUW

BG

AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.6

ECM AND TCMCOOLING FAN

NOT USED

EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS HO2S HO2S

NOT USED

NOT USED

IATS 2

BRAKE SWITCH

PARKING BRAKESWITCH

O.K. TO START

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

EMS CONTROL RELAY(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

CAN

CAN

CAN

CAN

ECM PROGRAMMING

ENGINE CRANK

ECM PROGRAMMING

THROTTLE MOTORPOWER RELAY †

* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversedon early production vehicles.

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

VACUUMSWITCHING

VALVES

THROTTLEMOTOR

PEDALPOSITION

MECHANICALGUARD

PEDAL POSITION ANDMECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

NOT USED

NOTUSED

NOTUSED

Page 45: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

BR

BU

BR

BN

BR

BG

BR

BW

BR

BR

BR

BR

BU

BN

BG

BW

WB

BR BR

SR

WU SP

RLG

EM53-8

EM10-2

EM12-5

EM13-3

UBWUW

SP

RYSGSLGRWWU

SGWUSR

PGUNULGUG

EM11-1

LGOLGK

EM15-4

BWBYBO

EM15-5

EM15-6

EM15-7

BGBPBU

EM15-15

EM15-16

EM13-15

EM13-16

EM13-22

EM13-23

EM13-24

EM12-6

EM12-8

EM12-9

EM12-10

EM11-4

EM11-5

EM10-3

EM10-4

EM10-11

LGULGW

LGRLGY

EM13-25

EM13-26

EM13-31

EM13-32

LGPLGSEM13-33

EM13-34

EM15-17BSBN

EM15-18

PI18-2 -1

GU

IJ3-2 -1

PW

PI23-2 -1

GS

PW

PI24-2 -1

GK

PW

PI21-2 -1

GW

PW

PI22-2 -1

GB

PW

PI19-2 -1

GR

PW

PI20-2 -1

GO

PW

PI25-2 -1

GP

PW

EM27-10

PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39

EM29-10

PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43

1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B

WP

NW

IJ4-2 -1 IJ5-2 -1 IJ6-2 -1 IJ7-2 -1 IJ8-2 -1 IJ9-2 -1 IJ10-2 -1

1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B

76

42II

82

1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 4B3A

EM13-1 KN

#7 20A

3

1

5

2

1

29II

KN

NU

270 Ω 510 Ω

11II

WG

SP

WUPG

WU

10.2

680 Ω

430 Ω

680 Ω

430 Ω

+

CANCEL

RESUME

SR

SG

BO

BK

CC20-10

CC20-7

CC20-9

CC20-8

SW3-3

SW3-1

SW3-4

SW3-2 SWS1

SW1-4

SW1-3

SW1-6

SW2-4

SW2-3

SW2-6

SR

SG

BO

BO

BOSG

BO

FCS28

FC17R

SC3-4

SC3-3

SC3-12

LS31-9

LS31-2

LS31-3

LS31-8

LS31-7

WP

NLG 78RLG

RY

EM3-10

EM3-11

CCS21

WU20 BAR

2–30 BAR

LS26-1

LS26-4

LS26-5

P

LS26-2

LS20L

BKLSS17

BK

BK

PG

LS26-3

LS31-5

LS31-1

68

OY

NG

WPW

OG

WU

B

NLG

B

LS10L

LS10R

67

EM1-11

EM1-12

EM3-5

EM53-17

EM53-16

EM53-14

FC1-42

BT4-19

BT11-1

BT11-10

BT9-2

BT9-1

B

BT20

NU

KN

PG

PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38

PIS5

PI1-53

EMS22

PW

PW

PW

PWPW

GU

GS

GK

GW

GB

GR

GO

GP

EM27-11

EM29-12

EM27-12

EM29-7

EM27-7

EM29-11

EM27-8

EM29-8

EM27-2

EM29-2

EM27-3

EM29-5

EM27-6

EM29-3

EM27-5

EM29-6

EM27-1

EM29-1

EM53-3

EM53-12

EM53-10

RLG

PG

EMS26

PI36-1PI1-13

EM51-6

EM51-5

RLG RLG BNY

WK BPI2-5 IJS2

BEMS11

EM17

EM53-9

WU

RWOG

OY

LGU

LGS

LGR

LGK

LGP

LGW

LGO

LGY

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

O

EM51-10

12 BARRW

CF2-1CF2-2

CF1-2CF1-1

EM29-9

EM27-9

B B

EMS4

EM8R

UB CC40-3

CC40-2

EM13-9 KBO

#15 20A

3

1

5

2

1

29II

KB

URBT12-2

BT10-5

KN

EM51-8

LS3-21

BT4-9

KB

KB

BT9-4

BT9-3

B

UR

BTS21

B

PIS2 IJ2-1

IJ1-1

IJ1-2 IJ1-3 IJ1-4 IJ1-5 IJ2-2 IJ2-3 IJ2-4 IJ2-5

BR

BR

BR

BRIJS1

B

EM13-10O RY

B

NW 73

RY

EM26

5

2

3

1

EM17

B

LS20R

WBLS30-1LS30-2

EM1-9

EMS11 B

OG

OY

BLS32-4

LS32-1

LS32-3

RLG

CC31-7

CC30-1

CC31-9

CC31-17

CC28-1

PGUNULGUG

BU

BN

BG

BW

BS

BY

BO

BP

EM52

3

1

5

2

62E

57E

EM25

5

2

3

1

59E

EM41

5

1

3

2

ON / OFF

AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 Fig. 04.7TRUNK FUSE BOX

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#1) †

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) †

BRAKE CANCELSWITCH DIMMER OVERRIDE

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

STEERING WHEELCAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic groundcircuits that must remain separate. Do not connect orcross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

IGNITION COILS

IGNITION COILRELAY

IGNITIONMODULE 1

IGNITIONMODULE 2

NOTE: ECM power supplies,grounds and references shownon Fig. 04.5 and Fig. 04.6.

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

FUELPUMP

FUELPUMP

FUEL TANK

FUEL INJECTIONRELAY

FUEL INJECTORS

RADIATOR FAN CONTROLRELAY MODULE

LH RADIATOR FAN

RH RADIATOR FAN

INTERCOOLERPUMP

INTERCOOLER PUMPRELAY †

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1and Fig. 07.2 for completeA/C circuits.

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

REFRIGERANT4-WAY PRESSURE

SWITCH

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 46: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

BRD*EM7-85

G

EM7-1

EM7-4

EM7-82

B+

EM7-2EM7-26

EM7-83

EM7-54

EM7-55

EM7-5

EM7-8

EM7-6

EM7-16

EM7-18

EM7-21

EM7-22

EM7-23

EM7-28

EM7-29

EM7-30

EM7-32

EM7-33

EM7-34 BYPYU

YBORBY

BRD*UYBU

BS

U

NUSRP

WRBBOGOK

RSOU

EM7-9

EM7-12

EM7-14

EM7-15

EM7-13

Y

G

WBWB

NR

OG OU OR OK OB U RUYBU

EM46-13

EM46-14

EM46-2

EM46-3

EM46-7

EM46-11

EM46-15

EM46-1

EM46-10

N G

EM46-6

EM46-5

υ

RU

EM46-16

1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3

RY

EM46-12

YB

EM46-8

YP

EM46-9

YU

EM46-4

EM7-86

Y

77

30II

C

C

C

C

EM7-37

EM7-42

EM7-44 R

G

Y

EM7-45

EM7-52

EM7-53

EM7-51

RURYOB

RG

EMS4

EM8R

B

B S RB Y W N G

EM47-E

EM47-A

EM47-B

EM47-C

EM47-D

EM47-J

EM47-K

BY S RB Y W WR RU

L1 L2 L3 L4 P, N

EM7-36 S

04.3RU

C

C

C

C

WS

G

Y

G

Y

B

14II

B+CC14-1

CC14-3

CC14-4

CC14-8

CC14-9

CC14-6

CCS15

B

CC2R

P

R

N

D

4

3

2

19.1

19.1

19.1

19.1

BY CC18-1 CC18-3

19.1

19.1

19.1

19.1

BYUS CC7-1 CC7-3

BYUS

BSBS

EM53-4

EM53-15

BY

CCS20

BY EM53-1

US

BY EMS25

15II

10.2

WSCC4-8

CC4-10

CC4-1

CC4-7

CC4-9

CC4-2

RLG

RS

RP

RG BK

EM53-5

EM53-13

EM53-2

RS

RP

RGCCS4

BK

CC3L

B+

B+

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I 04.1

560 Ω

560 Ω

10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω

+

+

+

+

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

I

I

O

WB

EMS42

04.203.1

51E

I

AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.1

TRANSMISSION

TURBINE SPEEDSENSOR

FLUID TEMPERATURESENSOR

PRESSUREREGULATORS

SOLENOIDVALVES

OUTPUT SPEEDSENSOR

TRANSMISSIONROTARY SWITCH

GEAR SELECTORILLUMINATION MODULE

NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –CAN “listen only” node forgear selector position indicators.

CAN

CAN

CAN

CAN

PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

CAN

CAN

CAN

CAN

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

* NOTE: The shield connections to TCM pinsEM7-15 and EM7-23 are reversed onearly production vehicles.

D – 4SWITCH

KICKDOWN SWITCH

NOTE: Kickdown Switch and circuit – early production vehicles only.

MODESTATE

MODE SWITCH

DIMMER OVERRIDE

VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 47: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

BP

EM61-2

EM61-25

EM62-L

EM61-3

EM62-H

EM61-29

EM61-26

EM61-28

EM61-27

EM62-17 BS

BLGBKBWBG

LGNLGPLGULGBPBS

EM62-12

EM62-13

EM62-15

EM62-16

EM62-14

Y

G

B BB B

GB1-4

GB1-2

GB1-10

GB1-1

B B

GB1-7

GB1-3

υMD SD1,2,4,5 2,3 3,4

B

GB1-6

B

GB1-13

B

GB1-8

B

GB1-9

30II

C

C

EMS4

EM8R

C

C

C

C

WS

G

Y

G

Y

B

14II

B+CC14-1

CC14-3

CC14-4

CC14-8

CC14-9

CC14-6

CCS15

B

CC2R

P

R

N

D

4

3

2

19.1

19.1

19.1

19.1

BK CC18-1 CC18-3

19.1

19.1

BS EM53-15

10.2

WS

CC4-10

CC4-1

CC4-9

RLG

P

BK

EM63-8

CCS4

BK

CC3L

B+

1000 Ω

+

+

+

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

WB

B

GB1-12

TCC

B

GB1-11

EM61-1

YU D

EM62-33 B

EM62-34 BY

EM62-36 BO

EM62-37 BN

EM62-38 BR

EM61-30 B

LGP

CC8-8

LGB

CC8-7

LGU

CC8-6

RS

CC8-5

RU

CC8-4

WS

CC8-3

B

CC8-2

LGN

CC8-1

EM63-12

EM63-1

EM63-2

EM63-3

EM63-4

EMS17

B

B

EM62-35 BU

EM44-7

EM44-3

EM44-1

EM44-12

EM44-4

EM44-6

EM44-5

EM44-8

EM44-9

EM44-11

EM44-2

EM44-10

RU

RS

EM63-11

04.6 04.5

03.2

16II

CCS5

BK

CC3R

510 Ω

270 Ω

CC4-8

15II

WS

IB+O O O O O O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

03.2

B

O

I

AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.2

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH

NOTE: n2 and n3 are internalgear ratio speed sensors.

PARK, NEUTRAL

PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

TCM PROGRAMMINGVIA DATA LINK CONNECTOR *

CAN

CAN

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

* NOTE: Programming circuit – early production vehicles only.

TRANSMISSION

NOTE: Pressure regulators:MD – modulation pressureSD – shift pressure

n2SPEED

SENSOR

n3SPEED

SENSOR

SWITCH(NOT USED)OPEN – P, N

FLUIDTEMPERATURE

SENSORSOLENOID

VALVESPRESSURE

REGULATORS

GEAR SELECTORILLUMINATION MODULE

CAN

CAN

CAN

CAN

NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –CAN “listen only” node forgear selector position indicators.

KICKDOWN SWITCH

MODE STATE

MODE SWITCH

DIMMER OVERRIDE

VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 48: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

FC15-48

FC15-58

O

I

FC15-80

NB13

OG BOG

RW B BFCS10

FC29L

BSC1-2SC1-1

CC12-1

CC12-2

FC15-51

O RW

BCCS15

CC2R

CC13-1

SBBKCCS4

CC3L

CC13-3

SBBK

FC15-104

NY17

FC15-32

WN10I

2II

WOFC15-15

EM10-10

US I

EM10-28

EM10-27

+

YEM2-7

GEM2-6

C

C

Y

G

Y

G

C

C

C

C

CC14-9

CC14-8

+

CC14-4

CC14-3

+

G

YFC24-24

FC24-47

C

C

+

S

S

+

FC15-84

U

FC15-85

S

S

S

+

FC24-20

U

FC24-19

SFCS3

FCS2

U

S

I

I

9II

USUSEM1-1 CA19-16 LS3-1

USLSS1

USEMS21

USWO CC40-4 CC40-1

FC7-8

FC7-2

FC11-12

FC11-15

19.1

19.1

Y

G

Y

G

FC7-18

FC7-17

SC5-1

SC5-2

CAS81

US

Gearshift Interlock Gearshift Interlock Fig. 05.3

BRAKE SWITCH

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

GEAR SELECTORILLUMINATION MODULE

INSTRUMENT PACK

B+ LOGIC

NOT-IN-PARKMICROSWITCH

B+ SOLENOIDS

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

GEARSHIFTINTERLOCKCONTROL

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCKSOLENOID

KEYLOCK SOLENOID

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

SCP

SCP

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 49: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

LSS1

LS27-3

LS27-4

LS27-19

B+

LS27-9

LS27-20

LS27-25

LS27-17

LS27-18

LS27-21

LS27-1

LS27-13

LS27-22

LS27-8

LS27-24

B

B

UB

UO

U

P

R

W

O

Y

G

S

LS27-6

LS27-7UP

NY

WU

NR

RA2-1

RA2-2

LA2-1

LA2-2

FR1-2

FR1-1

FL1-2

FL1-1

R

W

G

S

U

P

Y

O

LS2-1

LS2-2

LS1-1

LS1-2LS27-2

US

LS27-5

Y

LS27-15

G19.1

19.1

39II

70

69

U

P

O

YCA9-2

CA9-1

CA29-1

CA29-2

LS3-8

LS3-7

LS3-9

LS3-10

EM1-4

EM1-5

UB

UOEM37-2 EM37-1

B+

B+

LS27-14

RLS3-6

RCC1-12CC1-2

LS27-16

RYLS3-5

RYCC1-11CC1-5

WS

BCCS4

B

CC3L

LS29L

C

C

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

+

O

9II

CA19-16 LS3-1

US USUSWO CC40-4 CC40-1

CA19-10

CA19-9

R

RY17II

520 Ω

LS29R

EM51-9

CAS81

US

Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control Fig. 06.1

BRAKE SWITCH

STABILITY / TRACTIONSTATE

STABILITY / TRACTIONCONTROL SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

CAN

CAN

NOT USED

ABS / TRACTION CONTROLCONTROL MODULE

BRAKE FLUIDRESERVOIR

RH FRONTWHEEL SPEED SENSOR

RH REARWHEEL SPEED SENSOR

LH FRONTWHEEL SPEED SENSOR

LH REARWHEEL SPEED SENSOR

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 50: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

BW

Y

RU

RYPR

SR

PYRBUWUO

OR

GWGW

GYGYNY

OP

OYUGSYSRUBKU

SGS

S

B+

CC31-10

CC29-1

CC30-11

K

CC31-21

O

CC31-20 BK

BCC31-13

CC3R

I

CC31-16

OU08.1

CC31-3

WNWN13I

CC31-1

WPWP6II

CC31-5

NYNY36 B+

I

CC29-6

SG08.1

CC31-8 P

CC31-19 BWCC31-18 LGW

CC31-12 WR

CC31-4 WU

CC31-14 B

CC30-8

CC30-7

CC30-6

CC30-5

CC30-12

CC30-2

CC30-3

UYCC29-13

YGCC29-11

SUCC29-5

YWCC29-3

RGCC29-2

CC29-10

CC28-6

CC28-7

CC28-8

CC28-9

CC28-12

CC28-13

CC28-19

CC28-20

CC28-21

CC28-22 NR

CC28-25 UR

CC28-26 GU

CC34-1

CC34-10

CC34-2

CC34-9

CC34-3

CC34-5

CC34-4

CC34-6

CC34-8

CC34-7

CC31-2CA20-537 B+

CC31-15CA20-4O

CAS37

CA31L

BB

CC32-2

CC32-1

CC32-6

CC32-12

CC32-7

CC33-2

CC33-1

CC33-6

CC33-12

CC33-7

FC44-9

FC44-3

FC44-5

FC44-4

FC44-6

FC44-8

FC44-7

FC44-2

FCS37

FC40-2

FC40-1

FC40-3

FC7-20

FC40-4

FCS10

FC29L

FC52-2

FC52-1

FC11-18

LS16-2

LS16-1

SGSYSRWUWRB

B+B+

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

I

KU UG BW PSU UO GU UY UW UR

BWP YG PY Y BWP YW RB NR

BW PRG PR SR OR RY RUBWUB LGW

LGW

B

B

OP

OP

BW

BW

OY

OY

P BW

υ υυ

υ

D

D

DD

O

O

IIII

I

CC31-6

PY08.1

FC11-9

FC11-10

FC11-8

I

I

B

CCS13

P

I

FCS36

BWP YG PY Y BWP YW RB NR

SSGSYSRWUWRB

CA19-7

OY

LS3-3

LS3-4

FC11-6

FC11-4

FC11-5

FC11-3

FC11-1

FC11-2

FC11-7

UB KU UG PSU UO GU UY UW URBW RG PR SR OR RY RU

LGW OPOYUB RG PR SR OR RY RU

CC27-1

CC27-4

CC27-3

CC27-2

CC27-6

CC27-5

CC27-7

D

D

RK

I

RKCC27-8

RG

I

RLGCC27-9

OU

SG

PY

O

BW

O

CA50

3

2

5

1

4

19.2

19.2

BK

CA19-8

BW

CCS5

PFC7-6

FC7-7

BW

CCS14

P

BW

10.2

10.2

Climate Control: Part 1 Climate Control: Part 1 Fig. 07.1

ASPIRATORASSEMBLY

IN-CARTEMPERATURE

SENSORASPIRATOR

MOTOR

AMBIENTTEMPERATURE

SENSOR VENT ASSEMBLY

VENTSERVO

DEFROSTSERVO

SOLARSENSOR

EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIXASSEMBLY

EVAPORATORTEMPERATURE

SENSOR

HEATER MATRIXTEMPERATURE

SENSOR

COOL AIR BYPASSSERVO

FOOT WELLSERVO

LH BLOWERAIR INTAKE

RH BLOWERAIR INTAKE

FRESH / RECIRCULATIONSERVO

FRESH / RECIRCULATIONSERVO

NOTE: When the ignition switched ground input is interruptedduring engine cranking, the A/CCM will not drive high powerconsuming components.NOTE: The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCMfor 30 seconds after the ignition is switched off so that power issupplied for the A/CCM to “park” the servos.

AIR CONDITIONINGISOLATE RELAY

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

ENGINE SPEED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

VEHICLE SPEED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

ST

AR

T

DA

TA

DA

TA

CLO

CK

LOCATEILLUMINATION

DIMMEROVERRIDE

DIMMERCONTROLLEDLIGHTING

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

CONTROL PANEL

Page 51: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

US

UWCC33-5

SH4-2

CC28-2

CC29-7

U

GPCC29-16

UKCC29-15

GOCC29-8

CC28-3 UY

CC28-4 PS

CC28-5 KW

CC28-18 LGPCC28-17 RWCC28-16 LGN

1

4

2

3

1

4

2

3

21

42

9II

8II

U

B

G

UW

U

B

G

UW

US

GO

CC33-13

CC33-8

CC33-10

B

WP

NU

UY

CC32-5

UR

UK

GP

CC32-13

CC32-8

CC32-10

CC2L

B

WP

NW

LGN

I

I

O

O

O

O

WS

GS

PS

NG

WS

GK

PS

NP

NR

KW

NB

UY

LGP

32II

81

80

SH4-1

B

EM18R

SHS2

PS

PS

EM42-4

EM53-7UY

BT4-D

SH5-2SH5-1

B

EM18L

IC18CA21

B

IC6

CA10-4

7II

WPCAS34

CA12-4

NR

NR

DD8-11DD8-9

B

CA30R(CA33R)

B B

PD8-11PD8-9

B

CA33R(CA30R)

B B

NR

NR

CA10-3

CA12-3

DDS1

PDS1

30

CA19-14

31II

U B

U

EM53-6

RW

LS3-32

EM36-2 EM36-1

O

O

O

O

O

EM8R

B

BEMS4

PGUN

ULG

UG

WP

NLG 78RLG

RY

RLG

EM53-12

EM53-10

EM53-8

EM53-3

EMS26 PI36-1PI1-13

RLG RLG B

EM53-9

O

I

I

I

#15 10A

3

1

5

2

5

44II

RW

YWLS7-2

LS5-5

EM1-8

YWEM40-2 EM40-1

B

#17 25A

3

1

5

2

1

29II

BT13-3

BT10-8

BT13-10

CA20-1 BT4-31

LGP

CC28-1

CC30-1O

CC31-7

CC31-9

CC31-17

EM10-3

EM10-4

EM10-2

EM12-6

EM12-5RWWU

UNULGUG

EM12-10 RY

I

I

I

I

O

O

WULS26-1

LS26-4

LS26-5

P

LS26-2

LS20L

BKLSS17

BK

BK

PG

LS26-3

PGEM51-6

EM51-5

EM51-10

RW

OY

W

OG

WU

B

NLG

B

LS10L

LS10R

W

WU

67

EM1-11

EM1-12

OY

OG

EM13-15 WO

EM13-16 WUO

CF2-1

CF1-2

CF2-2

CF1-1

LS31-9

LS31-2

LS31-3

LS31-8

LS31-7

LS31-5

LS31-1

68NG

WPLSS14LS32-1

LS32-4LS32-3

B

OY

RLG

CA19-15

SH3

3

2

5

1

SH2

3

2

5

1

CA18

3

2

5

1

CA58

3

2

5

1

CA20-6

CA20-7

CA20-2

CA19-12

UW

UR

62E

CA58

8

7

10

6

EM25

5

2

3

1 59E

CAS40(RHD)

CAS40(LHD)

B

B

20 BAR

2–30 BAR

12 BAR

Climate Control: Part 2 Climate Control: Part 2 Fig. 07.2

LH RADIATOR FAN

RH RADIATOR FAN

RADIATOR FAN CONTROLRELAY MODULE

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 07.1;ECM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 04.1 – Fig. 04.6.

HEATER VALVE HEATER PUMP

NOTE: Radiator cooling and air conditioningcompressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity.Refer to Fig. 04.4 and Fig. 04.7.

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

RELAY

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

REFRIGERANT4-WAY PRESSURE

SWITCH

HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1) †

ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX

RH WINDSHIELD HEATERRELAY

LH WINDSHIELD HEATERRELAY

DOOR MIRROR HEATERRELAY

HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY(#2) †

TRUNK FUSE BOX

RH BLOWER MOTORRELAY

LH BLOWER MOTORRELAY

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER

DRIVER MIRROR

PASSENGER MIRROR

HEATED BACKLIGHT

RH BLOWER MOTOR

LH BLOWER MOTOR

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 52: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

I

FC24-25

NR26

BFC24-26

FC29R

BKFC24-1

SO

S

S

19.1

19.1 U

S

B+

FC24-19

FC24-20

FC24-6

FC24-2

WG B+12II

FC17L

FC24-13

UYFC27-7

FC24-36

OFC27-9

FC24-33

BRFC27-2

FC24-35

YFC27-8

FC24-14

RFC27-1

I

I

I

I

19.1

19.1 G

YFC24-23

FC24-48

19.1

19.1 G

YFC24-24

FC24-47

C

C

C

C

FCS7

BK

ISWFC25-22

RWFC25-14

IBWFC25-13

IOSFC25-19

IOPFC25-23

OUBFC25-6

OPYFC25-3

OSGFC25-4

OOUFC25-5

OUWFC25-20

OOBFC25-7

11.1

07.1

07.1

07.1

16.1

11.6

11.6

FC24-10

SUSC2-5

I SU BKSC2-9

FC17R

BKSCS1

BKFCS28

BK

03.1

PI40-1

OS

BT14

BT15

RW1 ΚΩ

FE

P

BT4-26

RWFC1-7

BWBT4-25

BWFC1-4

PI1-48 EM2-16

EM55-2EM55-1

BK

EM8L

EMS36

BKEM2-17

OP

OS

IYWFC25-16

17.1

RLGFC25-21

10.2 ROFC24-27

I

I

10.2

+

+

+

16.2

80Ω900Ω

O

I

I

FC38-6

NR

FC38-2

I RK

FC38-5

I BK

B+ 15

10.2

03.2

Instrument Pack; Clock Instrument Pack; Clock Fig. 08.1

CIRCUITS CONTINUED

DIMMER CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

DIMMER CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

SCP

SCP

CAN

CAN

CAN

CAN

RADIO / CASSETTEHEAD UNIT

A/CCM

A/CCM

A/CCM

POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE

GENERATOR

AIRBAG / SRSSINGLE POINT SENSOR

FUEL LEVELSENSOR

OIL PRESSURESWITCH

COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH

CLOSES WITH PRESSURE

ILLUMINATIONSUPPLY

DIMMER OVERRIDE

VEHICLE SPEED

ENGINE SPEED

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE

VEHICLE SPEED

VEHICLE SPEED

VEHICLE SPEED

ADAPTIVE DAMPINGWARNING

CHARGE WARNING

AIRBAG WARNING

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE

OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)

LOW COOLANTWARNING

TRIP SELECT

RESET

MESSAGE

IMPERIAL;METRIC;

U.S.A.

TRIP CYCLE

A / B(TRIP SELECT)

INSTRUMENT PACK

000(RESET)

CLEAR

MI / KM

ILLUMINATIONSUPPLY

TRIP COMPUTERSWITCH PACK

CLOCK

DIMMER CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

TRIP CYCLE SWITCH

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 53: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

FC15-80

NB

NYFC15-104

B+

S

S

+

U

S

B+

FC15-82

O GR

FC15-83

O GB

GR

GBSC1-10

SC1-11

FC15-84

FC15-85

19.1

19.1

FC15-32

WN

WOFC15-15

FC15-41

IRW1

I

I

13

10I

2II

17

FC15-31

GB ISM8-2DSM8-1D CA23-7 FC5-3

GBGBCA23-8

CA25R(CA26R)

BKBK

FC15-1017.1 RW

BKSMS4D

D

Audible Warnings Audible Warnings Fig. 08.2

AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SEAT BELTSWITCH

NOTE: SMS4D not used – Manual Seat vehicles.

SCP SOURCES:

• DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2• VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2• MEMORY – Fig. 12.1• KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2• NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH – Fig. 05.2

SCP

SCP

AUDIBLEWARNING 1

AUDIBLEWARNING 2

AUDIBLEWARNINGCONTROL

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

SPEAKER

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

AUDIBLE WARNINGS:

• DIRECTION INDICATORS• HAZARD WARNING• SIDE LAMPS ON• VALET MODE WARNING• GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK• MEMORY CHIME• AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE• SECURITY ARM / DISARM / ERROR• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)• SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 54: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

FC15-38

I

FC15-84

FC15-80

NB

OR

FC15-79

NG

S

FC15-85

SS

U

FC15-41

RW

WOFC15-15

#19 10A

3

1

5

2

5

UG

UWLS7-10

LS5-7

FC15-59

IPY

FC15-30

IU

FC15-14

IUB

FC15-88

IYG

FC15-61

IKG

FC15-81

GR

FC15-3

O GK

FC15-1

O RY

FC15-27

YKFC15-2

O GYFC15-53

O RKFC15-45

O UG

B

B

LS38-3

RO

LS38-4LS38-2

BL4-A BL4-B

UB

UY

B

LS38-1

BL2-2BL2-1

RK

GY

BRG

BL5-1 BL5-2

B

B

LS40-3

OW

LS40-4LS40-2

BR4-A BR4-B

UW

UK

B

LS40-1

BR2-2BR2-1

RY

GK

BRG

BR5-1 BR5-2

OFC15-96

PW

FC15-42

UY

FC15-16

RY

FC15-68

O USFC15-20

O OG

#6 10A

3

1

5

2 US

UKLS6-4

LS6-9

#17 15A

3

1

5

2 OG

OWLS8-10

LS5-8

#21 10A

UBLS5-4

#8 10A

UYLS6-8

OBLS8-3

LS3-16FCS4

LS3-18

LS3-17

LS3-22

LS3-11

LS3-19

LS3-26

LS3-29

FC1-5

5

5

44II

OG

FC5-17

FC5-18

LSS16

LS19R

B

PW

OG

FC3-7

FC3-5

OR

FC3-6

FC3-10

FC3-3

BK

PY

FC17L

FCS7

BK

SC2-9

BK

SC2-2

FC17R

BKSCS1FCS28

BK

SC2-6

SC2-7

SC2-8

L

R

U

UB

YG

KG

U

UB

YG

KG

SC2-4

UY

SC2-3

RY

UY

RYFCS9

RY

S

U

10.2

I

I

5

5

BK

1

FCS2

FCS3

S

S

+

FC24-20

U

FC24-19

S

I

I

+

13

29

19.1

2II

19.1

FC3-9

FC3-110.2 RLG

FC7-12

FC7-11

560 Ω 560 Ω

560 Ω 560 Ω

10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω

10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω

SCS2

RY

SC2-1

YUYU11.5

US

OGFC5-13

FC5-20

BL1-2

BR1-2

B

LS38-5

FC5-24

FC5-15

RK

UG

B

LS40-5

FC5-23

GYBL1-4

FC5-21

YK

GY

BR1-4

GK

RY

GK

BL1-3

BR1-3

BL1-1

LSS8

BLS1

B

B

B

LS18L

BRS1

B

BR1-1

B

LSS9

LSS7

B

B

LSS3

LSS4

B

CC1-3

CC1-16

BKCCS5

BK

CC3R

CC1-1CC1-2

BKCCS4

BK

CC3L

14CC1-9

NR

RG09.3

RGLSS20

LS3-20

RG

B

RG

Exterior Lighting: NAS Front Exterior Lighting: NAS Front Fig. 09.1

SCP

SCP

LIGHTINGINDICATORS

INSTRUMENT PACK

DIMMER CONTROL:DIMMER OVERRIDE

REAR FOGSTATE

FRONT FOGSTATE

REAR FOG

FRONT FOG

FOG LAMP SWITCHES

HAZARD STATEINVERTERCIRCUIT

HAZARD

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

REAR VIEW MIRRORS:AUTO HEADLAMPS /

MIRROR TINT

HEADLAMPFLASH

HEADLAMPMAIN BEAM

DIRECTIONINDICATOR

SIDE

DIP

AUTO

DIP

SIDE

LIGHTING STALK

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

DIMMER MODULE:SIDE LAMPS ON

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used withDaytime Running Lamps.

B+ LIGHTING 1

B+ LIGHTING 2

LIGHTINGCONTROL

BULB FAILUREMONITORING

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) †

NOTES:DI bulb failure – BPM internal function.Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function.

DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) †

FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) †

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

NOT USED

NOT USED

LEFT HAND:

FRONT FOG LAMP

MAIN

DIP

SIDE LAMP

FRONT LAMP UNIT

DIRECTION INDICATOR

SIDE MARKER

RIGHT HAND:

FRONT FOG LAMP

FRONT LAMP UNIT

DIRECTION INDICATOR

SIDE MARKER

MAIN

DIP

SIDE LAMP

REAR SIDE LAMPS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: NAS Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 55: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

FC15-38

I

FC15-84

FC15-80

NB

OR

FC15-79

NG

S

FC15-85

SS

U

FC15-41

RW

WOFC15-15

#19 10A

3

1

5

2

5

UG

UWLS7-10

LS5-7

FC15-59

IPY

FC15-30

IU

FC15-14

IUB

FC15-88

IYG

FC15-61

IKG

FC15-81

O GR

FC15-3

O GK

FC15-1

O RY

FC15-27

O YKFC15-2

O GYFC15-53

O RKFC15-45

O UG

B

B

LS38-3

RO

LS38-4LS38-2

BL4-1 BL4-2

UB

UY

B

LS38-1

BL2-2BL2-1

RK

GY

BYK

LS17-1 LS17-2

B

B

LS40-3

OW

LS40-4LS40-2

BR4-1 BR4-2

UW

UK

B

LS40-1

BR2-2BR2-1

RY

GK

BGR

CA80-1 CA80-2

OFC15-96

PW

FC15-42

UY

FC15-16

RY

FC15-68

O USFC15-20

O OG

#6 10A

3

1

5

2 US

UKLS6-4

LS6-9

#17 15A

3

1

5

2 OG

OWLS8-10

LS5-8

#21 10A

UBLS5-4

#8 10A

UYLS6-8

OBLS8-3

LS3-16FCS4

LS3-18

LS3-17

LS3-22

LS3-11

LS3-19

LS3-26

LS3-29

FC1-5

5

5

44II

OG

FC5-17

FC5-18

LSS16

LS19R

CAS40

B

PW

OG

FC3-7

FC3-5

OR

FC3-6

FC3-10

FC3-3

BK

PY

FC17L

FCS7

BK

SC2-9

BK

SC2-2

FC17R

BKSCS1FCS28

BK

SC2-6

SC2-7

SC2-8

L

R

U

UB

YG

KG

U

UB

YG

KG

SC2-4

UY

SC2-3

RY

UY

RYFCS9

RY

S

U

10.2

I

I

5

5

BK

1

FCS2

FCS3

S

S

+

FC24-20

U

FC24-19

S

I

I

+

13

29

19.1

2II

19.1

FC3-9

FC3-110.2 RLG

FC7-12

FC7-11

560 Ω 560 Ω

560 Ω 560 Ω

10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω

10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω

SCS2

RY

SC2-1

YUYU11.5

US

OGFC5-13

FC5-20

BL1-2

BR1-2

B

LS38-5

FC5-24

FC5-15

RK

UG

B

LS40-5

FC5-23

GYBL1-4

FC5-21

YK

GY

BR1-4

GK

RY

GK

BL1-1

LSS8

BLS1

B

B

B

LS18L

CA33R

B

BRS1

B

BR1-1

B

LSS9

LSS7

B

LSS3

LSS4

B

B

B

CC1-3

CC1-16

BKCCS5

BK

CC3R

CC1-1CC1-2

BKCCS4

BK

CC3L

14CC1-9

NR

Exterior Lighting: ROW Front Exterior Lighting: ROW Front Fig. 09.2

SCP

SCP

LIGHTINGINDICATORS

INSTRUMENT PACK

DIMMER CONTROL:DIMMER OVERRIDE

REAR FOGSTATE

FRONT FOGSTATE

REAR FOG

FRONT FOG

FOG LAMP SWITCHES

HAZARD STATE

HAZARD

INVERTERCIRCUIT

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

REAR VIEW MIRRORS:MIRROR TINT

HEADLAMPFLASH

HEADLAMPMAIN BEAM

DIRECTIONINDICATOR

SIDE

DIP

AUTO

DIP

SIDE

LIGHTING STALK

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

DIMMER MODULE:SIDE LAMPS ON

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used withDaytime Running Lamps.

B+ LIGHTING 1

B+ LIGHTING 2

LIGHTINGCONTROL

BULB FAILUREMONITORING

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

NOTES:DI bulb failure – BPM internal function.Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function.

MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) †

DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) †

FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) †

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

LEFT HAND:

FRONT FOG LAMP

FRONT LAMP UNIT

MAIN

DIP

SIDE LAMP

DIRECTION INDICATOR

SIDE DI REPEATER

RIGHT HAND:

FRONT FOG LAMP

MAIN

DIP

SIDE LAMP

FRONT LAMP UNIT

DIRECTION INDICATOR

SIDE DI REPEATER

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: ROW Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 56: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

GB

YW

GK

FC15-84

FC15-80

NB13

FC15-79

NG29

S

FC15-85

SS

U

2II

WOFC15-15

BT51-7

BT51-5

OB

YW

B

BT51-3

BT51-6BT51-4

RB

GY

BPWBT27-1 BT27-2

BRG

BT29-1 BT29-2

FC15-76

O GK

3

1

5

2

3

1

5

2

FC15-104

NY17

RKBT12-10

RYBT10-4

RSBT10-7

UP

BT11-7

USBT11-9

#8 10A

#19 5A

#21 5A1

1

#6

GBBT11-5

BT1-16

S

BT1-8

S

19.1

19.1 S

U

S

UBT1-6

NK48

BT1-3

O UW

BT1-13

BK

BT22L

BT1-9

O UBBT2-1

USI

BT51-2

UB

BT50-4

BT50-5

UW

B

BT50-6

BT50-2BT50-1

RW

OB

BPW

BT26-1 BT26-2

BRG

BT31-1 BT31-2

BT50-3

BT32-8

GW

BT32-1

B

BT32-12

YW

BT32-2

RY

BT32-4

NP

BT32-5

RK

BT32-3

GO

BT32-7

UP

BT32-13

B

BT32-9

GR

FC15-28

O RW

FC15-50

O GY

BTS16

BTS9

BTS15

BTS5

B

BTS21

WO CC40-1 CC40-4

BT1-14

BK

BK

BTS18

Y

GFC24-24

FC24-47

C

C

+

S

S

+

FC24-20

U

FC24-19

S

1

1

+

1 I

I

RW

19.1

19.1

+

BT11-4

FC15-41

I

I

FC15-16

RYSC2-9

BK

FC17R

BKSCS1FCS28

BK

SC2-4

UY

SC2-3

RY RYFCS9

RY10.2

IBKSCS2

RY

YU

FC15-12

IOP

FC3-7

FC3-5

FC3-6FC3-3

BK

FC17L

FCS7

BK

FC3-9

FC3-1

RLG

560 Ω 560 Ω

560 Ω 560 Ω

10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω

10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω

FC15-44

OY

10.2

37II

WR

FCS2

FCS3

19.1

19.1 S

U

FC15-88

I

FC15-61

I

SC2-7

SC2-8

L

R

YG

KG

YG

KG

BT1-5

O YW

BT1-7

O ROBT1-4

O OGBT2-6

GW

BT32-11

RO

BT32-6

OG

BT32-10

OB

FC15-54

O RBFC15-95

O RSFC15-75

O GRFC15-49

O GO

BT11-8

BT21L

B

BTS1

BTS2

YW

FC1-39

FC1-38

BT4-21

BT4-20

FC1-21

FC1-36

BT4-27

BT4-11

FC1-12

FC1-13

BT4-23

BT4-24

FC1-37 BT4-10

BTS8

RY RG

RG

RG

RG RG

BT4-13

FC1-2

FC5-16

CAS59

BT4-12

BTS7

RKBT40-1 BT40-2

PW

53

BT40

GK

RW

GY

RB

RS

GR

GO

11.5

09.1RG

9IICAS81

US CA19-16

USBTS10

US BT4-18

US

CA35-3

CA35-2

BT4-40

CA31L

BBCAS37

BT28R

BT20

B

FC15-59

IPY

OFC15-96

PWPWCC1-3

CC1-16

BKCCS5

BK

CC3R

PYCC1-1CC1-2

BKCCS4

BK

CC3L

FC7-12

FC7-11

14CC1-9

NR

I

O

Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear Fig. 09.3

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

CAN

CAN

REVERSEGEAR

LIGHTINGINDICATORS

INSTRUMENT PACK

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.

DIMMER CONTROL:DIMMER OVERRIDE

REAR FOGSTATE

FRONT FOGSTATE

REAR FOG

FOG LAMP SWITCHES

HAZARD STATE

HAZARD

INVERTERCIRCUIT

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DIRECTIONINDICATOR

SIDE

DIP

AUTO

SIDE

LIGHTING STALK

COLUMN SWITCHGEARDIMMER MODULE:

SIDE LAMPS ON

B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)

LIGHTINGCONTROL

BULB FAILUREMONITORING

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

B+ LIGHTING 1

B+ LIGHTING 2

B+ HIGH CURRENT

LIGHTINGCONTROL

BULB FAILUREMONITORING

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) †

SIDE MARKER ANDNUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3) †

TRUNK FUSE BOX

SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL

REAR FOG LAMPS

TRAILER CONNECTED

TRAILER REVERSELAMPS CONTROL

TRAILER REVERSELAMPS B+

TRAILER REVERSELAMPS RELAY GROUND

NUMBER PLATE LAMPS

SIDE MARKER LAMPS

TRAILER STOP LAMP

TRAILER LH DI

TRAILER RH DI

TRAILER CONNECTOR

BRAKE SWITCH

HIGH-MOUNTEDSTOP LAMP

LEFT HAND:

SIDE MARKER

FOG

REVERSE

TAIL

STOP

DI

TAIL LAMP UNIT

NUMBER PLATE LAMP

RIGHT HAND:

NUMBER PLATE LAMP

DI

STOP

TAIL

REVERSE

FOG

TAIL LAMP UNIT

SIDE MARKER

FRONT SIDE LAMPS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

REAR VIEW MIRROR: MIRROR TINT(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: NAS Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 57: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

YW

GK

FC15-84

FC15-80

NB13

FC15-79

NG29

S

FC15-85

SS

U

2II

WOFC15-15

BT51-7

BT51-5

OB

YW

B

BT51-3

BT51-6BT51-4

RB

GY

BPWBT27-1 BT27-2

FC15-76

O GK

3

1

5

2

3

1

5

2

FC15-104

NY17

RKBT12-10

RYBT10-4

RSBT10-7

UP

BT11-7

USBT11-9

#8 10A

#19 5A

#21 5A1

1

#6

GBBT11-5

BT1-16

S

BT1-8

S

19.1

19.1 S

U

S

UBT1-6

NK48

BT1-3

O UW

BT1-13

BK

BT22L

BT1-9

O UBBT2-1

USI

BT51-2

UB

BT50-4

BT50-5

UW

BT50-6

BT50-2BT50-1

RW

OB

BPW

BT26-1 BT26-2

BT50-3

BT32-8

GW

BT32-1

B

BT32-12

YW

BT32-2

RY

BT32-4

NP

BT32-5

RK

BT32-3

GO

BT32-7

UP

BT32-13

B

BT32-9

GR

FC15-28

O RW

FC15-50

O GY

BTS9

BTS15

BTS21

WO CC40-1 CC40-4

BT1-14

BK

BK

BTS18

Y

GFC24-24

FC24-47

C

C

+

S

S

+

FC24-20

U

FC24-19

S

1

1

+

1 I

I

RW

19.1

19.1

+

BT11-4

FC15-41

I

I

FC15-16

RYSC2-9

BK

FC17R

BKSCS1FCS28

BK

SC2-4

UY

SC2-3

RY RYFCS9

RY10.2

IBKSCS2

RY

YU

FC15-12

IOP

FC3-7

FC3-5

FC3-6FC3-3

BK

FC17L

FCS7

BK

FC3-9

FC3-1

RLG

560 Ω 560 Ω

560 Ω 560 Ω

10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω

10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω

FC15-44

OY

10.2

37II

WR

FCS2

FCS3

19.1

19.1 S

U

FC15-88

I

FC15-61

I

SC2-7

SC2-8

L

R

YG

KG

YG

KG

BT1-5

O YW

BT1-7

O ROBT1-4

O OGBT2-6

GW

BT32-11

RO

BT32-6

OG

BT32-10

OB

FC15-54

O RBFC15-95

O RSFC15-75

O GRFC15-49

O GO

BT11-8

BT21L

B

BTS1

BTS2

YW

FC1-39

FC1-38

BT4-21

BT4-20

FC1-21

FC1-36

BT4-27

BT4-11

FC1-12

FC1-13

BT4-23

BT4-24

FC1-37 BT4-10

BTS8

RY RG

RG

RG

RG

BT4-13

FC1-2

FC5-16

CAS59

BT4-12

BTS7

RKBT40-1 BT40-2

PW

53

BT40

GK

RW

GY

RB

RS

GR

GO

11.5

RG

9IICAS81

US CA19-16

USBTS10

US BT4-18

US

CA35-3

CA35-2

BT4-40

GB

CA31L

BBCAS37

BT28R

BT20

B

FC15-59

IPY

OFC15-96

PWPWCC1-3

CC1-16

BKCCS5

BK

CC3R

PYCC1-1CC1-2

BKCCS4

BK

CC3L

FC7-12

FC7-11

14CC1-9

NR

LS3-20

I

B

O

Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear Fig. 09.4

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

CAN

CAN

REVERSEGEAR

LIGHTINGINDICATORS

INSTRUMENT PACK

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.

DIMMER CONTROL:DIMMER OVERRIDE

REAR FOGSTATE

FRONT FOGSTATE

REAR FOG

FOG LAMP SWITCHES

HAZARD STATE

HAZARD

INVERTERCIRCUIT

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DIRECTIONINDICATOR

SIDE

DIP

AUTO

SIDE

LIGHTING STALK

COLUMN SWITCHGEARDIMMER MODULE:

SIDE LAMPS ON

B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)

LIGHTINGCONTROL

BULB FAILUREMONITORING

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

B+ LIGHTING 1

B+ LIGHTING 2

B+ HIGH CURRENT

LIGHTINGCONTROL

BULB FAILUREMONITORING

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) †

SIDE MARKER ANDNUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3) †

TRUNK FUSE BOX

SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL

REAR FOG LAMPS

TRAILER CONNECTED

TRAILER REVERSELAMPS CONTROL

TRAILER REVERSELAMPS B+

TRAILER REVERSELAMPS RELAY GROUND

NUMBER PLATE LAMPS

SIDE MARKER LAMPS

TRAILER STOP LAMP

TRAILER LH DI

TRAILER RH DI

TRAILER CONNECTOR

BRAKE SWITCH

HIGH-MOUNTEDSTOP LAMP

LEFT HAND:

FOG

REVERSE

TAIL

STOP

DI

TAIL LAMP UNIT

NUMBER PLATE LAMP

RIGHT HAND:

NUMBER PLATE LAMP

DI

STOP

TAIL

REVERSE

FOG

TAIL LAMP UNIT

NOT USED

NOT USED

REAR VIEW MIRROR: MIRROR TINT(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: ROW Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 58: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

WRLS41-1

LS41-2

WRLS42-1

LS42-2

34II

35II

38II

LS41-3

LS42-3

GS

GS

LSS11

GSFC5-31

GS

LSS8

LS18L

B

B

LSS16

LS19R

B

B

0

BKFCS7

FC17L

BK

FC14-3

FC14-2

FC14-4

1

2

3

WR

203 Ω 187 Ω

LS3-27

GS

Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling Fig. 09.5

LEVELING SWITCH

FASCIA SWITCH PACK

SERVOAMPLIFIER

LH HEADLAMPLEVELING ACTUATOR

SERVOAMPLIFIER

RH HEADLAMPLEVELING ACTUATOR

VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 59: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

FC15-24

O

FC15-80

NB13

RWFC15-41

DD3-6DD3-7

1

DD10-14

DD11-20

O

I

DD10-1

NO23

BKCA36L(CA33L)

B

G

PD10-1

NO44

BK BK

DD10-8

DDS3

BK

CA33L(CA36L)

PD10-8

CA8-8

PD3-6PD3-7 PD11-20

IGBKPDS3CA11-8

BK

BK

BK

GW BRD14-1 RD14-2

FC15-101

O PW

FC15-74

O RW

RDS2

B

CA36R(CA33R)

B

B+

B+

FC29L

B

FC15-104

NY17

DD11-4

I

DD11-12

I

OU

OY

8 DD3-10

DD3-12

DD3-11

NW

I

WOFC15-15

I

WNFC15-32

I10I

2II

FC4-4FC4-5

BKFCS7

FC17L

BKFC15-67

IUR

I

I

I

NW

WG

RWIC4-2 IC4-1FC1-6

RW

IC4-3

18I

IC20

BIC1-11

IC1-12

WG

RWCA5-2 CA5-1

CA5-3

19I

CA31L

B

WG

BCAS37

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

CA53-2

CA53-8

CA53-3

CA53-4

BCAS46

CA30L

FC5-5

NW

FC15-57

GRIFC5-8

GR

FC1-1

PW PW

CAS36

RW

RD10-14

O

NO

BK

CA36L(CA33L)

RD10-8

RD3-5RD3-6 RD11-20

IGBKRDS1CA14-4

CA14-3

BK

BK

B+

I

I

S

SDD10-16

DD10-9

S

U–

+

S

SPD10-16

PD10-9

+

CA33R

LHD

RHD

B

44

23

RHD LHD

RHD LHD

19.1

19.1

S

U 19.1

19.1

RD10-1S

U –

+

RP10-14

O

BK

RP10-8

RP3-5RP3-6 RP11-20

IGBKRDS1CA16-4

CA16-3

BK

B

BK I

I

CA33L(CA36L)

GW BRP14-1 RP14-2 RPS2

B

CA33R(CA36R)

B

GW BDD14-1 DD14-2 CA10-3DDS1

BBCAS40

B

RD10-17

B

RP10-17

CA30R

B

DD10-17

PD10-14

O

BI

GW BPD14-1 PD14-2 CA12-3PDS1

BB

PD10-17

FCS13

PWPWPWPWPW

19.1

19.1

RD10-9

RD10-16

S

S

NOB+

RP10-1S

U –

+

19.1

19.1

RP10-9

RP10-16

S

S

CA70-2CA70-1

BPW

CA69-2CA69-1

BPW

FC34FC33

BPW

FC5-D

FC1-3

BTS22 BT46-2 BT46-1

BT47-2 BT47-1

FC1-29

PW

PW

PW

PW 11.3

FCS10

CAS46

CAS40

CA30L

B

CA33R

B

BT22

RYBT4-4

PW

BTS23

RYBT38-1 BT38-2BT38

RY

BTS24

RYBK RYBT41-2 BT41-1BTS18

BK

RHDLHD 43

22 RHDLHD

S

SFC15-85

FC15-84

S

U–

+

19.1

19.1

CA10-1

NO

NOCA12-1

CA33R

RHD

LHD

B

CAS40

B

CA30R

B

43

22

CA16-1

NO

CA14-1

NO

B

Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener Fig. 10.1

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch offinterior lamps during engine cranking.

IGNITION SWITCH(KEY-IN SWITCH)

ILLUMINATIONENABLE

B+ LIGHTING 2

B+ HIGH CURRENT

INTERIOR LAMPSON / OFF

FADE 1

INTERIORLIGHTINGCONTROL

FADE 2

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

LOCK

UNLOCK

KEY BARREL

DRIVER DOOR LOCKSWITCHES

DRIVER DOORSWITCH

DOORLAMP

CONTROL

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOORPUDDLE LAMP

PASSENGER DOORSWITCH

DOORLAMP

CONTROL

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOORPUDDLE LAMP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

COURTESYLAMPS

MAP LAMPS

RIBBONCONNECTOR

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

ROOF CONSOLE

COURTESY

READING

LH E-POST LAMP

COURTESY

READING

RH E-POST LAMP

MIRROR MOVEMENTB+ SUPPLY

GLOVE BOX LAMP

LH VANITY LAMP

RH VANITY LAMP

LH TRUNK LAMP

RH TRUNK LAMP

TRUNK SWITCH

SCP

SCP

DRIVER REAR DOORSWITCH

DOORLAMP

CONTROL

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER REAR DOORPUDDLE LAMP

SCP

SCP

PASSENGER REAR DOORSWITCH

DOORLAMP

CONTROL

PASSENGER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER REAR DOORPUDDLE LAMP

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 60: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

FC23-7

FC23-4

O

I

B

FC29R

RK

RY

FC23-3

WN11I

FC23-6

NY

Y

GG

UOUO

Y

RLG

SC11-4

SC11-5

SC11-6

SC11-2

RY

RLG

SC11-3

RY

SC3-8

SC3-11

SC3-10

SC3-9

G

UO

Y

RLG

FC23-5

FC23-12

I

O

FC23-11

NY11FC23-10

B+

B+

FC23-9

CC27-8

CC1-10

CC1-4

IC10-3

IC10-4

CC27-9

FC23-2

O ROFC23-1

O RO

FC23-8

O RK

RK

RK

IC1-1

RLG

IC1-2 RLG

RLGRLG

RG

RK

B

CC27-7

CC1-16

BK

BRD

RKFC3-1

FC3-2FC3-4

RLG

BFCS10

B

FC29L

RK BCA74-3 CA74-1

RK

BFC27-3 FC27-4

RK

BCA76 CA75-1

RKBKPD1-4 PD1-2

RK

CA47R

CA33L(CA36L)

CC3R

CCS5

BKB

CE2

BKPDS3CA11-8

BK

I

I

O

SC2-9

BK

FC17R

BKSCS1FCS28

BK

SC2-4

UY

SC2-3

RY RYFCS9

RY09.1

BKSCS2

RY

SC2-1

YU

09.2

NYFCS5 FCS31

FCS25

RLG

FC7-19

RLG

CCS9

FC24-27

FC25-21

RO RLG

FC24-26

B

FC29R

07.1

RKCC4-10

CC4-1CC4-5

RLG

BKCCS4

BK

CC3L

RKCC20-10

CC20-1CC20-5

RLG

B

RLG

FCS19

RK

RK BFC14-5 FCS10

B

FC29L

FC14-6

CA19-1

FC7-1

RKCCS8

CA19-18

RK

BCC14-5 CC14-10

RKCCS15

B

CC2R

RKCA19-3 CAS13

FCS33

FC5-48

FC1-41

RK

RK

RKRK

BCA53-7 CA53-4

RKCAS46

B

CA30L

BKDD1-20 DD1-24

RKDDS3

BK

CA36L(CA33L)

RK

CA8-6

CA8-8

BKRKBKRD1-4 RD1-2

CA36L(CA33L)

BKRDS1CA14-4

BK

RKBKRP1-4 RP1-2

CA33L(CA36L)

BKRPS1CA16-4

BK

CA11-6

CA46-1

CA45-1

RK

RK

RK

12.5 RK

12.9 12.8 RK

RK

CA224 -11

-12

-13

-17

-18

-15 -14 -16

RK RKSM25-4P CA27-10

12.10

RK BKFC38-2 FC38-5

FC17R

FCS28

BK

RK

RK

CA47L

Dimmer Controlled Lighting Dimmer Controlled Lighting Fig. 10.2

DIMMEROVERRIDE

DIMMER CONTROL

SIDE

SIDE

LIGHTING STALK

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

BPM:SIDE LAMPS CONTROL

REAR SEAT SWITCHES:LOCATE ILLUMINATION

(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)

DIMMER MODULE

NOT USED *

LOCATEILLUMINATION

PASSENGER DOORSWITCH PACK

LOCATEILLUMINATION

DRIVER REAR DOORSWITCH PACK

LOCATEILLUMINATION

PASSENGER REAR DOORSWITCH PACK

LOCATEILLUMINATION

ROOF CONSOLE

LOCATEILLUMINATION

DRIVER DOORSWITCH PACK

INSTRUMENTPACK

ILLU

MIN

AT

ION

SU

PP

LY

DIM

ME

RO

VE

RR

IDE

RADIO

DIM

ME

RO

VE

RR

IDE

ILLU

MIN

AT

ION

SU

PP

LY

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL PANEL

DIM

ME

RO

VE

RR

IDE

LOCATEILLUMINATION

LOCATE ILLUMINATION

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DIM

ME

RO

VE

RR

IDE

CENTRALLOCKING VALET

LH SEATHEATER

RH SEATHEATER

TRACTION /STABILITY HAZARD

A/CCM

DIMMEROVERRIDE

LOCATEILLUMINATION

DIMMEROVERRIDE

LOCATEILLUMINATION

FOG LAMPSWITCHES

MODE SWITCH(TRANSMISSION)

DIMMEROVERRIDE

LOCATEILLUMINATION

CRUISE CONTROLON / OFF SWITCH

LOCATEILLUMINATION

GEAR SELECTORILLUMINATION MODULE

LOCATEILLUMINATION

TRIP COMPUTERSWITCH PACK

FASCIA SWITCH PACK

LOCATEILLUMINATION

CLOCK

LOCATEILLUMINATION

FRONTCIGAR LIGHTER

LOCATEILLUMINATION

REARCIGAR LIGHTER

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

* NOTE: Splice, wire and connector –early production vehicles only.

Page 61: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

WPCA32-6 CA32-2

O

OI

CAS46

CA30L

BB

10II

UB

R

SCA32-4 CA32-5

CA32-8

LS3-30 LL3-1

LS3-48†

LL2-1

LL2-2 LL3-2

R

S

R

S08.1

B+

I

UBFC5-11

Power Assisted Steering Power Assisted Steering Fig. 11.1

VEHICLE SPEED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONTROL MODULE

VARIABLE STEERINGCONVERTER

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 62: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

FC15-40

FC15-87

IWU

SK

FC15-11

IYB

18 NP

SK270 Ω

100 Ω

470 Ω

820 Ω

SC3-5

SC3-6

SC2-9

BK BKSCS1

YBSC3-7

BKFCS28

FC17R

BK

FC15-93

YK

FC15-99

O PN

FC15-100

O BR

FC15-66

PU

FC15-78

O PG

FC15-52

O BS

BKWU YK PN BR

WGWU K N R

FC49-5

FC49-3

FC49-1

FC49-6

BK

WU PU PG BS

WGWU U G S

FC50-6

FC50-3

FC50-4

FC50-1

FC50-8

FC49-2

FCS17

I

I

RD11-5

IUP

RD11-13

IKS

RD11-22

IUN

DD11-2

UG

DD1-3

DD1-13

DD1-2

DD1-14

DD10-1

NO23 B+

FC15-41

RW I1

FC15-91

FC15-90

SC9-1

SC9-3

SC9-7 SC9-5

O

O

O

FC15-80

NB13

FC15-32

WN10I

2II

WOFC15-15

FC15-102

NB38

BFC15-25

FC29L

FCS10

B

FC4-4FC4-5

BKFCS7

FC17L

BKFC15-67

IUR

FC15-58

ICC13-1

SBBKCCS4

CC3L

CC13-3

SBBKFC7-18

NP

BK BK

44 LHDRHD

DD1-1

NW

RD11-15

IUSDD1-15

DD3-6DD3-7 DD11-20

I

BKCA36L

(CA33L)

GBK BK

DD10-8

DDS3CA8-8

BK

I

KS

US

UN

UP

NO B+

RD10-1

S

U–

+

RD10-9

RD10-16

S

S

RHD LHD43 22 19.1

19.1

S

U–

+

DD10-9

DD10-16

S

S

19.1

19.1

KS

US

UN

UPCA8-9

CA8-10

CA8-11

CA8-15

CA13-2

CA13-3

CA13-4

CA13-1

9

BKRD10-8

BKRD10-19

BKRD11-7

I

I

I

RDS1 CA14-4

CA36L(CA33L)

BK BK

CA10-1

NO

CA14-1

NO

I

S

U–

+

FC15-84

FC15-85

S

S

19.1

19.1

**

**

I

I

O

Steering Column Movement Steering Column Movement Fig. 11.2

UP

DOWN

FORE

AFT

COLUMN JOY STICK

AUTO TILT SWITCH

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

IGNITION SWITCH(KEY-IN SWITCH)

NOT-IN-PARKMICROSWITCH

NOTE: Memory switches –driver memory seat vehicles only.

SET MEMORYSTATUS

MEMORY 1

MEMORY 2

MEMORY 3

MEMORY SET

MEMORY SWITCHES

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

B+ LOGIC

B+ COLUMN

STEERINGCOLUMN

MOVEMENTCONTROL

POWER

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

DRIVER DOORSWITCH

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

MEMORYPOSITIONS

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

STEERING COLUMN MOTORS

TILT REACH

VARIANT: Powered Column Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

** NOTE: Module identification.

Page 63: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

Mirror Movement: Memory Mirror Movement: Memory Fig. 11.3

DD10-20

O

CA30R

WU

PD10-20

O WU

DD10-22

OK

DD10-4

O ON

DD10-21

O

OU

DD10-3

OG

DD10-2

O Y

PD10-22

YK

PD10-4

O PN

PD10-21

O

PU

PD10-3

PG

PD10-2

O Y

B

BKWU OK ON OU OG Y

WGWU K N U G S

DD8-2

BKWU YK PN PU PG Y

WGWU K N U G S

PD8-2

DD8-6

DD8-8

DD8-3

DD8-5

DD8-10

DD8-4

PD8-6

PD8-8

PD8-3

PD8-5

PD8-10

PD8-4

I

I

CA33L(CA36L)

BKPDS3

BKPD10-8

BK

PD10-17

CA11-8

I

I

I

I

FC15-41

RW I1

FC15-80

NB13

FC15-32

WN10I

2II

WOFC15-15

FC15-58

ICC13-1

SBBKCCS4

CC3L

CC13-3

SBBKFC7-18

RD11-5

IUP

RD11-13

IKS

RD11-22

IUN

DD11-2

UG

DD1-3

DD1-13

DD1-2

DD1-14

DD10-1

NO23 B+44 LHDRHD

DD1-1

NW

RD11-15

IUSDD1-15

DD3-6DD3-7 DD11-20

I

BK

CA36L(CA33L)

G

BK

BK

DD10-8

DDS3CA8-8

BKI

KS

US

UN

UP

NO B+RD10-1

S

U–

+

RD10-9

RD10-16

S

S

RHD LHD43 22 19.1

19.1

S

U–

+

DD10-9

DD10-16

S

S

19.1

19.1

KS

US

UN

UPCA8-9

CA8-10

CA8-11

CA8-15

CA13-2

CA13-3

CA13-4

CA13-1

S

U–

+

FC15-84

FC15-85

S

S

19.1

19.1

9

BKDD11-1

I

DDS1CA10-3

B

CA30R

BPDS1 CA12-3

B B

S

S19.1

19.1

U

SPD10-9

PD10-16

+

PD10-1

NO23 B+44LHDRHD

FC15-101

PW O B+

10.1

PWPWPWPWPWPW

FCS13

PWPW

BDD10-17

I

I

I

I

I

I

+

FC24-24

Y

FC24-47

G

C

C

S

S

19.1

19.1 U

SFC24-19

FC24-20

+ 19.1

19.1

DD11-9

YR

DD11-17

SN

DD11-3

OR

DD11-10

YN

DD11-13

OU (LHD)OB (RHD)

DD11-5

OB (LHD)OU (RHD)

DD1-17

DD1-16

DD1-7

DD1-5

DD1-8 (LHD)DD1-18 (RHD)

DD1-18 (LHD)DD1-8 (RHD)

DD1-4CA8-1FC5-14 (LHD)FC1-40 (RHD)

BKRD10-19

BKRD10-8

BK

RD11-7

I

I

I

RDS1 CA14-4

CA36L(CA33L)

BK BK

CA14-1

NO

CA10-1

NO

I

RHD

LHD

BCAS40

B

B

CA33R

NOCA12-1

LHD

RHD

B

CA33R

CAS40

B

B

**

**

I

I

O

NOT-IN-PARKMICROSWITCH

INTERIOR LIGHTINGB+ SUPPLY

B+ LOGIC

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

VEHICLESPEED

REVERSEGEAR

INSTRUMENT PACK

CAN

CAN

DRIVER DOOR MIRRORMOTORS

VERTICAL HORIZONTAL

PASSENGER DOOR MIRRORMOTORS

VERTICAL HORIZONTAL

MEMORY 1

MEMORY 2

MEMORY 3

MEMORY SET

SET MEMORY STATUS

MEMORY SWITCHES

UP

LEFT

DOWN

RIGHT

MIRROR JOY STICK

DRIVER

PASSENGER

MIRROR SELECT SWITCH

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

MEMORYPOSITIONS

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

** NOTE: Module identification.

SCP

SCP

DRIVER DOORSWITCH

MIRRORCONTROL

MIRRORCOMMON

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

MIRRORCONTROL

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

VARIANT: Memory Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 64: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

DD10-20

WU

PD10-20

WU

DD10-22

OK

DD10-4

O ON

DD10-21

O

OU

DD10-3

OG

DD10-2

O Y

PD10-22

YK

PD10-4

O PN

PD10-21

O

PU

PD10-3

PG

PD10-2

O Y

B

BKWU OK ON OU OG Y

N G S

DD8-2

BKWU YK PN PU PG Y

N G S

PD8-2

DD8-6

DD8-8

DD8-3

DD8-5

DD8-10

DD8-4

PD8-6

PD8-8

PD8-3

PD8-5

PD8-10

PD8-4

CA33L(CA36L)

BKPDS3

BKPD10-8

BK

PD10-17

CA11-8

I

I

FC15-41

RW I1

FC15-80

NB13

FC15-32

WN10I

2II

WOFC15-15

RD11-5

UP

RD11-13

KS

RD11-22

UNDD1-3

DD1-13

DD1-2

DD10-1

NO23 B+44 LHDRHD

RD11-15

USDD1-15

BKBK DD10-8

DDS3CA8-8

BKI

KS

US

UN

UP

KS

US

UN

UPCA8-9

CA8-10

CA8-11

CA8-15

CA13-2

CA13-3

CA13-4

CA13-1

BKDD11-1

I

DDS1CA10-3

BB

PDS1 CA12-3

B

PD10-1

NO23 B+44LHDRHD

FC15-101

PW O B+

10.1

PWPWPWPWPWPW

FCS13

PWPW

BDD10-17

I

I

I

I

I

I

DD11-9

YR

DD11-17

SN

DD11-3

OR

DD11-10

YN

DD11-13

OU (LHD)OB (RHD)

DD11-5

OB (LHD)OU (RHD)

DD1-17

DD1-16

DD1-7

DD1-5

DD1-8 (LHD)DD1-18 (RHD)

DD1-18 (LHD)DD1-8 (RHD)

DD1-4CA8-1FC5-14 (LHD)FC1-40 (RHD)

S

U–

+

DD10-9

DD10-16

S

S

19.1

19.1

S

U–

+

FC15-84

FC15-85

S

S

19.1

19.1

S

S19.1

19.1

U

SPD10-9

PD10-16

+

NOCA10-1

NOCA12-1

CA30RCA36L

(CA33L)

BRHD

LHD

BCAS40

B

B

CA33R

CA30R

B LHD

RHD

B

CA33R

CAS40

B

B

I

I

I

Mirror Movement: Non-Memory Mirror Movement: Non-Memory Fig. 11.4

INTERIOR LIGHTINGB+ SUPPLY

NOT USED

UP

LEFT RIGHT

DOWN

MIRROR JOY STICK

DRIVER

PASSENGER

MIRROR SELECT SWITCH

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

B+ LOGIC

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

SCP

SCP

NOT USED

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

MIRRORCONTROL

MIRRORCOMMON

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

SCP

SCP

DRIVER DOOR MIRRORMOTORS

VERTICAL HORIZONTAL

PASSENGER DOOR MIRRORMOTORS

VERTICAL HORIZONTAL

SCP

SCP

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

MIRRORCONTROL

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

VARIANT: Non-Memory Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED

Page 65: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

R

FC5-42

CAS50

FC15-72

O

FC15-80

NB13

YUFC15-32

WN10I

2II

WOFC15-15

+

FC24-24

Y

FC24-47

G

C

C

S

S

19.1

19.1 U

SFC24-19

FC24-20

+ 19.1

19.1

FC15-77

O RG

B

DD10-1

NO23 B+44 LHDRHD

BK

CA36L(CA33L)

BK DD10-8

DDS3CA8-8

BKI

DD11-1

I

DDS1CA10-3

B

FC15-101

PW O B+ 10.1

PWPWPWPWPW

FCS13

PW

PW

BDD10-17

I

I

I

I

I

I

DD11-9

YR

DD11-17

SN

DD11-3

OR

DD11-10

YN

DD11-13

OU (LHD)OB (RHD)

DD11-5

OB (LHD)OU (RHD)

DD1-17

DD1-16

DD1-7

DD1-5

DD1-8 (LHD)DD1-18 (RHD)

DD1-18 (LHD)DD1-8 (RHD)

DD1-4

CA8-1 FC5-14 (LHD)FC1-40 (RHD)

S

U–

+

DD10-9

DD10-16

S

S

19.1

19.1

S

U–

+

FC15-84

FC15-85

S

S

19.1

19.1

PW

SC2-9

BK

FC17R

BKSCS1FCS28

BK

SC2-4

UY

SC2-3

RY

UY

RYBKSCS2

RY

SC2-1

YUYUI

I

FC15-42

FC15-16

31

32

34

33

CA60

3

2

5

1

4

CA60

8

7

10

6

9

YU

SR

RG

NB

NB

NB

NB

B

B

B

FC5-43

DD8-1

DD8-7

DD8-12

R

SR

YLG

CA8-13

CA8-14

CA8-12

R

SR

YLG

PD8-1

PD8-7

PD8-12

R

SR

YLG

CA11-13

CA11-14

CA11-12

R

SR

YLGCAS41

CA224

-1

-2

-3

CAS35

CA55-3

CA55-5

CA55-2

CA55-1

CA55-4

YLG

CA30R

BKCAS61

BK

YUFC1-11

YU

13II

WS

YWBT4-8

YW

YU

RG

BK

CA10-1

CA30R

RHD

LHD

BCAS40

B

B

CA33R

RYFCS9

CA38R

09.3 09.4

I

I

I

Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors Fig. 11.5

UP(FOLD-OUT)

LEFT RIGHT

DOWN(FOLD-BACK)

MIRROR JOY STICK

DRIVER

PASSENGER

NEUTRAL

MIRROR SELECT SWITCH

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

NOTE: Position Select Switch to neutralto operate Fold-Back Mirrors.

INTERIOR LIGHTINGB+ SUPPLY

DIP

SIDE

DIP

AUTO

SIDE

LIGHTING STALK

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 09.1 and Fig. 09.2 for Lighting Circuit.

MIRRORCONTROL

MIRRORCOMMON

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

MIRRORFOLD-BACKCONTROL

B+ LOGIC

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

VEHICLESPEED

REVERSEGEAR

INSTRUMENT PACK

CAN

CAN

FOLD-BACKRELAY

FOLD-OUTRELAY

FOLD-BACKMOTOR

MIRRORTINT

FOLD-BACKMOTOR

MIRRORTINT

DRIVER DOORMIRROR

PASSENGER DOORMIRROR

MIRRORTINT

AUTOHEADLAMPS

REVERSE LAMPS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

INTERIORREAR VIEW MIRROR

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 66: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

EM68-20

EM68-10

EM68-27

NS72

B

EM17

PB

EM68-11

WK

EM68-28

19.2

19.2 K

O

43II

D

D

EM68-18

USUSLSS1

USLS3-1

IEM68-26EM1-1

USEMS21

US

EM68-108.1 SO

EM68-2408.1 OB

O

I

EM2-10

EM2-14

SO

OB

EM64-A

EM64-B

EM65-A

EM65-B

LA1-A

LA1-B

RA1-A

RA1-BEM68-34

OYEM68-15

O OP

EM68-32

OWEM68-13

O OB

EM68-33

OYEM68-14

O OG

EM68-31

OWEM68-30

O OS

O

O

O

O

OY

OG

OW

OS

OY

OP

OW

OB

EM28-3

U

EM28-1

EM28-2

UW

PB

B+

EM4-2

EM4-3

U

EM4-1

UW

UB

BT7-2

BT7-3

BT7-1

EM68-21

UB

EM68-3

UW

EM68-25

O U

EM68-22

RB

EMS44

EMS45

U

UW

RB

B+

B+

I

I

I

B+

B+

O

I

9II

WOCAS81 CC40-4

US CC40-1

US CA19-16

EMS11

B

FC5-41

FC5-40

EM2-20

EM2-1

CA29-4

CA29-3

OW

OB

OW

OB

FC1-20

FC1-19

EM2-12

EM2-11

CA9-4

CA9-3

OY

OP

OY

OP

EM2-9

UW

U

UW

U

UW

UEM2-5

EM2-4

FC1-28

FC1-27

FC1-26

BT4-30

BT4-29

BT4-28

RB RB

Suspension Adaptive Damping Suspension Adaptive Damping Fig. 11.6

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

BRAKE SWITCH

ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE

LH FRONTDAMPER SOLENOID

RH FRONTDAMPER SOLENOID

LH REARDAMPER SOLENOID

RH REARDAMPER SOLENOID

LATERALACCELERATION

GROUND

VERTICALACCELERATION

GROUND

LATERAL ACCELEROMETER(FRONT)

FRONT VERTICALACCELEROMETER

VERTICALACCELERATION

GROUND

REAR VERTICALACCELEROMETER

VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 67: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

SM5-16D

WS

BKCCS4

BK

CC3L

SM5-15D

SM5-12D

SM5-14D

SM5-4D

SM5-5D

SM5-7D

SM5-8D

SM5-6D

SM5-13D

NPSM5-9D

OR BSM10-3D

SM10-1D

SM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D

R

B

U

OW

SM10-2D CA23-4

B B

SM6-6D

SM11-6D

SM12-6D

SM6-5D

SM11-5D

SM12-5D

SM6-2D

SM11-2D

SM12-2D

SM6-3D

SM11-3D

SM12-3D

SM6-1D

SM11-1D

SM12-1D

WO KO KS WR RO RS WY PO PSWB W WB W WB W

CC1-7 (LHD)CC1-13 (RHD)

CC1-2

CC1-8 (LHD)CC1-14 (RHD)

CC1-5

SM5-1D

RD11-5

IUP

RD11-13

IKS

RD11-22

IUN

DD11-2

UG

DD1-3

DD1-13

DD1-2

DD1-14

DD10-123 B+

+

FC24-24

Y

FC24-47

G

C

C

44 LHDRHD

DD1-1

NW

RD11-15

IUSDD1-15

KS

US

UN

UP

NO B+

RD10-1

S

U–

+

RD10-9

RD10-16

S

S

RHD LHD43 22 19.1

19.1

S

U–

+

DD10-9

DD10-16

S

S

19.1

19.1

KS

US

UN

UPCA8-9

CA8-10

CA8-11

CA8-15

CA13-2

CA13-3

CA13-4

CA13-1

S

S

19.1

19.1 U

SFC24-19

FC24-20

+ 19.1

19.1

9

BK

CA36L(CA33L)

BKDD10-8DDS3CA8-8

BK I

FC15-41

RW I1

FC15-80

NB13

FC15-32

WN10I

2II

WOFC15-15

S

U–

+

FC15-84

FC15-85

S

S

19.1

19.1

17II

560 Ω

I

OFCS12 (LHD)FCS14 (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

OP (LHD)OU (RHD)

FC7-5 (LHD)FC7-14 (RHD)

FC7-4 (LHD)FC7-13 (RHD)

19

SM5-11D

SM5-3D

GW

GY

UW

UY

KW

KY

RW

RY

PY

PW

B

OR

U

S

U–

+

SM3-10D

SM3-9D

S

S

19.1

19.1SM3-6D

I

SM3-8D

I

SM1-13D

I

SM1-14D

I

SM1-12D

I

SM1-11D

I

SM1-16D

I

SM1-15D

I

SM1-9D

I

SM1-10D

I

SM3-2D

IBBB

CA25L(CA26L)

CA23-4 SMS3D

UG

SM3-5D

NK27 B+

SM2-11D

SM1-1D

SM1-7D

SM2-12D

SM2-2D

SM2-18D

SM1-8D

SM2-19D

SM2-8D

SM1-5D

SM2-14D

SM1-3D

SM2-6D

SM1-6D

SM2-9D WU

W

US

GO

WB

WP

W

GS

PO

WB

WY

W

PS

RO

WR

RS

KO

WB

WO

WSM2-5D

SM2-10D

SM3-4D

SM1-2D

SM2-1D

SM2-15D

SM1-4D UO

WB

CA25L(CA26L)

SMS3D

CA23-3

SM14-D

3

1

5

2

NS

NSSMS5D

46 NS

SM4-6D

SM4-5D

SM4-2D

SM4-3D

SM4-1D

WU UO USWB W

SM13-6D

SM13-5D

SM13-2D

SM13-3D

SM13-1D

WP GO GSWB W

KSSM3-3D

SMS2D

SMS1D

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

FC15-69 (LHD)FC15-17 (RHD)

FC15-86 (LHD)FC15-35 (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

OP (LHD)OU (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

FC5-44 (LHD)FC1-8 (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

BK

RD10-8

BK

RD10-19

BK

RD11-7

I

I

I

RDS1 CA14-4

CA36L(CA33L)

BK BK

LHD7RHD

SM3-1D

IBKCA23-8 SMS4D

BK

CA25R(CA26R)

BK

CA14-1

NO

NOCA10-1

NO

(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)

**

**

**

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

Driver Seat: Memory Driver Seat: Memory Fig. 12.1

SEAT HEATERSTATE

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

HEADREST

SEAT FRONT

SEAT REAR

RECLINE

SEAT

RAISE

LOWER

RAISE

LOWER

RAISE

LOWER

FORE

AFT

FORE

AFT

LUMBAR

INFLATE

DEFLATE

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK

SET MEMORYSTATUS

MEMORY 1

MEMORY 2

MEMORY 3

MEMORY SET

MEMORY SWITCHES

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

B+ LOGIC

SEATHEATER

CONTROL

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE

** NOTE: Module identification.

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

MEMORYPOSITIONS

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

DRIVER SEAT MOTORS

HEADRESTRAISE / LOWER

SEAT FRONTRAISE / LOWER

SEAT REARRAISE / LOWER

RECLINEFORE / AFT

SEATFORE / AFT

DRIVER SEAT HEATERRELAY

THERMOSTATINNER OUTER

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUABHEATER

PRESSURE SWITCH

SOLENOID VALVE

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

SCP

SCP

VEHICLESPEED

INSTRUMENT PACK

CAN

CAN

VARIANT: Driver Memory Seat Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

** NOTE: Module identification.

Page 68: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

SM5-16D

SM5-15D

SM5-12D

SM5-14D

SM5-4D

SM5-5D

SM5-7D

SM5-8D

SM5-6D

SM5-13D

NPSM5-9D

OR BSM10-3D

SM10-1D

SM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D

R

B

U

OW

SM10-2D CA23-4

B B

SM6-3D

SM11-3D

SM12-3D

SM6-1D

SM11-1D

SM12-1D

KO KS RO RS PO PS

SM5-1D

RD11-5

UP

RD11-13

KS

RD11-22

UN

DD11-2

UG

DD1-3

DD1-13

DD1-2

DD1-14

RD11-15

USDD1-15

KS

US

UN

UP

KS

US

UN

UPCA8-9

CA8-10

CA8-11

CA8-15

CA13-2

CA13-3

CA13-4

CA13-1

FC15-41

RW I1

FC15-80

NB13

FC15-32

WN10I

2II

WOFC15-15

S

U–

+

FC15-84

FC15-85

S

S

19.1

19.1

I

O

19

SM5-11D

SM5-3D

GW

GY

UW

UY

KW

KY

RW

RY

PY

PW

B

OR

U

S

U–

+

SM3-10D

SM3-9D

S

S

19.1

19.1SM3-6D

I

SM3-8D

I

SM1-13D

I

SM1-14D

I

SM1-12D

I

SM1-11D

I

SM1-16D

I

SM1-15D

I

SM1-9D

I

SM1-10D

I

UG

SM3-5D

B+

SM1-1D

SM1-7D

SM1-8D

SM1-5D

SM1-3D

SM1-6D

US

GO

GS

PO

PS

RO

RS

KOSM3-4D

SM1-2D

SM1-4D

UO

CA25L(CA26L)

SMS3D

SM14-D

3

1

5

2

NS

NSSMS5D

46 NS

SM4-3D

SM4-1D

UO US

SM13-3D

SM13-1D

GO GS

KSSM3-3D

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

WS

BKCCS4

BK

CC3L

CC1-7 (LHD)CC1-13 (RHD)

CC1-2

CC1-8 (LHD)CC1-14 (RHD)

CC1-517II

560 Ω

FCS12 (LHD)FCS14 (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

OP (LHD)OU (RHD)

FC7-5 (LHD)FC7-14 (RHD)

FC7-4 (LHD)FC7-13 (RHD)

FC15-69 (LHD)FC15-17 (RHD)

FC15-86 (LHD)FC15-35 (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

OP (LHD)OU (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

CA23-3

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

FC5-44 (LHD)FC1-8 (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

SM3-2D

IBBB

CA25L(CA26L)

CA23-4 SMS3D

NK27LHD7RHD

SM3-1D

IBKCA23-8 SMS4D

BK

CA25R(CA26R)

BK

(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)

**

I

I

Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered Fig. 12.2

SEAT HEATERSTATE

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

HEADREST

SEAT FRONT

SEAT REAR

RECLINE

SEAT

RAISE

LOWER

RAISE

LOWER

RAISE

LOWER

FORE

AFT

FORE

AFT

LUMBAR

INFLATE

DEFLATE

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK

NOT USED

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

B+ LOGIC

SEATHEATER

CONTROL

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE

** NOTE: Module identification.

NOT USED

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

NOT USED

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

DRIVER SEAT MOTORS

HEADRESTRAISE / LOWER

SEAT FRONTRAISE / LOWER

SEAT REARRAISE / LOWER

RECLINEFORE / AFT

SEATFORE / AFT

DRIVER SEAT HEATERRELAY

THERMOSTATINNER OUTER

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUABHEATER

PRESSURE SWITCH

SOLENOID VALVE

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

VARIANT: Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 69: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

SM17-4D

SM17-5D

NPSM17-9D

BSM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D

ROWCA23-4

B B

RD11-5

UP

RD11-13

KS

RD11-22

UN

DD11-2

UG

DD1-3

DD1-13

DD1-2

DD1-14

RD11-15

USDD1-15

KS

US

UN

UP

KS

US

UN

UPCA8-9

CA8-10

CA8-11

CA8-15

CA13-2

CA13-3

CA13-4

CA13-1

FC15-41

RW I1

FC15-80

NB13

FC15-32

WN10I

2II

WOFC15-15

I

O

19

UG

CA25L(CA26L)

SMS3D

SM14-D

3

1

5

2

NS

NSSMS5D

46 NS

SM16-1D

SM16-3D

US

UO

WS

BKCCS4

BK

CC3L

CC1-7 (LHD)CC1-13 (RHD)

CC1-2

CC1-8 (LHD)CC1-14 (RHD)

CC1-517II

560 Ω

FCS12 (LHD)FCS14 (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

OP (LHD)OU (RHD)

FC7-5 (LHD)FC7-14 (RHD)

FC7-4 (LHD)FC7-13 (RHD)

FC15-69 (LHD)FC15-17 (RHD)

FC15-86 (LHD)FC15-35 (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

OP (LHD)OU (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

CA23-3

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

FC5-44 (LHD)FC1-8 (RHD)

B

B

B

B

NK

NK

27 NKSMS1D

UW

UY

SM18-D

5

1

3

2

4

SM18-D

10

6

8

7

9

OK (LHD)OY (RHD)

LHD7RHD

(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)

I

I

Driver Seat: Raise / Lower Driver Seat: Raise / Lower Fig. 12.3

SEAT

RAISE

LOWER

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK

SEAT HEATERSTATE

SEAT RAISERELAY

SEAT LOWERRELAY

DRIVER SEAT MOTOR

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

NOT USED

B+ LOGIC

SEATHEATER

CONTROL

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

DRIVER SEAT HEATERRELAY

THERMOSTATINNER OUTER

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUABHEATER

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

NOT USED

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

NOT USED

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

VARIANT: Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 70: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

SM5-16P

SM5-15P

SM5-12P

SM5-14P

SM5-4P

SM5-5P

SM5-7P

SM5-8P

SM5-6P

SM5-13P

NUSM5-9P

OR BSM10-3P

SM10-1P

SM7-1P SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P

R B

U

OW

SM10-2P CA27-4

B B

SM6-3P

SM11-3P

SM12-3P

SM6-1P

SM11-1P

SM12-1P

KO KS RO RS PO PS

SM5-1P

I S

U–

+

FC15-84

FC15-85

S

S

19.1

19.1

I

O

41

SM5-11P

SM5-3P

GW

GY

UW

UY

KW

KY

RW

RY

PY

PW

B

OR

U

S

U–

+

SM3-10P

SM3-9P

S

S

19.1

19.1SM3-6P

I

SM3-8P

I

SM1-13P

I

SM1-14P

I

SM1-12P

I

SM1-11P

I

SM1-16P

I

SM1-15P

I

SM1-9P

I

SM1-10P

I

SM3-2P

IB

SM3-5P

NK B+

SM1-1P

SM1-7P

SM1-8P

SM1-5P

SM1-3P

SM1-6P

US

GO

GS

PO

PS

RO

RS

KOSM3-4P

SM1-2P

SM1-4P

UO

CA26L(CA25L)

SMS3P

NS

NSSMS5P

47 NS

SM4-3P

SM4-1P

UO US

SM13-3P

SM13-1P

GO GS

KSSM3-3P

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

FC15-41

RW1

FC15-80

NB13

FC15-32

WN10I

2II

WOFC15-15

WS

BKCCS4

BK

CC3L

CC1-13 (LHD)CC1-7 (RHD)

CC1-2

CC1-14 (LHD)CC1-8 (RHD)

CC1-517II

560 Ω

FCS14 (LHD)FCS12 (RHD)

OY (LHD)OK (RHD)

OU (LHD)OP (RHD)

FC7-14 (LHD)FC7-5 (RHD)

FC7-13 (LHD)FC7-4 (RHD)

FC15-17 (LHD)FC15-69 (RHD)

FC15-35 (LHD)FC15-86 (RHD)

OY (LHD)OK (RHD)

OU (LHD)OP (RHD)

OY (LHD)OK (RHD)

CA27-3

OY (LHD)OK (RHD)

OY (LHD)OK (RHD)

FC1-8 (LHD)FC5-44 (RHD)

SM14-P

3

1

5

2OY (LHD)OK (RHD)

27 LHD 7RHD

(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)

I

I

Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered Fig. 12.4

SEAT HEATERSTATE

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

HEADREST

SEAT FRONT

SEAT REAR

RECLINE

SEAT

RAISE

LOWER

RAISE

LOWER

RAISE

LOWER

FORE

AFT

FORE

AFT

LUMBAR

INFLATE

DEFLATE

PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK

B+ LOGIC

SEATHEATER

CONTROL

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS

HEADRESTRAISE / LOWER

SEAT FRONTRAISE / LOWER

SEAT REARRAISE / LOWER

RECLINEFORE / AFT

SEATFORE / AFT

PASSENGER SEAT HEATERRELAY

THERMOSTAT

INNER OUTER

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUABHEATER

PRESSURE SWITCH

SOLENOID VALVE

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

VARIANT: Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 71: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

SM5-16P

SM5-15P

SM5-12P

SM5-14P

SM5-4P

SM5-5P

SM5-7P

SM5-8P

SM5-6P

SM5-13P

NUSM5-9P

OR BSM10-3P

SM10-1P

SM7-1P SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P

R B

U

OW

SM10-2P CA27-4

B B

SM6-3P

SM11-3P

SM12-3P

SM6-1P

SM11-1P

SM12-1P

KO KS RO RS PO PS

SM5-1P

I S

U–

+

FC15-84

FC15-85

S

S

19.1

19.1

I

O

41

SM5-11P

SM5-3P

GW

GY

UW

UY

KW

KY

RW

RY

PY

PW

B

OR

U

S

U–

+

SM3-10P

SM3-9P

S

S

19.1

19.1SM3-6P

I

SM3-8P

I

SM1-13P

I

SM1-14P

I

SM1-12P

I

SM1-11P

I

SM1-16P

I

SM1-15P

I

SM1-9P

I

SM1-10P

I

SM3-2P

IB

SM3-5P

NK B+

SM1-1P

SM1-7P

SM1-8P

SM1-5P

SM1-3P

SM1-6P

US

GO

GS

PO

PS

RO

RS

KOSM3-4P

SM1-2P

SM1-4P

UO

CA26L(CA25L)

SMS3P

NS

NSSMS5P

47 NS

SM4-3P

SM4-1P

UO US

SM13-3P

SM13-1P

GO GS

KSSM3-3P

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

FC15-41

RW1

FC15-80

NB13

FC15-32

WN10I

2II

WOFC15-15

WS

BKCCS4

BK

CC3L

CC1-13 (LHD)CC1-7 (RHD)

CC1-2

CC1-14 (LHD)CC1-8 (RHD)

CC1-517II

560 Ω

FCS14 (LHD)FCS12 (RHD)

OY (LHD)OK (RHD)

OU (LHD)OP (RHD)

FC7-14 (LHD)FC7-5 (RHD)

FC7-13 (LHD)FC7-4 (RHD)

FC15-17 (LHD)FC15-69 (RHD)

FC15-35 (LHD)FC15-86 (RHD)

OY (LHD)OK (RHD)

OU (LHD)OP (RHD)

OY (LHD)OK (RHD)

CA27-3

OY (LHD)OK (RHD)

OY (LHD)OK (RHD)

FC1-8 (LHD)FC5-44 (RHD)

SM14-P

3

1

5

2

SM19-1P

SM19-6PSM19-10P

SM19-7PSM19-9P

PW

PYNU

BRK

SM20-1P

SM20-6PSM20-10P

SM20-7PSM20-9P

RY

RWNU

BRK

NU

SM25-5P

SM25-9P

NU

NU

SMS7P

PPS1

RK10.2

RW

RY

PY

PWSMS9P

SMS11P

SMS10P

SMS8P

SM25-1P

SM25-2P

SM25-7P

SM25-6P

PW

PY

RY

RW

OY (LHD)OK (RHD)

27 LHD 7RHD

SM25-3P

SM25-8P

B

B

(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)

I

I

Passengers Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB Passengers Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB Fig. 12.5

SEAT HEATERSTATE

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

HEADREST

SEAT FRONT

SEAT REAR

RECLINE

SEAT

RAISE

LOWER

RAISE

LOWER

RAISE

LOWER

FORE

AFT

FORE

AFT

LUMBAR

INFLATE

DEFLATE

PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK

PASSENGER SEATFORE / AFT REAR SWITCH

PASSENGER SEATRECLINE REAR SWITCH

DIMMER CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

B+ LOGIC

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

SEATHEATER

CONTROL

PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS

HEADRESTRAISE / LOWER

SEAT FRONTRAISE / LOWER

SEAT REARRAISE / LOWER

RECLINEFORE / AFT

SEATFORE / AFT

PASSENGER SEAT HEATERRELAY

THERMOSTAT

INNER OUTER

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUABHEATER

PRESSURE SWITCH

SOLENOID VALVE

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

VARIANT: LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 72: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

OK

BSM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D

ROWCA23-4

B

FC15-41

RW I1

FC15-80

NB13

FC15-32

WN10I

2II

WOFC15-15

I

O

CA25L

SM14-D

3

1

5

2

NS

NSSMS5D

46 NS

WS

BKCCS4

BK

CC3L

CC1-7

CC1-2

CC1-8

CC1-517II

560 Ω

FCS12

OK

OPFC7-5

FC7-4

FC15-69

FC15-86

OK

OP

OK

CA23-3

OKOKFC5-44

OYSM7-1P SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P

ROWCA27-4

B B

CA26L

NS

NSSMS5P

47 NS

CA27-3

OYOYFC1-8

SM14-P

3

1

5

2

CC1-13

CC1-14

560 Ω

I

OFCS14

OY

OUFC7-14

FC7-13

FC15-17

FC15-35

OY

OU

OY

I

I

Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD Fig. 12.6

SEAT HEATERSTATE

DRIVER

SEAT HEATERSTATE

PASSENGER

SEAT HEATER SWITCHES

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

B+ LOGIC

SEATHEATER

CONTROL

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

DRIVER SEAT HEATERRELAY

THERMOSTAT

INNER OUTER

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUABHEATER

PASSENGER SEAT HEATERRELAY

THERMOSTAT

INNER OUTER

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUABHEATER

VARIANT: Heaters Only Front Seats LHD Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 73: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

OY

BSM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D

ROWCA23-4

B

FC15-41

RW I1

FC15-80

NB13

FC15-32

WN10I

2II

WOFC15-15

I

O

CA26L

SM14-D

3

1

5

2

NS

NSSMS5D

46 NS

WS

BKCCS4

BK

CC3L

CC1-13

CC1-2

CC1-14

CC1-517II

560 Ω

FCS14

OY

OUFC7-14

FC7-13

FC15-17

FC15-35

OY

OU

OY

CA23-3

OYOYFC1-8

OKSM7-1P SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P

ROWCA27-4

B B

CA25L

NS

NSSMS5P

47 NS

CA27-3

OKOKFC5-44

SM14-P

3

1

5

2

CC1-7

CC1-8

560 Ω

I

OFCS12

OK

OPFC7-5

FC7-4

FC15-69

FC15-86

OK

OP

OK

I

I

Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD Fig. 12.7

SEAT HEATERSTATE

DRIVER

SEAT HEATERSTATE

PASSENGER

SEAT HEATER SWITCHES

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

B+ LOGIC

SEATHEATER

CONTROL

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

DRIVER SEAT HEATERRELAY

THERMOSTATINNER OUTER

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUABHEATER

PASSENGER SEAT HEATERRELAY

THERMOSTAT

INNER OUTER

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUABHEATER

VARIANT: Heaters Only Front Seats RHD Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 74: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

BS6-3

BS1-11

O

I

BS2-6

NW

PS

SYBS2-12

NW

BS2-4

NK B+

B+

BBS2-5

CA110L

OU

BB4-2L

BS4-7

BS4-6

UW

UY

NWBC3-1

BC3-6

BC3-10

SW

BS4-17

BS4-16

SW

SY

NWBC8-1

BC8-6

BC8-10

BS4-8

BS4-9

YG

YW

NWBC4-1

BC4-6

BC4-10

BS4-12

BS4-13

RW

RY

NWBC6-1

BC6-6

BC6-10

BS4-11

BS4-10

PW

PY

NWBC5-1

BC5-6

BC5-10

BS4-14

BS4-15

GY

GW

NWBC7-1

BC7-6

BC7-10

BB4-2RBB4-3R

BB4-1R

BB3-1R BB3-3RBS22-1 BS22-3

OW

OS

PS PO GS GO

OU

OS

BS5-5R

BS5-6R

BS5-3R BS5-4R

BS21-1 BS21-3 BB3-1L BB3-3L

BB4-3L

BB4-1L

BS3-3L BS3-4L

BS3-6L

B

B

54

56

5758

59

60

61

62

63

RK

BBC8-9

BC8-7

BS7-19

IUW

RK

BBC3-9

BC3-7

RK

BBC4-9

BC4-7

RK

BBC6-9

BC6-7

RK

BBC5-9

BC5-7

RK

BBC7-9

BC7-7

BS7-18

IUY

BS7-16

IYG

BS7-17

IYW

BS7-20

IRW

BS7-8

IRY

BS7-10

IPW

BS7-9

IPY

BS7-14

IGY

BS7-15

IGW

RK

BCS2

10.2

RK

RK

CA109-12

BS4-18

BCS1

B

BBS1-22

BBS1-12

BBS6-9

BBS1-10

BBS2-3

CA110R

B

BCA109-8

CA109-9

I

I

PW PR GS GO

BS6-4

O PO

BS6-5

O GS

BS6-6

O GO

BS6-8

O PW

BS6-7

O PR

BS6-11

O GW

BS6-12

O GR

55 OUNW

B

BS3-5L

OU

OSBS6-1

BS6-2

BS6-10

O

O

O

B

CA38L

CA109-3

B

BSS5

BS4-3

B

BBS1L

BBS1R

BS3-2LBS5-2R

B

B

B B

BS10

8

6

10

7

Rear Seats: Powered Rear Seats: Powered Fig. 12.8

DEFLATE

INFLATE

LOCATE

LH LUMBAR SWITCH

FORE

AFT

LOCATE

LH FORE / AFT SWITCH

LOWER

RAISE

LOCATE

LH HEADREST SWITCH

DEFLATE

INFLATE

LOCATE

FORE

AFT

LOCATE

RH LUMBAR SWITCH

RH FORE / AFT SWITCH

LOWER

RAISE

LOCATE

RH HEADREST SWITCH

B+ LUMBAR

DIMMER CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

LH LUMBARINFLATE CIRCUIT

REAR SEAT CONTROLMODULE

NOTE: Wires used only formechanical strength.

LH REAR SEATFORE / AFT

MOTOR

LH REAR SEATHEADREST

MOTOR

RH REAR SEATFORE / AFT

MOTOR

RH REAR SEATHEADREST

MOTOR

LH LUMBARDEFLATE RELAY

SOLENOID VALVE

PRESSURE SWITCH

LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

SOLENOID VALVE

PRESSURE SWITCH

RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

VARIANT: LWB / Powered Rear Seat Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 75: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

RNP

RBB1-1L BB1-3L BB5-1L BB5-3L

RS B

U

WU

B

RSNP

US

WU

B

R

BB1-1R BB1-3R BB5-1R BB5-3R

RS BRS

BC1-7

BC1-10

BC1-1

B

U

BC2-7

BC2-10

BC2-1

B

US

BS3-2L

BSS5

B

B

BSS2

BSS4

R

RS

BS3-1L

RBS5-1L BS5-2R

B

B

64

65

25II

26II

BCS2

RK

RK

RK10.2CA109-12

RK

BC1-9

BC2-9

CA109-3

CA38L

BS8-3 BS8-1

BS8-4

BS8-5

BS8-2

BS9-3 BS9-1

BS9-4

BS9-5

BS9-2

BS4-1

BS4-4

R

RS

BS4-2

BS4-5

BCS1

BBS4-3

B

BBS1L

B

BBBS1R

BS4-18

RK

Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats Fig. 12.9

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

TIMER

LH REAR SEATHEATER TIMER

TIMER

RH REAR SEATHEATER TIMER

STATE

LOCATE

STATE

LOCATE

LH REAR SEATHEATER SWITCH

RH REAR SEATHEATER SWITCH

LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER LH REAR SEAT SQUABHEATER

RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER RH REAR SEAT SQUABHEATER

VARIANT: LWB / Powered Rear Seat Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 76: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

RNP

RBB1-1L BB1-3L BB5-1L BB5-3L

RS B

U

WU

B

RSNP

US

WU

B

R

BB1-1R BB1-3R BB5-1R BB5-3R

RS BRS

BS11-5

BS11-10

BS11-4

B

U

BS12-5

BS12-10

BS12-4

B

US

BS13-3

BSS5

B

B

BSS2

BSS4

R

RS

BS13-1

BS11-6

B

RBS15-1

BS12-6

B

BS15-3

B

B

64

65

27II

28II

BSS6

RK

RK

RK10.2CA109-12

RK

BS11-9

BS12-9

CA109-3

CA38L

BS8-3 BS8-1

BS8-4

BS8-5

BS8-2

BS9-3 BS9-1

BS9-4

BS9-5

BS9-2

Rear Seat Heaters Rear Seat Heaters Fig. 12.10

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

TIMER

LH REAR SEATHEATER TIMER

TIMER

RH REAR SEATHEATER TIMER

STATE

LOCATE

STATE

LOCATE

LH REAR SEATHEATER SWITCH

RH REAR SEATHEATER SWITCH

LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER LH REAR SEAT SQUABHEATER

RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER RH REAR SEAT SQUABHEATER

VARIANT: Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 77: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

B

SPFC15-55

I

SR

SG

NW

CA31L

CAS37

BKDD3-9DD3-8

DD3-3

DD3-1

SY

SU

YN

CA36L(CA33L)

DDS3

CA8-8

BK

BK

28

B

FC15-71

O

FC15-80

NB 13

RWFC15-41

1

DD10-1

NO23

PD10-1

NO44

B+

B+

B+

DD11-4

I

DD11-12

I

OU

OY

8 DD3-10

DD3-12

DD3-11

NW

I

WOFC15-15

I

WNFC15-32

I 10I

2II

FC4-4FC4-5

BKFCS7

FC17L

BKFC15-67

IUR

NO

BK

CA36L(CA33L)

IRDS1 CA14-4

BKBK

B+S

SDD10-16

DD10-9

S

U–

+

S

SPD10-16

PD10-9

+

44

23

RHD LHD

RHD LHD

19.1

19.1

S

U 19.1

19.1

RD10-1

S

U –

+

PD10-5

O

19.1

19.1

RD10-9

RD10-16

S

S

B+

RP10-1

S

U –

+

19.1

19.1

RP10-9

RP10-16

S

S

RHDLHD 43

22 RHDLHD

S

SFC15-85

FC15-84

S

U–

+

19.1

19.1

8II

WYFC15-33

I

SPCC1-6CC1-2

BKFC7-16

B I

CA33R

LHD

RHD

B

CA10-3 DDS1

B BCAS40

B

CA30R

B

DD10-17

FC15-63

ISGCC1-15CC1-16

BKCCS5

BK

CC3R

FC7-15

FC15-58

ICC13-1

SBBK

CCS4

CC3L

CC13-3

SB

BK

FC7-18

DD10-5

O

DD10-6

PD10-6

FC15-5

ISOFC14-1FC14-4

BKFCS7

BK

FC17L

B ICA12-3 PDS1

B BPD10-17

RD10-8

I BK

RD10-19

I BK

RD11-7

NY 51

BT22L

IBTS18

BK

B+

BT1-15

S

U –

+

BT1-16

BT1-8

S

SBT1-14

I BKBT1-13

BTS24

RYBT41-1 BT41-2

IBT2-5

RY BK

RGBT42-1 BT42-2

IBT2-3

BK

YNBT2-19

YUBT2-7

OUBT1-2

OBBT1-10

ORBT1-1

RD10-6

RD10-5

O

O

RP10-6

RP10-5

O

O

BT6-2

BRDBT6-1

WI

B

BT34

BT33-1

BT33-2

BKPD3-9PD3-8

PD3-3

PD3-1

SY

SU

YU

CA33L(CA36L)

PDS3

CA11-8

BK

BK

SGDD3-2

SGPD3-2

O

O

SRFC1-47

CAS16

NW

NW

RD3-2

SYRD3-3

SURD3-1

RP3-2

SYRP3-3

SURP3-1

CA223

-12

-13

-14

-15

SGCA8-4

SGCA11-4

SGCA45-4

SGCA46-4

SG

SG

CA11-5

CA8-5

BT4-38

BT4-39

YN

YU

O

O

NU

NU

49NUBTS27

BT23

3

2

5

1

4

BT23

8

7

10

6

9

OU

OB

B

BSR

BY

B

B

O

I

I

BT28L

BTS19B

BBT43-1

BT16-1

BT16-2

BT43-2

-11

DD3-6DD3-7 DD11-20

I

BKCA36L(CA33L)

GBK BK

DD10-8

DDS3CA8-8

BK

I

BK

CA33L(CA36L)

PD10-8

PD3-6PD3-7 PD11-20

IGBKPDS3CA11-8

BK

BK I

19.1

19.1

RD3-5 RD3-6

BKI GRD11-20

RDS2

B

CA36R(CA33R)

BCA14-3

IRD10-17

B

BK

CA33L(CA36L)

IRPS1 CA16-4

BKBKRP10-8

RP3-5 RP3-6

BKI GRP11-20

CA16-3

BIRPS2

B

CA33R(CA36R)

BRP10-17

SG

NO

NO

CA10-1

CA12-1

CA33R

RHD

LHD

B

BCAS40

B

CA30R

B

CA14-122NO

NOCA16-1

NO 43

BK

CA50

8

7

10

6

9

**

**

Central Door Locking: ROW Central Door Locking: ROW Fig. 13.1

IGNITION SWITCH(KEY-IN SWITCH)

CENTRALLOCKING SWITCH

VALET SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLESWITCH PACK

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH

TRUNK RELEASESWITCH

FASCIA SWITCH PACK

(INERTIASWITCH)

LOGIC

POWER

CENTRALLOCKINGCONTROL

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

LOCK

UNLOCK

KEY BARREL

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES

DRIVER DOORSWITCH

DOORLOCK

CONTROL

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOORSWITCH

DOORLOCK

CONTROL

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

DOOR LOCKINGRELAY †

LOCK STATUS

DRIVER DOOR LOCKACTUATOR

LOCK STATUS

PASSENGER DOOR LOCKACTUATOR

FUEL FILLER FLAPLOCK ACTUATOR FUEL FILLER FLAP

LOCK RELAY

FUEL FILLER FLAPUNLOCK RELAY

TRUNK RELEASEACTUATOR

DRIVER REAR DOORLOCK ACTUATOR

PASSENGER REAR DOORLOCK ACTUATOR

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

KEY FOBANTENNA

TRUNK SWITCH

TRUNK RELEASESWITCH

DOORLOCK

CONTROL

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

** NOTE: Module identification.

DRIVER REAR DOORSWITCH

DOORLOCK

CONTROL

PASSENGER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER REAR DOORSWITCH

VARIANT: ROW Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

Page 78: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

B

SPFC15-55

I

SR

SG

NW

CA31L

CAS37

BKDD3-9DD3-8

DD3-3

SY

YN

CA36L

DDS3

CA8-8

BK

BK

28

B

FC15-71

O

FC15-80

NB 13

RWFC15-41

1

DD10-1

NO23

PD10-1

NO44

B+

B+

B+

DD11-4

I

DD11-12

I

OU

OY

8 DD3-10

DD3-12

DD3-11

NW

I

WOFC15-15

I

WNFC15-32

I 10I

2II

FC4-4FC4-5

BKFCS7

FC17L

BKFC15-67

IUR

NO

BK

CA36L

IRDS1 CA14-4

BKBK

B+S

SDD10-16

DD10-9

S

U–

+

S

SPD10-16

PD10-9

+

19.1

19.1

S

U 19.1

19.1

RD10-1

S

U –

+

PD10-5

O

19.1

19.1

RD10-9

RD10-16

S

S

NOB+

RP10-1

S

U –

+

19.1

19.1

RP10-9

RP10-16

S

S

S

SFC15-85

FC15-84

S

U–

+

19.1

19.1

8II

WYFC15-33

I

SPCC1-6CC1-2

BKFC7-16

B ICA10-3 DDS1

B B

CA33L

DD10-17

FC15-63

ISGCC1-15CC1-16

BKCCS5

BK

CC3R

FC7-15

FC15-58

ICC13-1

SBBK

CCS4

CC3L

CC13-3

SB

BK

FC7-18

DD10-5

O

FC15-5

ISOFC14-1FC14-4

BKFCS7

BK

FC17L

B ICA12-3 PDS1

B B

CA33R

PD10-17

RD10-8

I BK

RD10-19

I BK

RD11-7

NY 51

BT22L

IBTS18

BK

B+

BT1-15

S

U –

+

BT1-16

BT1-8

S

SBT1-14

I BKBT1-13

BTS24

RYBT41-1 BT41-2

IBT2-5

RY BK

RGBT42-1 BT42-2

IBT2-3

BK

YNBT2-19

YUBT2-7

OUBT1-2

OBBT1-10

ORBT1-1

RD10-5

O

RP10-5

O

BT6-2

BRDBT6-1

WI

B

BT34

BT33-1

BT33-2

BKPD3-9PD3-8

PD3-3

SY

YU

CA33L

PDS3

CA11-8

BK

BK

SGDD3-2

SGPD3-2

SRFC1-47

CAS16

NW

NW

RD3-2

SYRD3-3

RP3-2

SYRP3-3

CA223

-12

-13

-14

-15

SGCA8-4

SGCA11-4

SGCA45-4

SGCA46-4

SG

SG

CA11-5

CA8-5

BT4-38

BT4-39

YN

YU

O

O

NU

NU

49NUBTS27

BT23

3

2

5

1

4

BT23

8

7

10

6

9

OU

OB

B

BSR

BY

B

B

O

I

I

BT28L

BTS19B

BBT43-1

BT16-1

BT16-2

BT43-2

-11

DD3-6DD3-7 DD11-20

I

BKCA36L

GBK BK

DD10-8

DDS3CA8-8

BK

I

BK

CA33L

PD10-8

PD3-6PD3-7 PD11-20

IGBKPDS3CA11-8

BK

BK I

19.1

19.1

RD3-5 RD3-6

BKI GRD11-20

RDS2

B

CA36R

BCA14-3

IRD10-17

B

BK

CA33L

IRPS1 CA16-4

BKBKRP10-8

RP3-5 RP3-6

BKI GRP11-20

CA16-3

BIRPS2

B

CA33R

BRP10-17

SG

CA10-1

CA12-1

NO

NO

22

43

CA14-1

NO

CA16-1

NO

BK

CA50

8

7

10

6

9

**

**

Central Door Locking: NAS Central Door Locking: NAS Fig. 13.2

IGNITION SWITCH(KEY-IN SWITCH)

CENTRALLOCKINGSWITCH

VALET SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLESWITCH PACK

NOT-IN-PARKMICROSWITCH

TRUNK RELEASESWITCH

FASCIASWITCH PACK

(INERTIASWITCH)

CENTRALLOCKINGCONTROL

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

LOCK

UNLOCK

KEY BARREL

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES

DRIVER DOORSWITCH

DOORLOCK

CONTROL

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOORSWITCH

DOORLOCK

CONTROL

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

DOOR LOCKINGRELAY †

LOCK STATUS

DRIVER DOOR LOCKACTUATOR

LOCK STATUS

PASSENGER DOOR LOCKACTUATOR

FUEL FILLER FLAPLOCK ACTUATOR

FUEL FILLER FLAPLOCK RELAY

FUEL FILLER FLAPUNLOCK RELAY

TRUNK RELEASEACTUATOR

DRIVER REAR DOORLOCK ACTUATOR

PASSENGER REAR DOORLOCK ACTUATOR

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

KEY FOBANTENNA

TRUNK SWITCH

TRUNK RELEASESWITCH

DOORLOCK

CONTROL

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

** NOTE: Module identification.

DRIVER REAR DOORSWITCH

DOORLOCK

CONTROL

PASSENGER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER REAR DOORSWITCH

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: NAS Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 79: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

FC15-43

O

FC15-80

NB13

WLG

FC15-104

NY17

NU

#7 30A

3

1

5

2

5

YS

YRLS6-1

LS6-10

FC15-9

ILGU

FC15-37

ILGR

FC15-15

WO2II

WO5II

WO

LGU

LGO

LGK

LGR

FC15-34

ILGK

FC15-94

ILGO

FC15-26

O YGFC15-6

YWFC15-18

O YS YSLS3-23

SC1-7

SC1-5

SC1-6

SC1-8SC1-9

LS43-1LS43-2

B

LS19L

LS44-1LS44-2

BLSS15

B

LS44-3LS3-31

LS3-D

YG

YW

EM33-4

B

RY

EM33-2

EM33-3

EM33-1

N

KG

KG

NU

WLG

NUB

BLG

UR

R

U

B

LS18R

LSS10

RY

EM51-4

EM51-3

EM3-4

R

U

NLG

BW

BRB

EM17

EMS11

LS3-24

WLG

FC15-19

O BLGLS3-25

BLG

FC15-60

RYI

5

560 Ω

1.3 ΚΩ

2.7 ΚΩ

5.1 ΚΩ

11 ΚΩ

51 ΚΩ

I

I

FC15-16

RYSC2-9

BK

FC17R

BKSCS1FCS28

BK

SC2-4

UY

SC2-3

RY RYFCS9

RY10.2

IBKSCS2

RY

SC2-1

YU

YSFC5-25

FC5-47

FC5-F

YG

YW

71NULSS2

FC5-26

FC5-27

LS11

3

1

5

2

4

LS12

3

1

5

2

4

Wash / Wipe System Wash / Wipe System Fig. 14.1

WASH

FAST WIPE

SLOW WIPE

FLICK WIPE

INTERMITTENTWIPE

DELAY

WASH / WIPE STALK

DIP

SIDE

DIP

AUTO

SIDE

LIGHTING STALK

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

DIMMER MODULE:SIDE LAMPS ON

B+ LOGIC

B+ MOTORS

WASH / WIPECONTROL

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

POWERWASH RELAY (#4) †

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

POWERWASHPUMP

FLUID LEVEL

WINDSHIELD WASH PUMPAND

FLUID LEVEL SENSOR

WIPER RUN / STOPRELAY †

WIPER FAST / SLOWRELAY †

FAST

SLOW

PARK SWITCH

WIPER MOTOR

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 80: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

2II

WOFC15-15

8II

WYFC15-33

S

S

19.1

19.1 U

SFC24-19

FC24-20

+

DD10-1

NO23

PD10-144

B+

B+

DD11-4

I

DD11-12

I

OU

OY

8 DD3-10

DD3-12

DD3-11

NW

B+S

SDD10-16

DD10-9

S

U–

+

S

SPD10-16

PD10-9

+

19.1

19.1

S

U 19.1

19.1

RD10-1

S

U –

+

19.1

19.1

RD10-9

RD10-16

S

S

B+

RP10-1

S

U –

+

19.1

19.1

RP10-9

RP10-16

S

S

NO

NO

IBK

CA36L

BKDD10-8DDS3

BK

CA33L

PD10-8

CA8-8

BKPDS3CA11-8

BK

BK

I

BK

CA36L

IRDS1 CA14-4

BKBK

BKIRPS1 CA16-4

BKBK

CA33L

RD10-8

I BK

RD10-19

I BK

RD11-7

RP10-8

O

O

RP10-15

RP10-7

RP16-1

RP16-2

O

O

RD10-15

RD10-7

RD16-1

RD16-2

O

O

PD10-7

PD10-15 PD16-2

PD16-1

O

ODD10-7

DD10-15 DD16-2

DD16-1

RDS2

B

CA36R

BCA14-3

I

CA16-3

BIRPS2

B

CA33R

B

RD10-17

B

RP10-17

B ICA10-3 DDS1

B B

CA30R

DD10-17

B ICA12-3 PDS1

B B

CA33R

PD10-17

NY 51

BT22L

I

BTS18

BK

B+BT1-15

S

U –

+

19.1

19.1

BT1-16

BT1-8

S

S

BT1-14

I BKBT1-13

BT6-2

BRDBT6-1

WI

B

BT34

BT33-1

BT33-2

FC15-80

NB 13

RWFC15-41

1

B+

I

CA8-16 FC5-1

FC15-47

O YLGFC5-29

I

I

FC15-46

O YBFC5-30FC15-89

IYWYWYW

DD11-22

BN I

DD11-15

BW I

DD11-6

BY I

DD11-21

BS I

DD10-18

BO I

DD10-10

BG I

DD10-19

BR I

DD11-7

BP I

DD1-1

NW

DD1-24

9

BKDDS3

CA36L

BK

CA8-8

BK

DD1-9

DD1-10

DD1-21

DD1-22

DD1-11

DD1-6

DD1-23

DD1-19

1Κ Ω

DD1-12

FC15-84

S

FC15-85

S

19.1

S

U –

+19.1

PD1-3

NG39PD1-1

PD1-5

PD11-6

I

IPD11-21

BG

BORP1-1

NG 40RP1-3

I

I

BO

RP1-5

BG

RP11-6

RP11-21RP11-8

U

RP11-15

U

RD1-1

NW 10RD1-3

I

I

BO

RD1-5

BG

RD11-6

RD11-21

OW

UW

OW

UW

OW

UW

OW

UW

O U U

U U

O

O O

BK

YLG

YBCA64-4

O

O

SR2-3

SR2-1

CA64-2

I

IO

U

45B+

CA64-1

NK

I

ICA64-6

CA64-5

OS

OGCA53-6

CA53-5CA53-1

WN 16I

+

FC24-24

Y

FC24-47

G

C

C

19.1

19.1

SGFC15-63

ISGCC1-15CC1-16

BKCCS5

BK

CC3R

FC7-15

CA10-1

NO

NOCA12-1

NO

CAS40B

22

43

CA14-1

NO

CA16-1

NO

ICA64-3

CAS46

B

B

CA30L

**

**

Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD Fig. 15.1

REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH

DRIVER SIDE UP

DRIVER SIDE DOWN

PASSENGER SIDE UP

PASSENGER SIDE DOWN

REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES

DRIVER UP

DRIVER DOWN

PASSENGER UP

PASSENGER DOWN

FRONT WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

LOCK

UNLOCK

KEY BARREL

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES

WINDOWLIFT

CONTROL

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

WINDOW UP

WINDOW DOWN

PASSENGER DOORSWITCH PACK

WINDOWLIFT

CONTROL

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

CENTRALLOCKINGSWITCH

CENTER CONSOLESWITCH PACK

WINDOW LIFTMOTOR

WINDOW LIFTMOTOR

WINDOW LIFTMOTOR

WINDOW LIFTMOTOR

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

NOT USED

WINDOWLIFT

CONTROL

(INERTIASWITCH)

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

REMOTEALL

CLOSE

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

INSTRUMENT PACK

VEHICLESPEED

CAN

CAN

WINDOWLIFT

CONTROL

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

** NOTE: Module identification.

WINDOWLIFT

CONTROL

PASSENGER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

KEY FOBANTENNA

SLIDINGROOF

CONTROL

SLIDING ROOFCONTROL MODULE

SLIDING ROOFMOTOR

OPEN

CLOSE

SLIDING ROOFSWITCH

ROOF CONSOLE

WINDOW UP

WINDOW DOWN

DRIVER REAR DOORSWITCH PACK

WINDOW UP

WINDOW DOWN

PASSENGER REAR DOORSWITCH PACK

VARIANT: LHD Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 81: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

2II

WOFC15-15

8II

WYFC15-33

S

S

19.1

19.1 U

SFC24-19

FC24-20

+

DD10-1

NO

PD10-1

NO B+

B+

DD11-4

I

DD11-12

I

OU

OY

8 DD3-10

DD3-12

DD3-11

NW

B+S

SDD10-16

DD10-9

S

U–

+

S

SPD10-16

PD10-9

+

19.1

19.1

S

U 19.1

19.1

RD10-1

S

U –

+

19.1

19.1

RD10-9

RD10-16

S

S

B+

RP10-1

S

U –

+

19.1

19.1

RP10-9

RP10-16

S

S

NO NO

IBK

CA33L

BKDD10-8DDS3

BK

CA36L

PD10-8

CA8-8

BKPDS3CA11-8

BK

BK

I

BK

CA33L

IRDS1 CA14-4

BKBK

BKIRPS1 CA16-4

BKBK

CA36L

I BK

RD10-19

I BK

RD11-7

RP10-8

O

O

RP10-15

RP10-7

RP16-1

RP16-2

O

O

RD10-15

RD10-7

RD16-1

RD16-2

O

O

PD10-7

PD10-15 PD16-2

PD16-1

O

ODD10-7

DD10-15 DD16-2

DD16-1

RDS2

B

CA33R

BCA14-3

I

CA16-3

BIRPS2

B

CA36R

B

RD10-17

B

RP10-17

B ICA10-3 DDS1

B B

CA33R

DD10-17

B ICA12-3 PDS1

B B

CA30R

PD10-17

NY 51

BT22L

I

BTS18

BK

B+BT1-15

S

U –

+

19.1

19.1

BT1-16

BT1-8

S

S

BT1-14

I BKBT1-13

BT6-2

BRDBT6-1

WI

B

BT34

BT33-1

BT33-2

FC15-80

NB 13

RWFC15-41

1

B+

I

CA8-16 FC1-10

FC15-47

O YLGFC5-29

I

I

FC15-46

O YBFC5-30FC15-89

IYWYWYW

DD11-22

BY I

DD11-15

BS I

DD11-6

BN I

DD11-21

BW I

DD10-18

BR I

DD10-10

BP I

DD10-19

BO I

DD11-7

BG I

DD1-1

NW

DD1-24

9

BKDDS3

CA33L

BK

CA8-8

BK

DD1-21

DD1-22

DD1-9

DD1-10

DD1-23

DD1-19

DD1-11

DD1-6

1Κ Ω

DD1-12

FC15-84

S

FC15-85

S

19.1

S

U –

+19.1

PD1-3

NG39PD1-1

PD1-5

PD11-6

I

IPD11-21

BG

BORP1-1

NG 40RP1-3

I

I

BO

RP1-5

BG

RP11-6

RP11-21RP11-8

U

RP11-15

U

RD1-1

NW 10RD1-3

I

I

BO

RD1-5

BG

RD11-6

RD11-21

OW

UW

OW

UW

OW

UW

OW

UW

O U U

U U

O

O O

BK

YLG

YBCA64-4

O

O

SR2-3

SR2-1

CA64-2

I

IO

U

45B+

CA64-1

NK

I

I

CA64-6

CA64-5

OS

OGCA53-6

CA53-5CA53-1

WN 16I

+

FC24-24

Y

FC24-47

G

C

C

19.1

19.1

SGFC15-63

ISGCC1-15CC1-16

BKCCS5

BK

CC3R

FC7-15

23

44

CAS40

B

ICA64-3

CAS46

B

B

CA30L

CA10-1

NONOCA12-1

RD10-8

22

43CA14-1

NO NOCA16-1

**

**

Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD Fig. 15.2

REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH

DRIVER SIDE UP

DRIVER SIDE DOWN

PASSENGER SIDE UP

PASSENGER SIDE DOWN

REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES

DRIVER UP

DRIVER DOWN

PASSENGER UP

PASSENGER DOWN

FRONT WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

LOCK

UNLOCK

KEY BARREL

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES

WINDOWLIFT

CONTROL

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

WINDOW UP

WINDOW DOWN

PASSENGER DOORSWITCH PACK

WINDOWLIFT

CONTROL

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

CENTRALLOCKINGSWITCH

CENTER CONSOLESWITCH PACK

WINDOW LIFTMOTOR

WINDOW LIFTMOTOR

WINDOW LIFTMOTOR

WINDOW LIFTMOTOR

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

SCP

NOT USED

WINDOWLIFT

CONTROL

(INERTIASWITCH)

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

REMOTEALL CLOSE

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

VEHICLESPEED

INSTRUMENT PACK

CAN

CAN

WINDOWLIFT

CONTROL

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

** NOTE: Module identification.

WINDOWLIFT

CONTROL

PASSENGER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

KEY FOBANTENNA

SLIDINGROOF

CONTROL

SLIDING ROOFCONTROL MODULE

SLIDING ROOFMOTOR

OPEN

CLOSE

SLIDING ROOFSWITCH

ROOF CONSOLE

WINDOW UP

WINDOW DOWN

DRIVER REAR DOORSWITCH PACK

WINDOW UP

WINDOW DOWN

PASSENGER REAR DOORSWITCH PACK

VARIANT: RHD Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 82: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

IC10-5 PD5-1

(LHD)

DD5-1

(RHD)

IC10-18

SK

IC10-17

SO

IC10-20

KG

IC10-19

BW

IC10-8

BS

IC10-9

KP

IC10-6

SR

IC10-7

SP

IC3-9

IC3-10

IC3-1

IC3-2

IC3-3

IC3-4

IC3-8

IC3-7

IC3-6

IC3-5

IC3-12

IC3-11

PDS4 (LHD)DDS4 (RHD)

PDS5 (LHD)DDS5 (RHD)

CA12-5 (LHD)CA10-5 (RHD)

CA12-6 (LHD)CA10-6 (RHD)

SR

SP

CA16-6 (LHD)CA14-6 (RHD)

CA16-5 (LHD)CA14-5 (RHD)

PD5-2

(LHD)

DD5-2

(RHD)

PD6-1

(LHD)

DD6-1

(RHD)

PD6-2

(LHD)

DD6-2

(RHD)

SK

SO

SK

SO

KG

BW

SK

SO

KP

BS

BS

KP

SR

SP

SR

SP

BS

KP

LGB

CE2

BRD

50

CA3

IC1-14 BT4-6 BT19-4

BT19-3

LGB LGB

NG

BT19-6

BBTS19

B

BT28L

20 B+NGIC10-10

B+WYIC10-11

21I

CA7

RKIC10-3

RLGIC10-4

UYIC10-12

LGYIC10-13

UWIC10-1

PYIC10-2

10.2

10.2

16.3

16.3

Y

GFC24-24

FC24-47

C

C

FC25-20

UWO

19.1

19.1

IIC1-5

RK

RLG

UY

LGY

IC19 IC5

3.3 Κ Ω

BO BK

SW4-1

PY

BO BOFCS28

FC17R

SC3-12

6.8 Κ Ω

20 Κ Ω

SW4-2

SW1-2

SW1-6

SC3-2 IC1-3

IPYPY

O

+

SK SO

FC5-6

UW

PKIC10-15

PRIC10-16

POIC10-14

16.3

16.3

16.3

PK

PR

PO

RT2-7

RT2-9

RT2-2

RT2-1

RT2-3

IC1-4

IC1-10

IC1-6

IC1-7

IC1-8

UY

LGY

PK

PR

PO

FC5-36

PY

IC19-2 IC5-2

IC19-5 IC5-5

IC19-3 IC5-3

IC19-4 IC5-4

IC19-6 IC5-6

IC19-7 IC5-7

IC19-1 IC5-1

IC19-8 IC5-8

BRD

O

Y

U

G

R

BRD

W

CA54-1

CA54-2

SK

SO

RP6-1

(LHD)

RD6-1

(RHD)

RPS4 (LHD)RDS4 (RHD)

RPS5 (LHD)RDS5 (RHD)

RP6-2

(LHD)

RDP-1

(RHD)

KP BS

KP

BS

RP5-1

(LHD)

RD5-1

(RHD)

RP5-2

(LHD)

RD5-2

(RHD)

CA14-6 (LHD)CA16-6 (RHD)

CA14-5 (LHD)CA16-5 (RHD)

CA10-5 (LHD)CA12-5 (RHD)

CA10-6 (LHD)CA12-6 (RHD)

DDS4 (LHD)PDS4 (RHD)

DDS5 (LHD)PDS5 (RHD)

RDS4 (LHD)RPS4 (RHD)

RDS5 (LHD)RPS5 (RHD)

DD5-1

(LHD)

PD5-1

(RHD)

DD5-2

(LHD)

PD5-2

(RHD)

DD6-1

(LHD)

PD6-1

(RHD)

DD6-2

(LHD)

PD6-2

(RHD)

RD6-1

(LHD)

RP6-1

(RHD)

RD6-2

(LHD)

RP6-2

(RHD)

RD5-1

(LHD)

RP5-1

(RHD)

RD5-2

(LHD)

RP5-2

(RHD)CA56

-1CA56

-2

BS

KP

SP SR KP BS

SW2-2

SW2-6

SR

SP

Standard In-Car Entertainment Standard In-Car Entertainment Fig. 16.1

CAN

CAN

VEHICLESPEED

DIMMER CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

DIMMER OVERRIDE

INSTRUMENT PACK

RADIO TELEPHONE

RADIO TELEPHONE

RADIO TELEPHONE

RADIO TELEPHONE

RADIO TELEPHONE

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

MODE

SEEK

VOLUME +

VOLUME –

RADIO CONTROLSWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic groundcircuits that must remain separate. Do not connect orcross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

RADIO / CASSETTEHEAD UNIT

CD LINK LEAD

CD AUTO-CHANGER

NO CODE

RADIOANTENNA

ANTENNAMOTOR

NOT USED

RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS

FRONT DOORMID-BASS

REAR DOORMID-BASS

REAR DOORTWEETER

FRONT DOORTWEETER

NOT USED

FRONT DOORTWEETER

FRONT DOORMID-BASS

REAR DOORMID-BASS

REAR DOORTWEETER

LEFT SIDE SPEAKERS

VARIANT: Standard ICE Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 83: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

IC10-5 PD5-1

(LHD)

DD5-1

(RHD)

IC31-6

SK

IC31-16

SO

IC31-14

SK

IC31-13

SO

IC31-11

KG

IC31-3

BW

IC31-7

R

IC31-17

U

IC31-8

S

IC31-18

K

IC31-2

BS

IC31-10

KP

IC31-4

SR

IC31-12

SP

IC31-15

SR

IC31-5

SP

IC3-9

IC3-10

IC3-1

IC3-2

IC3-3

IC3-4

IC2-5

IC2-6

IC2-7

IC2-8

IC3-8

IC3-7

IC3-6

IC3-5

IC3-12

IC3-11

PDS4 (LHD)DDS4 (RHD)

PDS5 (LHD)DDS5 (RHD)

CA12-5 (LHD)CA10-5 (RHD)

CA12-6 (LHD)CA10-6 (RHD)

SR

SP

CA16-6 (LHD)CA14-6 (RHD)

CA16-5 (LHD)CA14-5 (RHD)

PD5-2

(LHD)

DD5-2

(RHD)

PD6-1

(LHD)

DD6-1

(RHD)

PD6-2

(LHD)

DD6-2

(RHD)

BT52-1

BT52-2

BT53-1

BT53-2

SK

SO

SK

SO

KG

BW

R

U

S

K

SK

SO

KP

BS

BS

KP

SR

SP

SR

SP

BS

KP

52 B+

B+

NP

NP

B

BT22R*

B

ICS8

IC2-4

B

B

IC30-4

IC30-11

IC30-5

IC30-12

BIC30-2

I

YIC30-7

I

GIC30-3

UIC30-6

I

RIC30-1

I

BRD

LGB

IC34-1

IC34-2

IC34-3

IC34-4

IC34-5

CE2

BRD

50

CA3

IC1-14 BT4-6 BT19-4

BT19-3

LGB LGB

NG

BT19-6

BBTS19

B

BT28L

20 B+NGIC10-10

B+WYIC10-11

21I

CA7

RKIC10-3

RLGIC10-4

UYIC10-12

LGYIC10-13

UWIC10-1

PYIC10-2

10.2

10.2

16.3

16.3

Y

GFC24-24

FC24-47

C

C

FC25-20

UWO

19.1

19.1

IIC1-5

RK

RLG

UY

LGY

IC19 IC5

3.3 Κ Ω

BO BK

SW4-1

PY

BO BOFCS28

FC17R

SC3-12

6.8 Κ Ω

20 Κ Ω

SW4-2

SW1-2

SW1-6

SC3-2 IC1-3

IPYPY

O

+

SK SOICS1

NP

FC5-6

UW

PKIC10-15

PRIC10-16

POIC10-14

16.3

16.3

16.3

PK

PR

PO

RT2-7

RT2-9

RT2-2

RT2-1

RT2-3

IC1-4

IC1-10

IC1-6

IC1-7

IC1-8

UY

LGY

PK

PR

PO

FC5-36

PY

IC19-2 IC5-2

IC19-5 IC5-5

IC19-3 IC5-3

IC19-4 IC5-4

IC19-6 IC5-6

IC19-7 IC5-7

IC19-1 IC5-1

IC19-8 IC5-8

BRD

O

Y

U

G

R

BRD

W

OIC31-1

IIC34-6

CA54-1

CA54-2

SK

SO

RP6-1

(LHD)

RD6-1

(RHD)

RPS4 (LHD)RDS4 (RHD)

RPS5 (LHD)RDS5 (RHD)

RP6-2

(LHD)

RD6-2

(RHD)

KP BS

KP

BS

RP5-1

(LHD)

RD5-1

(RHD)

RP5-2

(LHD)

RD5-2

(RHD)

CA14-6 (LHD)CA16-6 (RHD)

CA14-5 (LHD)CA16-5 (RHD)

CA10-5 (LHD)CA12-5 (RHD)

CA10-6 (LHD)CA12-6 (RHD)

DDS4 (LHD)PDS4 (RHD)

DDS5 (LHD)PDS5 (RHD)

RDS4 (LHD)RPS4 (RHD)

RDS5 (LHD)RPS5 (RHD)

DD5-1

(LHD)

PD5-1

(RHD)

DD5-2

(LHD)

PD5-2

(RHD)

DD6-1

(LHD)

PD6-1

(RHD)

DD6-2

(LHD)

PD6-2

(RHD)

RD6-1

(LHD)

RP6-1

(RHD)

RD6-2

(LHD)

RP6-2

(RHD)

RD5-1

(LHD)

RP5-1

(RHD)

RD5-2

(LHD)

RP5-2

(RHD)CA56

-1CA56

-2

BS

KP

SP SR KP BS

SW2-2

SW2-6

SR

SP

Premium In-Car Entertainment Premium In-Car Entertainment Fig. 16.2

CAN

CAN

DIMMER CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

DIMMER OVERRIDE

VEHICLESPEED

INSTRUMENT PACK

RADIO TELEPHONE

RADIO TELEPHONE

RADIO TELEPHONE

RADIO TELEPHONE

RADIO TELEPHONE

MODE

SEEK

VOLUME+

VOLUME –

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

RADIO CONTROLSWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic groundcircuits that must remain separate. Do not connect orcross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

RADIO / CASSETTEHEAD UNIT

CD LINK LEAD

CD AUTO-CHANGER

NO CODE

RADIOANTENNA

ANTENNAMOTOR

POWER AMPLIFIER

* NOTE: Early production vehicles – BT44.

RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS

‘A’ POSTTWEETER

NOT USED

FRONT DOORMID-BASS

REAR DOORMID-BASS

REAR DOORTWEETER

SUB-WOOFER

‘A’ POSTTWEETER

NOT USED

FRONT DOORMID-BASS

REAR DOORMID-BASS

REAR DOORTWEETER

LEFT SIDE SPEAKERS

VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 84: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

35 B+NPRT3-3

B+LGRT3-2

20I

B+NPRT3-10

RT4-10

RT4-11

RT4-5

RT3-4

RT3-9

RT2-6

RTS3

CA38R

B

B

B

B

CAS50

B

RT3-12

RT3-11

RT5-8

O

BRT5-7

GRT5-6

BRT5-5

KRT5-4

SORT5-3

SR

RT5-1

WRT5-9

SKRT5-10

U

CA67-1

CA67-2

RT2-4

RT2-5

YY

BRDBRD

RT1-9

RT1-8

RT1-2

RT1-6

RT1-5

RT1-4

RT1-7

RT1-10

RT1-1

RT3-1

RT3-6

RT4-13

RT3-8

RT4-3

RT4-4

RT4-12

RT4-14

RT4-8

BRD

RT65

RT5-2

BRD

RT64-1

RT64-2

BRD

W

BRD

W

UY

LGY

PK

PR

PO

RT2-7

RT2-9

RT2-2

RT2-1

RT2-3

UY

LGY

PK

PR

PO

16.1 16.2

16.2

16.2

16.2

16.2

RT4-16

RT4-15

RTS2

NPRT2-8

NP

WGRT2-10

BRD

RT4-7

WRT1-3

RT4-6

RT4-1

RT66-1

RT66-2

RT5-11

RT5-12

BRD

W

16.1

16.1

16.1

16.1

Radio Telephone Radio Telephone Fig. 16.3

TELEPHONEANTENNA

MICROPHONE

HANDSET

NOTE: Wires not color-coded.

TELEPHONETRANSCEIVER

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 85: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

CA61-5

CA61-7

CA61-10

SW10-3

CA81-1

CA81-3

SW10-1

YR

Y

Y

YU

RG

KP

Y

YR

B+WK

CA61-9

OS19.2

CA22-2

CA61-13

CA61-11

CA61-14

CA22-3

CA22-1

CA61-6

BK

CA48

YR08.1 YR

D

I

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

5II

OCA225

-6 -5FC5-10

YW

CA61-40

Y08.2 Y O-8 -7FC5-35

RW

CA61-23

S

CA61-21

P

CA61-25

R

CA61-22

S

CA61-20

P

CA61-24

R

CA15-2

CA15-3

CA15-1

O

SW11-3

SW11-1

U

N

CA61-1

CA61-2

OCA62-1

CA62-3

U

N

CA61-3

CA61-4

OCA65-1

CA65-3

Y

YU

CA61-16

CA61-17

OCA66-1

CA66-3

Y

YR

SM15-1D (LHD)SM15-1P (RHD)

SM15-2D (LHD)SM15-2P (RHD)

Y

YR

CA61-18

CA61-19

OCA72-1

CA72-3

Y

YR

SM15-1P (LHD)SM15-1D (RHD)

SM15-2P (LHD)SM15-2D (RHD)

Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners Fig. 17.1

CAUTION: Do not substitute another fuse valuefor the 10A battery fuse.WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACETHE 10A BATTERY FUSE UNLESS THE AIRBAGSYSTEM HAS FIRST BEEN DEACTIVATED.

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG FAILURE(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

NOTE: Splice header CA225 – early productionvehicles only.

LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR

RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR

AIRBAG / SRSSINGLE POINT SENSOR

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

DRIVER SIDEAIRBAG

PASSENGER SIDEAIRBAG

LH SEAT BELTPRETENSIONER

RH SEAT BELTPRETENSIONER

STEERING WHEEL

LH SIDE AIRBAG

RH SIDE AIRBAG

WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE THERESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY.DOING SO MAY TRIGGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENTAND POSSIBLY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 86: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

YBYB

FC15-4

BK BK

SW2-1

BKFCS28

FC17R

SC2-9

SW1-1

SW2-5 SW1-5

SC3-1

IGUGU

CA74-2 CA74-1

B22I

WU

CA47L

#13

3

2

5

1

1BT12-5

BT11-6

#11 10A BT12-1

1 17I

WN

PN

B

PN

NLG25

B

PN

NLG24

BT4-C

PN

BTS6

BT25-1

BT25-3

BT25-2

CA71-1

CA71-3

CA71-2

CA31R

BT21R

BKSCS1

FC15-80

NB13 B+

FC15-70

O GS

LS20R#13 10A

3

1

5

2

5LS7-5

LS6-6

#11 10A LS7-1

LS49

BLS48

LS47

BLS46

YW

YW

GS

BLSS10

LS18R

5

GSEM3-1 EM1-10

CA75-2 CA75-1

B23I

WU

CA47R

S

GU

GU

HP1

HP2

EP1-4

B

FC29R

RK

RYEP1-3

WN

EP1-6

NY

G

UO

Y

EP1-2

EP1-12

EP1-11

NY11EP1-10

EP1-9

RO

RO

RK

NYFCS5

EP1-1

EP1-7

EP1-8

EP1-5

EPS2

EPS1

B

NY

FC23-4

FC23-3

FC23-6

FC23-2

FC23-12

FC23-11

FC23-10

FC23-9

FC23-1

FC23-7

FC23-8

FC23-5

B

NY

10.2

10.2

10.2

10.2

10.2

10.2

10.2

10.2

10.2

5AEP2-2 EP2-1

B

NYNYEP4

EP3

NY

Ancillaries Ancillaries Fig. 18.1

HORNS

HORNSWITCHES

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic groundcircuits that must remain separate. Do not connect orcross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

HORNCONTROL

LOGIC

POWER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

HORN RELAY (#6) †

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

RH HORN

LH HORN

ACCESSORY CONNECTORS

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)

TRUNK FUSE BOX

TRUNKACCESSORYCONNECTOR

PASSENGERCOMPARTMENTACCESSORYCONNECTOR

CIGAR LIGHTERS

FRONT CIGAR LIGHTER

REAR CIGAR LIGHTER

ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING

ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICINGMODULE

DIMMER MODULE

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differfrom the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 87: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

CC6-10

U

CC6-2

S

CC6-4

BK

CC6-5

BK

12

24II

14I

3II

CC3L

CCS4

SM3-10P

S

SM3-9P

SS

U –

+

EM7-83

EM7-82

G

YEM7-86

EM7-85

+

+

C

C

C

C

S

S S

UFC15-84

FC15-85

+

G

YLS27-5

LS27-15

+

C

C

EM10-26

EM10-25

G

YEM10-28

EM10-27

+

+

C

C

C

C

CC14-4

CC14-3

G

Y

G

YCC14-9

CC14-8

+

+

C

C

C

C

FC24-24

FC24-47

G

Y

FC24-23

FC24-48

+

+

C

C

C

C

G

Y

G

YEM2-7

EM2-6

NU

WK

WN

WO

G

Y

CC6-16

CC6-9

CC6-8

CC6-1

CC6-6

CC6-14

C

C

+

FC24-20

S

FC24-19

SS

U –

+

S

S S

UBT1-16

BT1-8

+

S

S S

UPD10-9

PD10-16

+

S

S S

UDD10-9

DD10-16

+

SM3-10D

S

SM3-9D

SS

U –

+

CA27-5

CA27-6

CA23-5

CA23-6

S

U

S

UBT4-15

BT4-16

CA11-2

CA11-3

CA8-2

CA8-3

S

U

S

U

S

U

S

S

+

B+

B+EM1-6

EM1-7

G

Y

G

Y

G

YFC7-8

FC7-2

G

YFC11-12

FC11-15

RD10-9

S

RD10-16

SS

U –

+

RP10-9

S

RP10-16

SS

U –

+

CA46-2

CA46-3

CA45-2

CA45-3

S

U

S

U

CA19-4

CA19-5

S

U

S

U

S

U

S

U

S

U

S

U

S

U

S

U

S

U

S

U

S

U

S

U

CA223

-10

-9

-8

-18

-19

-20

FCS2

FCS3

FC1-32

FC1-48†

U S

BK

G

Y

EM62-H

EM62-L

+

C

C

G

YLS27-5

LS27-15

+

C

C

EM1-6

EM1-7

G

Y

G

Y

G

Y

EMS31

EMS32

AJ26 N/A

AJ26 N/AG

Y

AJ26 SC

AJ26 SC

G

Y

G

Y

G

Y

G

YFC7-10

FC7-9

CA222

-2

-4

-5

-6

-7

-3

-1

-12

-14

-11

-16

-17

-13

-15

-8

-18

CAN and SCP Networks CAN and SCP Networks Fig. 19.1

ABS / TRACTION CONTROLCONTROL MODULE

ABS/TRACTION CONTROLCONTROL MODULE

TRANSMISSION CONTROLMODULE (AJ26 SC)

TRANSMISSION CONTROLMODULE (AJ26 N/A)

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

GEAR SELECTORILLUMINATION MODULE

CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)

INSTRUMENT PACK

DATA LINKCONNECTOR

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER REAR DOORCONTROL MODULE

STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ

from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color codefor pin identification on early production vehicles.

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 88: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

E63

DO1 7 476

48 82

I

SC1II

5II

44II

1 17I

Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5Fig. 02.1

E454

II

XJ Series 1998

Input Output Serial and EncodedCommunications

Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network

CC6-12

P

CC6-13

W

CC6-15

K

CC6-7

O

CC6-4

BK

CC6-5

BK

12

24II

14I

3II

CC3L

CCS4

SO

SUFC15-92

FC15-21

NU

WK

WN

WO

CC6-16

CC6-9

CC6-8

CC6-1

O

KEM68-28

EM68-10

O

KEM10-12

EM10-13

CA61-9

OS D

D

D

D

D

CC31-10

CC31-21

O

K D

D

EM3-3

EM3-2

O

K D

D

EM11-3

EM13-2

FC22-11

D

D

D

W

PEM53-18

EM53-19

D

DFCCP

VFP

B+

B+

SO

EMS39

EMS40

O

K

FCS16

OFC11-17

FC11-16

O

K

CCS11

CCS10

O

K

CA19-2

OSCA225

-9 -10

OS BK

D

D

YFC15-39

D

FC22-9

D SU

FC22-17

D Y

FC22-16

D OFCS30

FC22-6

D O

EM10-6

EM10-17

D

D Y

OEM2-15

EM2-13

Y

O

Serial Data Links Serial Data Links Fig. 19.2

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

KEY TRANSPONDERMODULE

O.K. TO START

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control PortVFP – Voltage, Flash Programming

ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Splice header CA225 deleted – earlyproduction vehicles only.

SECURITY SYSTEMSERIAL LINK

AIRBAG / SRSSINGLE POINT SENSOR

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Serial Data LinkK wire – serial inputO wire – serial outputO wire only – bi-directional serial communication

ECM PROGRAMMING LINK

SERIAL DATA LINK

DATA LINKCONNECTOR

VARIANT: All Vehicles

VIN RANGE: All

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 89: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

V Pin Description I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND I FC15-32 iGNiTiON SWITCHED GROUND 0 FC15~97 RELAY COlL DRi”E

Active GROUND GROVND

Inactive B- B+

COMPONENTS

Component BATTERY

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

Connector I Type I Color BT%/ BATTERY CABLE CLAMP 8767, BArrERY CABLE CLAMP FC15:14-WAY~MPEEEC,GREY

Location / Access TRUNK, BA”ERY COVER

BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT

FUSE BOX- ENGINE MANAGEMENT

ENGlNE COMPARTMENTi LH FRONT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

FVSE BOX- RH HEELBOARD CA41 i ,&WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, NATURAL CA42: 10.WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX I BLACK 913, EYELET ST, 4, EYELET

RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER

FUSE BOX-TRUNK BT10,1O~WAY “.T.A FVSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRlER BTll :,o~WAY “.TA. FUSE BOX, BLACK BTlZ, ,@WAY” TA FUSE BOX/GREEN BTlS,,o~WAY U TA FUSE BOX/BLUE BT64, EYELET

HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 i EYELET TRUNK, ADJACENT TO BA”ERY BT61, EYELET 8162, EYELET BT63, EYELET

TRANSIT iSOLATlON DE”lCE BTU, LUCAR - STRAlGHT ADMCENT TO BATTERY, BATTERY COVER BTGS, BATTERY CABLE CLAMP

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access AUXILIARY POSlTl”E RELAY BROWN BUS RH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX/HEELBOARD COVER

IRH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX1

EMS CONTROL RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

(ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOW

,GNlTlON POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

(ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX,

IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS LH HEELBOARD FUSE BOXIHEELBOARD COVER

CLH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX)

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location / Access BT4

FC1

SE

ST6

GROUNDS

Ground

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

EYELET

EYELET

Location / Type

BELOWPARCELSHELF,TRUNK,~E~~ B”LKHEAD,RH SIDE

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/ GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD

ENGiNE COMPARTMENT,RH FALSE BULKHEAD

BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BA”ERY GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+I

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground

V Voltage (DC) S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 90: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

COMPONENTS

Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access

FUSE BOX - LH HEELBOARD CA,, ,O~WA” V.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

CAZ, IO-WAY U T.A. FUSE BOX f BLACK ST15, EYELET

F”SE BOX- RH HEELBOARD CA.,, , ,O~WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL CA&?, ,&WAY ” T.A. FUSE BOX, BLACK ST13, EYELET 5714, EYELET

RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

SPLICE HEADER - CA222 CA222! ZO~WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, GREY RH HEELBOARD i HEELBOARD COVER

SPLlCE HEADER - CA223 CA223,20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK RH HEELBOARD! HEELBOARD COVER

SWCE HEADER - CA224 C~224, 20.WAY SUMITOMO SPLlCE HEADER, GREEN LH HEELBOARD: HEELBOARD COVER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color Location I Access BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK!REAR B”LKHEAD,RH SIDE

CA\10 BYWAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

CA12 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER ‘4’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER

CA14 6.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

CA16 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

CA19 ZO~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH 'N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER

CA20 2%WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW RH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

CA23 IO~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT

CA27 10.WAY M”LTliOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COiN TRAY

ICI 14.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE LH HEELBOARD

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 91: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

COMPONENTS

Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT KS, IO~WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT

LS6, ,&WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLACK LS7, ,&WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, GREEN LSB, IO-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLUE ST,9 i EYELET

FUSE BOX-ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19,,0-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX: NATURAL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

EM20,,0-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLACK STX, EYELET ST21 t EYELET

FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRlCAL CARRIER BT,, 1 ,&WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, BLACK BT12, ,&WA,’ ” T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN BT13, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE 8164, EYELET

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location / Access BS4 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES

BT4 WWAY THROUGH PANEL! BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK,REAR B”LKHEAD/RH SIDE

CA109 12~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

EM42 I-WAY YAZAKI, GREY BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

IC2 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE REARWARD OF FUEL TANK, BATTERY COVER

LS32 I-WAY YAZAKI , GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 92: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

COMPONENTS

Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access FUSE BOX ENGINE COMPARTMENT LS5, ,&WAY U T A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT

LSS i 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX i BLACK I 57 / 1”.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN ;iB, l&,AY U T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE ST19, EYELET

LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER FUSE BOX - LH HEELBOARD CA,, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL CA2,10-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLACK ST15, EYELET

FUSE BOX-RI- HEELBOARD CA41, lo-WAY ” T.A. FUSE BOX/NATURAL RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER CA.42 i IO-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX/BLACK

ST14, EYELET

FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, 10.WAY ” T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER BT,, , ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, BLACK BT,2,,0-WAY ” T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN BT13, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE BT64, EYELET

SPLlCE HEADER - CA225 CA225,20-WAY SUMlTOMO SPLiCE HEADER, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector BT4

CA19

CA20

CA109

EMI

EM42

EM51

FC1

FC5

IC1

LS3

Type / Color Location / Access !&WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK

Z&WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW

Z&WA’, MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW

IZ-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE

1%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK

I-WAY YAZAK, , GREY

12.WAY AUGAT 1 6, GREY

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / BLACK

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR i BLACK

II-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK

BELOW PARCEL SHELF ITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE

LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

RH ‘Yt’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP

BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

ENGINE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO ABS PUMP

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BELOW DRl”ER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

LH HEELBOARD

LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 93: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

COMPONENTS

Component FUSE BOX-ENGINE MANAGEMENT

Connector I Type I Color EM,9,,0-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL EM20, IO-WAY u T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK ST20! EYELET ST21, EYELET

Location / Access ENGlNE COMPARTMENT:CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color EM2 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070: GREY EM51 12~WAY AUGAT 1.6, GREY FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR I BLACK PI1 57.WAY SUMITOMO TS090 : BLACK

Location I Access PASSENGER ‘A’ POST )I LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT I GLDVE BOX ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE COMPARTMENTS BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 94: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

COMPONENTS

Component ,GNlTlON SWTCH ,NERTlA SWITCH

Connector / Type / Color Location I Access FCd, I-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070 /WHITE STEERlNG COLUMN

CM, 3.WAY ECONOSEAL Ill LC, BLACK RH ‘N POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color ST4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK

CA19 Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

CA20 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

FCll ,B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

LS3 54~WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONIuECTOR, BLACK

Location / Access BELOW PARCEL SHELF /TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD I RH SIDE

LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER

RH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET I LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE 1 COIN TRAY

LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘N POST FlNlSHER

GROUNDS

Ground FCI’L

Location / Type EYELET (PAW-EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 95: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

v Pin Description I FC15.7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS

D x15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION -KEY TRANSPONDER

D FClS-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

0 FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE

I FCl5~80 BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNiCATlONS

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

‘J Pin Description D EM10-6 OKTOSTART-ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS

I EM10-15 PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATlON

D EM,&77 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

I EM,,-6 ENGINE CRANK

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

V Pin Description D FCZZ-9 SERlAL COMMUNlCATiON IENCODED COMMUNICATIONi

D FCZZ-1, SERIAL COMM”NlCATlON BPM

D FCZZ-16 OKTO START (ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONi

D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)

Active GROUND ,Ni ENCODED COMMUNICATION

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

GROUND ICRANKING)

GROVND ICRANKINGI

B+

Active

B+ (P. N1

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

GROUND iCRANKING,

Active

ENCODED COMMUNiCATiON

Inactive Bt ,P. R, D, 4.3, 21

B+

Bt

B+

Inactive

GROUND (R.D.4.3.2~

El+

Inactive

COMPONENTS

Component BATTERY

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

GENERATOR

HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

IGNITION SWlTCH

KEYTRANSPONDER MODULE

NEUTRAL SWITCH

REGULATOR iGENERATOR

STARTER MOTOR

Connector I Type I Color Location / Access BT66, BATTERY CABLE CLAMP BT67, BA”ERY CABLE CLAMP

FC15,14-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY

EMlO, 28.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY EM,, ,,6-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM12, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY EM13,34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM14,,2-WAY MULTILOCK 4I:WHITE EM,S,ZZ-WAY MULTILOCK 47,WHITE

AN1 i EYELET AN2, EYELET ST4, EYELET

TRUNK, BA”ERY COVER

BVLKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT

BT60 i EYELET BTS1, EYELET BT62 1 EYELET BT63, EYELET

FC4,8-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070 i WHlTE

FC22,20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i GREEN

CC>,, 3.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY

PISO, SWAY SUMITOMO 92, BLACK

ST,, EYELET ST2, EYELET ST31 EYELET

TRUNK, ADJACENT TO BA”ERY

STEERING COLUMN

BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK

GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY, CENTER CONSOLE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ENGINE BLOCK i RH SIDE

SUPPRESSION MODULE

RELAYS

Relay

AN3, X-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, RED

Case Color Connector / Color

ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT FRONT

Location / Access STARTERRELAY BROWN EM50, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector EM2

EM3

EM60

FC7

Pi.

PI2

ST5

ST6

Type / Color IO~WAY MUWLOCK 070, GREY

II-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE

2-WAY ECONOSEAL /II HC, GREY

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

57.WAY SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK

IWVAY ECONOSEAL 111 iC, BLACK

EYELET

EYELET

Location / Access PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

PASSENGER ‘iz’ POST, LOWER ‘I’ POST FINISHER

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COlN TRAY

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE

ENGINE COwARTMENTi BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BATTERY GROUND STUD

CCBR EYELET (PAIR, iii, FRONT BULKHEAD STVD, CABIN SIDE

FC17L EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE1

4-

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 96: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

TJ Pin Description I FC15-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS

D FC15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION - KEY TRANSPONDER

D FC15-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

I FC15~4.1 STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST

0 FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE

I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

‘J Pin Description D EM10-6 OK TO START- ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

I EMI&15 PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATl0N

D EM,O-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

I EM,,-6 ENGINE CRANK

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

v Pin Description D X22-9 SERIAL COMMUNICATION (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)

D FC22-ll SERIAL COMMUNICATION - BPM

D FC**-16 OK TO START iENCODED COMMUNICATION)

D FC**-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATIONI

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH

v Pin Description I CC8~2 TCM, DUAL LINEAR SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY

0 CC%4 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS

0 CC8-5 PARK, NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION

Active GROUND (Ni ENCODED COMMUNiCATlON

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

GROUND iCRANKlNGi

GROUND (CRANKING,

*+

Active Inactive

B+ IP. N)

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

GROUND iR.D.4.3.21

GROUND ICRANKING) Bt

Active

ENCODED COMMUNICATION

Active GROUND GROUND iN)

B+ (P, N,

Inactive Bt ,P, R, D. 4, 3, 21

B+ Bt Bc

Inactive

Inactive GROUND

B7 (P. R, D. 4.3, 21 GROUND CR. D, 4, 3.2)

COMPONENTS

Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access BA”ERY

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH

BT65, BA”ERY CABLE CLAMP BTU, BA”ERY CABLE CLAMP

FC15, II-WAY AMP EEEC i GREY

CC8,lZ~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

TRUNK, BATTERY COVER

BULKHEAD, BEHlND GLOVE BOX

RlGHT HAND SlDE OF GEAR SELECTOR! CENTER CONSOLE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM,0,28-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

EM,, ,16-WA’,’ MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM,*/**-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM,3,34~WAYM”LTlLOCK040,GREY EM14, ,*-WAY MULTlLOCK 47, WHlTE EM15 122.WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE

HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

,GNlT,ON SWITCH

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

REGULATOR (GENERATOR)

STARTER MOTOR

SUPPRESSION MODULE

BT60, EYELET BT61, EYELET BT62, EYELET BT63, EYELET

FC4,8-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

FC**, PO-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i GREEN

P150, S-WAY SUMITOMO 92, BLACK

ST,, EYELET ST*, EYELET ST3, EYELET

AN3, SWAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, RED

RELAYS

Relay STARTERRELAY

Case Color BROWN

Connector / Color EM50, BROWN

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT

TRUNK i ADJACENT TO EATERY

STEERING COLUMN

BELOW lNSTR”MENT PACK

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ENGlNE BLOCK, RH SIDE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT FRONT

Location / Access CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS/ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector EM*

EM3

EM50

EM63

FC7

PI1

Pi2

ST5

ST6

Type I Color 2O~WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY

,&-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

*-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, GREY

,&WAY MULTliOCK 070 iYELLOW

*O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

57.WAY SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK

1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

EYELET

EYELET

Location / Access PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

PASSENGER ‘N POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD

PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMiSSlON

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD

ENGINE COMPARTMENTiRH FALSE BULKHEAD

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BATTERY GROUND STUD

FC17L EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EMBR EYELET (PAIR) EMS LH GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage C CAN (Network)

KHz Frequency x 1000

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 97: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

Description Active Inactive BA 0” B- *A

B+ B- B,

GROUND

GROUND (VALVE OPEN)

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

BA

GROUND iR.D.4.32~

B+

GROUND

5v

GROUND

GROUND

*+

B+

5v

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROVND

GROUND

B+

Bt

Bt

B-

B-

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B-

BT

Bt

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component BRAKE SWITCH CANISTER CLOSE VALVE CKPS CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CMPS CAMSHAFT POSlTlON SENSOR ECM AND TCM COOLlNG FAN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

ECTS. ENGINE CODLANTTEMPERAT”RE SENSOR

EVAPP EVAP CANlSTER PURGE VALVE

FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR

ti02S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR I”PSTREAM,-A

HOX HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR iUPSTREAM - B

,ATS ,NTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

KS. KNOCK SENSOR -‘ti BANK

KS- KNOCK SENSOR - ‘B’ BANK

MAW MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

025 OXYGEN SENSOR ,DOWNSTRE*MI - A

OzS’ OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAMI B

PARKlNG BRAKE SWTCH

PEDAL POSlTlON AND MECHANlCAL GUARD SENSORS

THROTrLE MOTOR

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

“ACUUM SWlTCHiNG VALVE i

“AC”“M SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 2

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 3

“AR,ABLE VALVE TiblNG SOLENOlD VALVE ‘A’ BANK

VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘B’ BANK

Connector I Type I Color cc40: 4~WAY MULTILOCK cm! WHITE C”, , P-WAY YAZAKI 90 / BLACK P117 j 2.WAY ECONOSE*L 111 HC, BLACK

P,,5,2~WAY ECONOSEAL III HC, BLACK

EMS6 :2~WAY MULTlLOCK 070! WHITE

EMlO: Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040 I GREY EM, 1 : 16 WAY MULTILOCK MO! GREY EM12 /22-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM,3;34-WAY MULTlLOCK 040 ’ GREY EM14 ‘12-W*,’ MULTlLOCK 47: WHITE EM15 I 22 WAY MULTILOCK 47: WHITE

Pid! 2~WAY ECONOSEAL E JZ I GREY

EM39 / Z~WAY ECONOSEAL J2- 1 BL*CK

BT5, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE FP, , S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC I BLACK

EM21 i I-W*Y SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY

EM23 !4~W*Y SUMlTOMO 90 II, GREY

P135,5-WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK

Pi26, Z~WAY ECONOSEN 111 LC , BLACK

~127, ?~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC I BLACK

P135 i 5.WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK

EM22,2-W*Y SVMITOMO 90 II, GREY

EMZ~ i Z-WAY SUMITOMO 90 /I i GREY

CC,, / Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

P142,i~WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK

P133, ?-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK

P,6,4-WAY SUMITOMO TS90, BLACK

EM57,2-W*Y SUMITOMO 90 DC/ BLUE

EM58 / *-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC i BROWN

EM59, ?~WAY YAZAKI 90, GREY

P131, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER/BLACK

P132, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

Location / Access ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

UNDER VEHICLE, RH REAR

ENGINE, REAR OF BED PLATE

ENG,NE COMPARTMENT, ‘8’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT i CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT i BULKHEAD

TOP OF FUEL TANK .‘TR”NK CARPET

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT 1 BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION

ENGINE COMPARTMENT!REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER

ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGlNE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER

ENG,NE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION

ENGINE COMPARTMENT: BRACKET 0N Top m TRANSMIWON

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ONTHRO”LEASSEMBLY

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

ENGiNE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ‘i\’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT

ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, ‘B’ BANK CYLlNDER HEAD, FRONT

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access THRO”LE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS i ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector ST4 CA19

EM1

EM2

EM3

EM53

FC1

LS3

PI1

Pi2

Type / Color 54~WAYTHRO”GH PANEL, BLACK

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

12.WAY dUGAT 1.6, BLACK

WWAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY

,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE

54 WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

WWAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BL*CK

57.WAY S”MlTOM0 TSO90, BLACK

1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111 ic, BLPiCK

Location / Access BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK i REAR BULKHEAD/ RH SIDE

LH ‘R POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,*DJ*CENTTO A’& PVMP

PASSENGER ‘R POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER

PASSENGER ‘& POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type EMBL EYELET (PAIR) EMS LH GROUND STUD

EMIGL EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EM1GR EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EM?, EYELET (SINGLEI - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 98: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

Description Active IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SVPPLY lGNlTlON SWiTCHED POWER SUPPLY

OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS

EATERY POWER SUPPLY

BRAKE WATCH

B+ B+

B+ GROUND

SERIAL COMM”NlCAT,ONS

SERIAL COMM”NlcAT,ONS

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

PARK, NEUTRAL CONFiRMATlON

EMS CONTROLLED REL*.Y ACTIVATE

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

IATS! ECTS ,TPS! MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION i PEDAL POSlTiON COMMON REFERENCE GROUND

MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION : TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE

GROUND

GROUND

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

GROUND i*PPLlEDi

B+ (P, N)

GROUND

ENCODED COMM”NlCATlONS

GROUND

5”

GROUND

GROUND

ECM PROGRAMMlNG

ENGINE CRANK

MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PED*L POSlTlON, TPS, FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE

ECT FEEDBACK

TPs FEEDB*cK

TPS FEEDBACK

IATS, ECTS ,TPS, MECH*NIC*L GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON F”ELT*NK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND

MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK

MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION, TPS SHlELD

PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK

PEDAL POSITON FEEDBACK

IATS FEEDBACK

MAFS FEEDBACK

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S

UPSTREAM ‘N BANK H02S

MAFS REFERENCE GROUND

MAFS REFERENCE GROUND

02S, HOZS COMMON SHIELD

ECM PROGRAMMING

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3ACTl”ATE

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #1 *CT,“ATE

VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #2 *CT,“ATE

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE

‘8’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK

‘4’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK

CKPS SIGNAL

CMPS SlGNAL

CMPS i CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD

CKPS SIGNAL

CMPS SIGNAL GROUND

THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HO2S HEATER GROUND

UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK HOE HEATER GROUND

E”AP VALVE *CTI”*TE

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID’B’ BANK

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID’X BANK

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

GROUND ,CRANKING,

5”

0.41 ” @ 195’F ,DECRE*SlNG WITH TEMPERATURE,

0.5 ” = IDLE, 4.75 V = WOT

0.5 ” = IDLE. 4 75 v = WOT

GROUND

0.5 ” = IDLE, 4.75 ” = WOT

GROUND

0.5 ” = IDLE. 4 75 ” = WOT

0.5 ” = IDE; 4.75 ” = WOT

0.98” @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE

1.2 ” @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM lNCREASE

0.1 - 0.9 ” @ IDLE ,SWlNG,

0.1 - 0.9 ” @ IDLE iSWlNG,

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 20 KHz = KNOCK

0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK

5” @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz. 2000 RPM = 90 Hz

5 Hz @ lDLE

GROUND

5” @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz: 2000 RPM = 90 HZ

GROUND

B+

B+

B+

GROUND

B+

B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

GROVND

GROUND

GROVND ,“AL”E OPEN)

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

Inactive 0” B+

B+ B*

B+

GROUND iR.D.4.3.2~

B+

GROUND

5”

GROUND

GROUND

B+

B+

5”

GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component BRAKE SWITCH

CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSiTION SENSOR

ECM AND KM COOLING FAN

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

Connector / Type / Color CC40,l~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

PI,,, 2.WAY ECONOSEAL II/ HC, BLACK

Pi15 t Z-WAY ECONOSEAL ,/I HC, BLACK

EM66, ?-WAY MULTILOCK 070 I WHITE

EMlO,28-WAYM”LTlLOCK040iGREY EM,, ,,B~WAY MULTILOCK /GREY EM12,22~WAY MULTlLOCK040:GREY EM13,WWAY M”LTlLOCK04WGREY EM14;,2~WAY MULTlLOCK47,WHITE EMIS,ZZ~WAY MULTILOCK 47 WHITE

PI4 I P-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2: GREY

EM39 II 2~WAY ECONOSEAL J2+, BLACK

EM21,4-WAY SUMiTOMO 90 ,I, GREY

EM23, I-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 II, GREY

P135,5-WAY Y*z*KI 92, BLACK

PI26 i Z-WAY ECONOSEAL /II LC, BLACK

PI27 /?-WAY ECONOSEAL //I LC, BLACK

PI%, 5~WBY Y*Z*KI 92, BLACK

CC,, , Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

P142, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK

P133, P-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK

PIS, 4-WAY SUMITOMO TSX , BLACK

Er.457, Z-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 DC, BLUE

EM%, Z~WAY SUMlTOMO 90 DC! BROWN

EM59, ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, GREY

P13, !N’$AYAMPJ”NIOR POWERTIMER, BLACK

PM, 2.WAY AMP JUNiOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

Location / Access ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

ENGINE, REAR OF BED PLATE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD. REAR

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE COMP*RTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ECTS- ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EvAPP: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE

H02S’ HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR -A

HOE: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR B

IATS: lNTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

KS: KNOCK SENSOR - ‘N BANK

KS- KNOCK SENSOR ‘B’ BANK

MAFS. MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

THROTiiE MOTOR

THRO”LE POSlTlON SENSOR

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 1

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 2

VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 3

VARIABLE VALVE TiMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘A’ BANK

VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘B’ BANK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT: REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT I BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

ENGINE COMPARTMENT i BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER

ENGlNE “EE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGINE “EE I UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT I ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, B”LKHE*.D

ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,‘X BANK CYLlNDER HEW, FRONT

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT ,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HE*D, FRONT

GROUND RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+ B+ Bi B-

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROVND

GROUND

GROVND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROVND

B+

Bt

B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector BT4 CA19 EM? EM2 EM3 EM53 FCI

LS3

PII

P12

Type I Color 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK

X-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW

12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK

2%WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY

,l~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

57.WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK

13WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

Location I Access BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE

LH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘2’ POST FlNlSHER

ENGINE COMP*RTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘R POST FINISHER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘X POST FlNlSHER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

LH ‘PI’ POST, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER

ENGlNE COMP*RTMENT,B”LKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

ENGiNE COMPARTMENT,BR*CKETON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type EMlL EYELET (PAIRI - EMS LH GROUND STUD

EMIGI EYELET ,PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EM,GR EYELET iPAIR - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EM17 EYELET ISINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 99: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

Description Active IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

OK TO START-ENCODED COMM”N~C*TIONS

BAmERY POWER SUPPLY

BRAKE SWlTCH

B+ B+

PARKING BRAKE SW,TCH

SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS

SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS

PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATlON

EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ME, ECTS ,TPS: MECHANICAL GUARD POSITiON, PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROVND

MECHANlCAL GUARD POSlTlON I PEDAL POSlTlON, TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE

GROVND

GROUND

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

B+ GROUND

GROUND ,APPLlEDi

B- IP. NJ

GROUND

ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS

GROUND

5”

GROUND

GROUND

ECM PROGRAMMlNG

ENGINE CRANK

MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON ,TPS, FVEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE

ECT FEEDBACK

TPS FEEDBACK

TPS FEEDBACK

lATS/ ECTS ITPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON , PEDAL POSlTlON FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND

MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK

MECHANICAL GVARD POSlTlON, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHlELD

PEDAL POSITtON FEEDBACK

PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK

IATS FEEDBACK

MAFS FEEDBACK

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S

UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02S

MAFS REFERENCE GROUND

MAFS REFERENCE GROUND

OZS, HOE COMMON SHlELD

ECM PROGRAMMING

VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #3 ACTlVATE

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #I ACTIVATE

“ACVUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 *CTl”ATE

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER REL*IY *CT,“*TE

‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK

‘A’BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK

CKPS SIGNAL

CMPS SIGNAL

CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD

CKPS SIGN*L

CMPS SIGNAL GROUND

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

lGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER WPPLY

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND

UPSTREAM ‘& BANK H02S HEATER GROUND

E”*P VALVE ACTIVATE

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID ‘B’ BANK

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENO, ‘4’ BANK

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

GROUND (CRANKINGI

5”

0.41 V @ 195°F iDECREAS,NG WITH TEMPERATUREi

0 5 ” = IDLE: 4.75 v = WOT

0.5 v = IDLE, 4.75 v = WOT

GROUND

05”=IDLE,475”=WOT

GROVND

0.5 ” = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT

OS”=IDLE,475”=WOT

0 98” @ 1O’C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE

1.2 “Q IDLE, INCREASlNG WITH RPM INCREASE

0 1 -0 9 ” @ KXE ,SWING1

0 1 -0 9 ” Q IDLE ,SWlNGi

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 20 KHz = KNOCK

0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHZ = KNOCK

5” Q 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz

5 Hi @ IDLE

GROUND

5” @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz: *oclo RPM = 90 HZ

GROUND

B+

BT

B-

GROUND

BI

B,

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B-

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND (VALVE OPEN,

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

Inactive 0” B+

Bt BA B-

GROUND iR.D.4.3.21

B+

GROUND

5”

GROVND

GROUND

8; B- 5”

COMPONENTS

Component BRAKE SWITCH

CKPS CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

CMPS CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

ECMANDTCM COOLING FAN

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

ECTS ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVAPP EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE

~02s HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR -A

H02S’ HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR-B

,*TS INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

KS. KNOCK SENSOR -‘K BANK

KS: KNOCK SENSOR -‘B’ BANK

MAFS’ MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

PARKiNG BRAKE SWiTCH

PEDAL POSlTlON AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

THROTTLE MOTOR

THRO”LE POSITION SENSOR

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 1

VACUUM SWTCHING VALVE - 2

“AC”“M SWlTCHlNG VALVE 3

Connector / Type / Color cc40, &WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PI17 I %W*Y ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK

P115, ?-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK

EM66: Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE

EMlO II ?E~WAY MULTILOCK 040 I GREY EM, 1 , 1B~WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, GREY EM12 IZ2~WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM13,34 WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM14 I ,Z~WAY MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE EM15,22-W*Y MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE

PI4 i 2~WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 i GREY

EM39, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL J21 i BLACK

EM21 ! h-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY

EM23 1 I-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY

P135, B-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK

Pl26,2-WAYECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

P,27,2-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

Pi%, 5.WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK

CC,, , Z~WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

P142, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK

P133, Z~WAYTWlN CLIP, BLACK

P16: 4.WAY SUMITOMO TS90, BLACK

EMS,, 2-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BLUE

EMS: 2~WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BROWN

EM%! Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, GREY

Location / Access ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

ENGINE,REAROFBEDPL*TE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENTi CONTROL MODVLE ENCLOSURE

ENGINE COMPARTMENTi REAR OF ENGlNE TOP HOSE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

ENGiNE COMPARTMENT i BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER

ENGlNE “EE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGINE COMP*RTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT!ONTHRO”LEASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENTiTHROTTLEASSEMBLY

ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, ON THRO”LE ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

GROUND

GROUND

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access THRO”LE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS/ENGINE COMPARTMENT

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

B+

B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector BT4

CA19

EM1

EM2

EM3

EM53

FC1

LS3

PI,

PI2

Type / Color WWAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK

?&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW

1%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY

,l~WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE

20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

5%WAY SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK

II-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

Location / Access BELOWPAIRCELSHELF,TR”NKiREARB”LKHEAD,RHSlDE

LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FiNISHER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,*DJACENTTO*BSP”MP

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

LH ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,BRACKETON TOP OF TR*NSMISSION

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type EM%

EM1GL

EMIGR

EM17

EYELET IPAIR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET iS,NGLEi - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output

B+ Battery voltage C CAN (Network)

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on thisdata page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

Page 100: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

‘7 Pin Description I cc*&, COMPRESSORCLUTCHSTAT”s

0 cc30-1 AIR CDNDlTlONlNG ELECTRICAL LOAD SiGNAL

I cc31-7 LOAD INHIBIT

0 CC31~9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REOUEST

I CC31~17 REFRIGERANT 4 WAY PRESSURE SWlTCH

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

3 Pin Description 0 EM10-2 NCCM LOAD INHIBIT I EM,&3 NCCM ELECTRICAL LOAD SlGNAL I EM10-4 A,CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST 1 EMlO-,, CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REOUES,

I EMlL, CRUISE CONTROL SET +,- I EM,,-4 CRUISE CONTROL ON REWEST I EMII~S CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL, RESUME

I EM12-5 l WAY REFRIGERANT SWTCH HIGH PRESSURE I EMIZ-B 4WAY REFRlGERANT SWlTCH HIGH PRESSURE I EM,*-8 IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG FEEDBACK I EM,*-9 IGNITION MODULEl SWITCHING FEEDBACK 0 EM1Z-10 AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR RELAYACTlVATE

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

FUEL PUMP RELAYACTlVATE GROUND

CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND

SERIES iLOW SPEED FAN ACT,“ATE GROUND

PARALLEL IHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND

IGNITION COIL RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND

IGNITION MODULE 1 SWiTCHiNG 5 Hz @ IDLE

IGNITION MODULE 2 SWITCHING 5 Hz @ IDLE

lGNlTlON MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE

IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 HZ @ IDLE

IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE

IGNITION MODULE 1 SWITCHING 5 HZ @ IDLE

IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING 5 HZ Q IDLE

IGNlTlON MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 HZ @ IDLE

INJECTOR ‘38’ ACTIVATE GROUND

INJECTOR ‘28’ ACTi”ATE GROVND

INJECTOR ‘4A’ ACTl”ATE GROVND INJECTOR ‘1A’ACTl”ATE GROUND

INJECTOR ‘48’ ACTIVATE GROUND

INJECTOR ‘3&ACTl”ATE GROUND

INJECTOR ‘2A’ACTl”ATE GROUND

INJECTOR ‘1B’ACTl”ATE GROUND

Active B+ iON1

Active GROUND

B+ B+ GROUND WPPLIEDI

7.3” = it), 8.8 ” = ,-I B+ 7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+

Inactive 0”

Bt 0” B+ iOUT OF ACTIVE RANGEI

Inactive B+ GROUND GROUND E+

B+ GROUND

B+

B+ Bt B+ B+ B+

BT B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+

COMPONENTS

Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH P136, ,-WAY SUMITOMO 90 A TYPE, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, A,C COMPRESSOR

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE CC28,26-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY RH SlDE OF TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY CCZ9,16-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY CC30,12-WAY MULTlLOCK 47, GREY CC31, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CC.40, d-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

CRUISE CONTROL ON ! OFF SWITCH CC20 , ,O~WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK i NATURAL CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

CRUlSE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3,3-WAY EPC, BLACK, WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

FVEL INJECTOR- 1A

FUELINJECTOR-1B

FUEL INJECTOR 2A

FUEL INJECTOR - 28

FUEL INJECTOR-W

FUELINJECTOR-3B

FUEL INJECTOR-W

FUEL INJECTOR - 48

FUEL PUMP

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

EMiO, 28~‘A’AY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM,?, 16.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY EM12, ‘Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM13 I34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EMl4.i 12.WAYMULTlLOCK47,WHlTE EM15 i 22~WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE

PI,, 2.WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER/BLACK

P,,, ,1-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

P,B, g-WA’, AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

P1,2,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTIMER,BLACK

P19,Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER! BLACK

P113, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

P,,O, 2.WAY AMP JUNlOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

P1,4,2-WAYAMPJUNlOR POWERTIMER,BLACK

BT9, a-WAY SUMITOMO DL90, NATURAL

BTlO , ,&WAY U.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL BT, 1 , 10.WAY U.T A. FUSE BOX, BLACK BTll, 10.WAY U TA FUSE BOX/GREEN BT13, ,&WAY U T.A WSE BOX, BLUE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODVLE ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RAlL

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, iNTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RA,iL

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RAIL

ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL

ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL

TOP OF FUELTANK,TRUNK CARPET

TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER

BT64, EYELET

,GNlTlON COIL- ,A ,718, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT COVER

,GNlTlON COIL- IB P122, Z~WAY YAZAKl 90 , BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER

!GNITION COIL-Z4 P,,9, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90 ! BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER

lGNlTlON COIL - 28 P123,2-WAY YAZAK! 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER

IGNlTlON COIL-% P120, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER

IGNlTlON COIL - 38 P,24,2-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER

IGNITION COIL-4A P12, ,2-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT/CAMSHAFT COVER

IGNITION COlL - 48 P,Z, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT COVER

IGNITION MODULE - 1 EM27, ,2-WAY IGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

IGNITION MODULE - 2 EM29,,2-WAY IGNITION POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LS3, /B-WAY TRW, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO LH CRUSH TUBE

RADIATOR FAN - LH CFI , P-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW LH FAN

RADlATOR FAN - RH CF2,2-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BELOW RH FAN

REFRlGERANT I-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LSZG, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM25, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EMS2, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

FUEL PUMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY#4,TRUNKFUSE BOXiTRUNK

IGNiTlON COIL RELAY BROWN EMX, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location I Access BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TRUNK/REARBULKHEAD/RHSIDE

EM, 7%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO ABS PUMP

EM3 II-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘R POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

EM51 12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, GREY ENGiNE COMPARTMENTIADJ~CENTTOABSPUMP

EM53 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

FC1 S&WA’, THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

LS32 I-WAY YAZAKl, GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSlON ARM

Pi, S%WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

PE 1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

SC3 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, BLACK lNSlDE STEERING COLUMN COWL

SW2 B-WAY ST, WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage 0 output SG Signal Ground

C CAN (Network) S SCP Network

V Voltage (DC) Hz Frequency

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts

8120 EYELET (SINGLE) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD

EMBR EYELET (PAIRI -EMS LH GROUND STUD

EM17 EYELET (SINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

FC17R EYELET (PAIR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

LSlOL EYELET iPAIR - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

LSlOR EYELET ,PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

LS20L EYELET ,PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 101: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ‘;;I pin Description Active

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY OKTO START- ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY

BRAKE SWiTCH

Bt Bt

Bt

GROUND SERlAL COMMUNICATIONS SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS PARKING BRAKE SWTCH

PARK, NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION

EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

IATS / ECTS i TPS! MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND

MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION /PEDAL POSITION 1 TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

GROUND ,APPLlEDi Bt iP, NI

GROUND ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS GROUND

5V

GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component BRAKE SWITCH

CANISTER CLOSE VALVE

CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

CMPS CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN

EGR” EGR VALVE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

Inactive 0” B+

B+ B+

Connector / Type / Color CC40,4~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

cv1, P-WAY YAZAKl90 /BLACK

PI17 /Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC! BLACK

PI15 ,Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK

EM66 ,ZWAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

Pi34: 6.WAY S”MlTOM0 92, GREY

Location / Access ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTlNG ASSEMBLY

UNDER VEHICLE: RH REAR

ENGlNE i REAR OF BED PLATE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT!‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR

ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT!REAR 0FTHRO”LE ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

BT GROUND iR.D.4.3.2 B-

GROUND

SV

GROUND GROUND

EMlO ! 28.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM,, :,S-WAYMULTlLOCK040,GREY EM12, ZZ-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY EM13, %-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY EM141 12.WAY MULTiLOCK 47 i WHlTE EMIS, ZZ-WAY MULTILOCK 47 I WHITE

P14,Z~WAYECONOSEALEJ2,GREY

EM39 i 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J-2+, BLACK

ECTS’ ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVAPP E”AP CANISTER PURGE VALVE

FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR

H02S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR iUPSTREAM) -A

H02S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR IUPSTREAM) B

IATS: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1

IATS 2 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2

KS. KNOCK SENSOR - ‘X’ BANK

KS KNOCK SENSOR ‘B’ BANK

MAFS MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

025: OXYGEN SENSOR IDOWNSTREAM) -A

02S: OXYGEN SENSOR iDOWNSTREAMi B

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

THRO”LE MOTOR

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 1

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 2

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE -3

ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD

TOP OF FUELTANK,TRUNK CARPET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ‘A’ BANK INTERCOOLER, REAR

ENGINE VEE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGINE VEE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ON THRO”LE ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ,THRO”LE ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

BT5, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE FPI i 3WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

EM21 ! I-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY

EM23, I-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY

P135, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK

P13, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

PIX,Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

P127, Z~WAY ECONOSEAL III LC, BLACK

PI%, S-WAY YAZAKI 921 BLACK

EM22,2~WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY

EM24, *-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY

CC??, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040: BLACK

PI@, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK

P133,l~WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK

PIS, b-WAY SUMlTOMO TS90, BLACK

EMS,, Z-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BLUE

EMSB, P~WAY SUMlTOMO 90 DC, BROWN

EMS, P-WAY YALAKI 90, GREY

ECM PROGRAMMING ENGINE CRANK

FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS, FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE

ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK

B+

GROUND lCRANK,NG)

4.9 V = LOW PRESSURE, 0.2 V = HIGH PRESSURE 5”

0.41 V @ IBYF (DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE1

B+

B+

sv

IATS, ECTS ,TPS / MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHIELD PEDAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK

PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK

EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S,’ WINDING SUPPLY

EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘52’WlNDlNG SUPPLY EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S3’WlNDlNG SUPPlY

EGH STEPPER MOTOR ‘54’ WlNDlNG SUPPLY

MANIFOLD IATS FEEDBACK IATS FEEDBACK

MAFS FEEDBACK

0.5 V = IDLE; 4.71 V i WOT 0.5” = IDLE. 4 75 V = WOT GROUND

0 5” = IDLE: 4.75 V = WOT GROUND

0.5” = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT 0.5” = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT

GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND

0 98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING WlTH TEMPERATURE t 2” Q IDLE, INCREASlNG WITH RPM INCREASE

0.1 0.9 V @ IDLE WANGi 0.1 - 0.9 V Q IDLE W,VING~ 0 1 - 0.9 V @ lDLE WWNG) 0.1 - 0.9 V @ IDLE WWNG, GROUND

GROUND GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

0 EM12-1 0 EM,Z-2

B+ B+

B+ B- RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM@, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT UPSTREAM ‘8’ BANK H02S

UPSTREAM ‘X BANK H02S DOWNSTREAM ‘B’ BANK 025 DOWNSTREAM ‘A’ BANK 02s

MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND 025, HOZS COMMON SHIELD

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color 0 EMIZ-18 0 EM12-19

SG EM,&22

GROUND GROUND

GROUND Location I Access BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE

LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER

ENGINE COMPAF(TMENT,ADJACENTTOABSPUMP

PASSENGER ‘W POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

PASSENGER ‘R POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON

BT4

CA19

EM1

EM2

EM3

EM53

FCI

LS3

PI,

PI2

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK

X-WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW

12.WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY

,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

SCWAYTHROUGH PANELCONNECTOR,BLACK

57.WAY SUMiTOMO TS090, BLACK

13.WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

ECM PROGRAMMING

CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE

VACUUM SWTCHING VALVE #3ACTlVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #I ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTlVATE

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK

0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK

B, B+

B+ B+

B+ ‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK ‘N BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL

CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SVPPLY

IGNITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

5 v @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz, moo RPM = 90 HZ GROUND

B+ B+ SC

GROUND B+ B+

GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B-

GROUND GROUND GROUND (VALVE OPEN) GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type EMBL

EMIGL

EM,GR

EM17

EYELET (PAIR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD

EYELET iPAIR -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET iPAIR EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET ISINGLEI - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND B+

0 EM15-7 0 EM152 0 EM153

1 EM15-,I I EM15~12

I EMiS-22

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+ UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S HEATER GROUND UPSTREAM ‘R BANK H02S HEATER GROUND EVAP VALVE ACTlVATE GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; I) Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 102: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

Description Active IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

OK TO START- ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

BRAKE SWITCH

B+ B+

B+

GROUND

SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS

SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATlON

EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

IATS, ECTS! TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION , PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND

MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION, TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE

GROUND

GROUND

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

GROUND (APPLIED1

B+ IP, N)

GROUND

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

GROUND

sv

GROUND

GROUND

ECM PROGRAMMING

ENGINE CRANK

MECHANICAL GUARD POSITiON, PEDAL POSlTlON ,TPS, FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE

ECT FEEDBACK

TPS FEEDBACK

TPS FEEDBACK

IATS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND

MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK

MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHIELD

PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK

PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK

EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘SI’WINDING SUPPLY

EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘SZ’WINDING SUPPLY

EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘53’WINDING SUPPLY

EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘SC WlNDlNG SUPPLY

MANIFOLD IATS FEEDBACK

lATS FEEDBACK

MAFS FEEDBACK

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S

UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK HOZS

MAFS REFERENCE GROUND

MAFS REFERENCE GROUND

02S,HOZS COMMON SHIELD

KM PROGRAMMlNG

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3 ACTIVATE

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #1 ACTIVATE

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTIVATE

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTlVATE

‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK

‘X BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK

CKPS SIGNAL

CMPS SIGNAL

CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD

CKPS SIGNAL

CMPS SIGNAL GROUND

THROTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

,GNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND

UPSTREAM ‘K BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND

EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

Bt

GROUND ICRANKING)

5V

0.4, V @ 195°F (DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE1

0 5 ” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT

0.5 V = IDLE: 4 75” = WOT

GROUND

0.5” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT

GROUND

0.5 V = IDLE. 4 75” = WOT

0.5 V = IDLE, 4.75 V = WOT

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

0 98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE

1 2 ” @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE

0 1 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)

0.1 - 0 9 V @ IDLE iSWiNG

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK

0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK

5 v Q ,000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz

5Hr@lDLE

GROUND 5” @ ,000 RPM _ 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz

GROUND

Bt

B+

B+

GROUND

B+

B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

BL

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND (VALVE OPEN,

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

Inactive Cl” B+

B-

B+

B+

GROUND iR.D.4.3.21

Bc

GROUND

SV

GROUND

GROUND

B+ B+ 5v

GROUND

GROUND

B+

B+

B+

B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

B+

B+

B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROVND

GROUND

B+

GROVND

GROUND

GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component Connector I Type / Color Location I Access BRAKE SWITCH

CKPS CRANKSHAFT POSlTlON SENSOR

CMPS CAMSHAFT POSiTiON SENSOR

ECM ANDTCM COOLING FAN

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

ECTS ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVAPP EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE

H02S’ HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR-A

H02S HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR - B

IATS. iNTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1

,ATS 2: ,NTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2

KS KNOCK SENSOR - ‘A’ BANK

KS KNOCK SENSOR - ‘B’ BANK

MAFS MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

PEDAL POSlTiON AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

THROTLE MOTOR

THRO”LE POSITION SENSOR

VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - i

VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 2

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE 3

CC40,4~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

PI,, , Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK

P115, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC, BLACK

EM66 I Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE

EMlO, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM,, , ,G-WAY MULTlLOCK040,GREY EM12,22-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY EM13,34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM14, ,l~WAY MULTlLOCK47:WHITE EM15,22~WAY MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE

P14 i I-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2: GREY

EM39, P~WAY ECONOSEAL J2-, BLACK

EM21 I I-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 II 1 GREY

EM2-3, I-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 II ! GREY

~135,5~WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK

P13, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER i BLACK

P126, P-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

P127, Z~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

P,35,5WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK

CC1 1 , I-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

P142, b-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK

P133, Z-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK

P16, a-WAY SUMlTOMO TS90, BLACK

EM57,2-WAYSUMITOMO 90 DC,BLUE

EM58, Z-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BROWN

EMS, Z-WAY YAZAK, 90, GREY

ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

ENGINE I REAR OF BED PLATE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR

ENGINE COMPARTMENT f CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT I REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT i BULKHEAD

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ‘K BANK INTERCOOLER, REAR

ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGlNE VEE, UNDER iNTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

ENtiNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access THRO”iE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM.49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location I Access CA19

EM1

EM2

EM3

EM53

FC1

LS3

PI,

Pi2

20.WAY MVLTlLOCK 070, YELLOW

12~WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK

X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY

,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

SWAY SUMiTOMO TS090 i BLACK

,&WAY ECONOSEAL //I LC, BLACK

LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP

PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

PASSENGER ‘4’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

PASSENGER ‘%’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

LH ‘4’ POST, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type EYELET (PAIR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD

EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET IPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET (SINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

4-

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 103: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

77 Pin Description I CC28~1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS

0 CC30~1 AIR CONDlTlONlNG ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL

1 cc31-7 LOAD lNHlB,T 0 cc31-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REOUEST / CC31~17 REFRIGERANT 4 WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

7 Pin Description 0 EM,&2 *:cml LOAD INHIBIT I EM,O-3 A/KM ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL 1 EM10-4 */cm COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST I EM,&1, CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REOUEST

I EM,,-, CRVISE CONTROL SET +,- I EM,,-4 CRUISE CONTROL ON REOUEST I EM,,-5 CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL, RESUME

/ EP.412.5 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWlTCH HIGH PRESSURE I EM12-6 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWTCH HIGH PRESSURE I EMi2-8 IGNITION MODULE 2 SWITCHING FEEDBACK

I Er.012.9 IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING FEEDBACK 0 EM12~10 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAYACTlVATE

Active B+ (ON,

Inactive 0”

COMPONENTS

Component AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE

Connector / Type / Color P136, VWAY SUMlTOP.40 90 A TYPE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/WC COMPRESSOR

Location / Access

RH SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY B- 0” CC28, ZB-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY CCE! 16.WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY ccx, 12.WAY M”LTlLOCK 47, GREY CC31,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY 0”

B+ Cl”12-30BARi

BT 0” B+ ,O”T OF ACTIVE RANGE,

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCHES

CRUISE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES iSTEERiNG WHEELi

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

CC40, 4.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE

CCX, 10.WAY AMP MlCRO 0”AD LOCK 1 NATURAL

SW3,3~WAY EPC, BLACK, WHITE

ADJACENTTOTHE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

ENGINE COMPARTMENT:CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

Active GROUND

B+ B+ GROUND IAPPLIED)

7 3 ” = RESUME, 8 8” = CANCEL B+

Inactive BA GROUND

GROUND

B+

FUEL INJECTOR - 1A

FUEL INJECTOR 1B

FUEL INJECTOR - *A

FUEL INJECTOR - 28

F”ELINJECT0R-U

FUEL INJECTOR - 38

FUEL INJECTOR -4A

FUEL INJECTOR - 48

FUEL PUMPS

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

IJ3,P-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTlMERiBLACK

IJ7, Z-WAY AMP .,“NlOR POWER TiMER, BLACK

IJ4,Pv’dAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER, BLACK

I,8 i 2~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

IJ5,NVAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

IJ9,2~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

IJS,Z-WAYAMPJUNlOR POWERTlMER,BLACK

IJ10,%WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

BT9, l-WAY SUMlTOMO DL90, NATURAL

BTIO, IO-WAY ” T A FUSE BOX, NATURAL BTll , IO-WAY “.T A FUSE BOX i BLACK BT,? , IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN BT10,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX,BL”E BT64, EYELET

P118,2-WAY YMAKI 90, BLACK

PIZZ, ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK

Pl,B,2-WAYYAZAKl90,BLACK

Pm, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK

P120,2-WAYYAZAKl90,BLACK

Pm, 2~WAY YAZAK, SO, BLACK

P121 , ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK

P125, ?-WAY YALAKl 90 , BLACK

EMZ,, 12.WAY IGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK

EM29,12-WAY IGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK

1530, Z-WAY AUGAT 1 5, BLACK

LS31 , B-WAY TRW, BLACK

CF, , P-WAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK

CE, l~!NAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK

LS26, G~WAY ECONOSEAL l/l LC, BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANlFOLD

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGINE COMPARTMENT:INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGINE COMPARTMENT/INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGINE COMPARTMENT! INTAKE MANIFOLD

TOP OF F”ELTANK,TR”NKCARPET

TRUNK ELECTRlCAL CARRlER

B+ GROUND

B+ IGNITION COIL- 1.A

IGNITION COIL- 1B

IGNlilON COIL-N

IGNlTlON COIL-2B

IGNlTlON COIL-U

IGNITION COIL-3B

IGNlTlON COIL-W

IGNITION COIL-G

IGNlTlON MODULE - 1

IGNITION MODULE - 2

INTERCOOLER PVMP

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE

RADIATOR FAN - LH

RADIATOR FAN - RH

REFRIGERANT I-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,CAMSHAFTCOVER

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT10 RH CRUSHTUBE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO LH CRVSHTUBE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW LH FAN

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW RH FAN

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT TO LH SlDE OF RADIATOR

FUEL PUMP RELAY ACT,“ATE

CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED

FUEL PUMP RELAYACTlVATE

INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAYACTlVATE

SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE

PARALLEL ,HIGHI SPEED FAN ACT,“ATE

IGNITION COIL RELAY ACTIVATE

IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING

IGNITION MODULE 2 SfllTCHlNG

IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG

IGNiTlON MODULE 1 WATCHING

IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG

IGNlTlON MODULE 1 SWITCHING

lGNlilON MODVLE 1 SWlTCHlNG

IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG

INJECTOR ‘38’ ACTIVATE

INJECTOR ‘2B’ ACTIVATE

INJECTOR ‘4A’ ACTIVATE

INJECTOR ‘1W ACTIVATE

INJECTOR ‘48’ ACT,“ATE

INJECTOR ‘3A’ ACTlVATE

INJECTOR ‘2.4’ ACTlVATE

INJECTOR ‘1B’ ACT,“ATE

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

5 Hz @ IDLE

5 HZ @ IDLE

5 Hz @ IDLE

5 HZ @ IDLE

5 Hz @ IDLE

5 HZ @ IDLE

5 Hz @ IDLE

5 Hz @ IDLE

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM25, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EM%, BROWN CONTROL MODVLE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 BROWN BUS RELAY#,,TR”NKF”SE BOX/TRUNK

FUEL PUMP RELAY 1 BROWN BUS RELAYiM.TRUNK FUSE BOX/TRUNK

lGNlTlON COIL RELAY BROWN EMX, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY BLUE EM.41, BLUE CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B-

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK

EM1 12.WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK

EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE

EM51 IZ-WAY AUGAT 1.6, GREY

EM53 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR

IJ, B-WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK

IJ2 B-WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK

LS32 I-WAY YALAK,, GREY

PI1 57.WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK

PI2 IB~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

SC3 12.WAY MVLTlLOCK 070, GREY

SW, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040: BLACK

SW2 B-WAY JST , WHITE

Location / Access BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK/REAR B”LKHEAD,RHSIDE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP

PASSENGER ‘X’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER

ENGlNECOMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

ENGENE, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

ENGlNE, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

FORWARD OF LH FRONTSUSPENSION ARM

ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON

ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

lNSlDE STEERING COLUMN COWL

CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GROUNDS

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage C CAN (Network)

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)

S SCP Network Hz Frequency

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts

Ground Location / Type Ground BT20 EYELET iSINGLE -TRUNK, 8H REAR GROUND STUD LSlOL

EM17 EYELET iSINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROVND STVD LSlOR

EM17 EYELET (SINGLE, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD LS2OL

EMBR EYELET (PAIRI -EMS LH GROUND STUD LSZIR

FC,?R EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

Location / Type EYELET IPAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

EYELET IPAIR) LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

EYELET iPAIR - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

+

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION ANQ IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 104: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE

v Pin Description I cc14-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY c CC14~3 CAN NETWORK c CC,&4 CAN NETWORK I cc14-6 GROUND c cc14-8 CAN NETWORK c cc14-9 CAN NETWORK

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A

Description Active PRESSURE REGULaTOR 112 SPORT MODE SWTCH ST*T”S LED PRESSURE REGULATOR #4 PRESSURE REGULATOR #1 GROUND ROTARY SWITCH ‘L2’ CONTACTS ROTARY SWITCH ‘LU CONTACTS SPORT MODE SWlTCH STRATEGY SELECT

D - 4 SWITCH

TURBINE SPEED SENSOR

OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SHlELD

OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

KlCKDOWN SWITCH

FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR

FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK

TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SHlELD

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

ROTARY / D - 4, KICK DOWN SWITCHES COMMON GROUND

PRESSURE REGULATOR #3

SOLENOD VALVE #,

SOLENOID VALVE 83

SOLENOID VALVE #2

GROUND

ROTARY SWITCH ‘L,’ CONTACTS

ROTARY SWTCH x3 CONTACTS

TURBINE SPEED SENSOR

OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT

PRESSURE REGULATOR #5

SOLENOID VALVES COMMON SUPPLY

PRESSURE REGULATORS COMMON SUPPLY

IGNITZON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

GROUND IMAXIMUM PRESSURE1

GROUND = LED ON

GROUND iMAXIMUM PRESSURE1

GROUND iMAXlM”M PRESSUREi

GROUND

B+

B+

GROUND = SPORT

GROUND

300 HZ Q IDLE (2.5 “I

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

1.31 ”

1.15”@9O”C

GROUND

B+

GROUND

GROUND iMAXIMUM PRESSUREi

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

B+

1.51 ” @ 10 MPH 116 KM,H1= 250 HZ, 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 500 HZ

7 51 ” @ 10 MPH (1.5 KM,Hi = 223 HZ. 20 MPH 132 KM,H) = 446 Hz

,O”=SPORT

GROUND ,MAXlM”M PRESSURE)

B+

B+

Bi

B+

151500HZ

15-1500Hz

15515OOHz

1551500Hz

Inactive GROUND

GROUND

Inactive B+ (NO PRESSUREi

B+

St iN0 PRESSURE)

SC iNO PRESSURE,

GROUND

GROVND

GROVND

9 ” = NORMAL

s+

GROUND

GROUND

B+

GROUND

B+

GROUND

St ,NO PRESSURE)

B*

B+

B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND = NORMAL

B+ iNO PRESSURE,

St

St

GROUND

GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component D - 4 SWITCH

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE

KICKDOWN SWITCH

MODE SWITCH CTRANSMISSION,

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJPS N,A

TRANSMlSSlON ELECTRlCAL CONNECTOR. AJZG WA

TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH

Connector / Type I Color CC7,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

0214, IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHlTE

CC18,2-WAY ECONOSEAL 111, BLACK

cm, ,O~WAY AMP MICRO WAD LOCK, BLACK

EM,, %-WAY BOSCH, BLACK

EM461 16.WAY KOSTAL TRANSMISSION CONNECTOR

EM47, IO-WAY METRI-PACK 150, BLACK

Location / Access CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

UNDER ACCELERATOR PEDAL

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

LEFT HAND REAR OF TRANSMISSION

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color EM53 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

Location / Access PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type EYELET (PAIR) - DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD LH SIDE

EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET iPAiR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 105: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE

v Pin Description I cc14-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

c CC14~3 CAN NETWORK

c CC,&4 CAN NETWORK

I CC14~6 GROUND

c cc14-8 CAN NETWORK

c cc14-9 CAN NETWORK

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC

V Pin

0

0

0

Description Active SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS

KICKDOWN SWITCH

SPORT MODE SWITCH

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGMTION

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNlTlON

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNlTlON

IGNITION SLiPPLIED VOLTAGE

TCM i DUAL LINEAR WATCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY

GROUND j= WOT,

0 V = SPORT, 0 V = NORMAL

GROUND = R. D. 4.3

GROUND = N, D. 4.2

GROUND = N, 4,s. 2 t?“=R,D

GROUND = P, D. 3.2

B+

GROUND

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

“2 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK

SPEED SENSOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY

‘1-2, 4-5’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE

‘3-4’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE

‘2-Y SOLENOID ACTIVATE

TCC SOLENOID ACTIVATE

SPEED SENSOR /FLUID TEMP. SENSOR COMMON GROUND

FLUID TEMP. SENSOR FEEDBACK

n3 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK

MODULATION PRESSURE REGULATOR ACT,“ATE

SHIFT PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE

SOLENOID VALVE/ PRESSURE REGULATOR COMMON VOLTAGE SVPPLY

6” = 900 HZ Q 10 MPH it6 KPHI, ,800 HZ @ 20 MPH (32 KHI 1’2’ SELECTED ‘1’ ENGAGED)

5”

GROUND B+

GROUND B+

GROUND B+

GROUND = LOCKED B- = UNLOCKED

GROUND GROUND

1.75v @ 90” c = R, D, 4. 3.2 5”=P,N

6” = 85 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPHI; 170 Hz Q 20 MPH (32 KPH, (‘2’ SELECTED ‘2’ ENGAGED)

GROUND ( 42% PWM @ lDLE, B+

GROUND t 39% PWM 0 lDLEi B+

Bi GROUND

Inactive GROUND

Inactive

B+ C< WOT,

B+ = P, N, 2

BA = P, R, 3

6, = P

BIZR.N.4

GROUND

GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component DUAL LINEAR SWITCH

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE

KlCKDOWN WATCH

MODE SWITCH iTRANSMlSS,ONi

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC

Connector / Type / Color CR?, 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

CC14, ,O~WAY MULTILOCK 070 l WHlTE

CC18, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111, BLACK

CC4 1 l&WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK i BLACK

EMS,, lB~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER: BLACK EMU, ll~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER: BLACK

Location I Access RlGHT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR 1 CENTER CONSOLE

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

UNDER ACCELERATOR PEDAL

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR AJ26 SC GBI : 12.WAY KOSTAL 1.5, BLACK TRANSMISSION

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color Location I Access EM44

EM53

EM63

,Z-WA’, AUGAT I.61 BLACK

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

14~Wb.Y MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON

PASSENGER ‘W POST, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CCZR CC3L

CCBR

EMBR

EYELET (PAIRI - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD - LH SIDE

EYELET iPA,R, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE

EYELET IPAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE

EYELET ,PAIRI - EMS LH GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

t-

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 106: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

Description Active IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND

IGNITION SWTCHED GROUND

GEYRSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ACTl”ATE

COLUMN WATCHGEAR KEYLOCK SOLENOlD ACT,“ATE

NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATTUS

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

SCP NETWORK

SCP NETWORK

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND GROUND

B+ iUNLOCKED

B+ (LOCKED,

GROUND IPARK)

B+

* - 1600 HZ

2- 1600 HZ

B+

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description I EM10-10 BRAKE SWITCH

C EMIO~Z7 CAN NETWORK

C EM,@28 CAN NETWORK

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE

V Pin Description Active C cc14-3 CAN NETWORK 15 - ,500 HZ @ 2.5 v C CC14A CAN NETWORK 15 - ,500 HZ @ 2.5 ” C cc14-8 CAN NErWORK [email protected]” C CCi4-9 CAN NETWORK [email protected]

INSTRUMENT PACK

77 Pin Description Active S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ s FCZ4-20 SCP NETWORK 2 ,600 Hz C FCZ4~24 CAN NEWORK 15-1500Hz C FCZ4-47 CAN NETWORK 1%1500Hz

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive B+ BT GROUND LOCKED, GROUND (UNLOCKED1

B+ (NOT IN PARK)

B+

B-

Inactive B-

Inactive

COMPONENTS

Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

BRAKE SWITCH

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

GEM SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE

GEARSHIFT !NTERLOCK SOLENOID

INSTRUMENT PACK

KEYLOCK SOLENOlD iCOLUMN SWlTCHGEARi

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH

Connector I Type I Color FC15,14~W*YAMP EEEC,GREY

CC40,l~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

E,,,,O,ZB-WAY M”LTlLOCK040,GREY EM,, , ,&WAY MULTlLOCK OlOIGREY EM12,22-WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY EM13,34-WAY MULTILOCK MC, GREY EMII, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE EMIS, 22~WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE

CC14,10-WAb’ MULTlLOCK 070,WHlTE

CC12;?-WAYM”LTlLOCK070,WHITE

FC24,4WVAYAMPMOD”LE PCBSIGNAL!BLACK FC25i24-WAYAMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL/BLACK

X5, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE

CC13 / B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

Location I Access BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE COMP*\RTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY/CENTER CONSOLE

FASCIA

COLUMN SWITCHGE*R

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector CA19 EM1

EM2

FC7

FCI 1

LS3

SC1

Type I Color P@WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW

12.WAY *“G*T 1 5, BLACK

Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

IB-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHiTE

54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

12.WA,’ MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

Location / Access LH ‘A’ ~0s~ CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET i LOWER ‘x POST FiNisHER

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP

PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TR*Y

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

LH ‘4’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

COLUMN SWlTCHGEAR

Inactive GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CUR EYELET (P/JR) - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD LH SIDE

CCJL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

FC29L EYELET (PAIR, - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS RELAYS. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 107: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ABS I TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description 0 LS27~1

I LSZ7-2

I LS27-3

SG LS27~4

C LS27-5

SG LSZ7-6

I LS27-7

I LS27-8

LSZ7-9

I LSZ7-13

I 1527~14

c LS27-l5

0 LS27~16

, LS27-17

SG LS27-18

LSZ7-19

I LS27-20

I LS27-21

SG LS27-22

I LS27-24

I LS27-25

BRAKE FLUlD RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH REFERENCE

BRAKE SWITCH

RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

CAN NETWORK

RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

POWER GROUND

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH

STABILIT”, TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH

CAN NETWORK

STABILITY /TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH STATE LED

LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

NOT USED

lGNlTlON WATCHED SUPPLY

LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

POWER GROUND

BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY

Active B+

GROUND

2.5 “@ 10 MPH (26 KM/HI = 100 HZ, 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 200 HZ

2 5 ” @ REST

16-1500 Hz

25”@ REST

2.5” @ 10 MPH Cl6 KM,Hi = 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM,Hi = 200 Hz

GROUND

B+

GROUND

GROUND ~MOMENTAIRW

15 1500 HZ

GROUND

2 5 ” @ 10 MPH (16 KM,H, = 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 200 HZ

2.5 ” @ REST

B+

2 6 v @ 10 MPH (16 KM/HI = 100 Hr. 20 MPH 132 KM/Hi = 200 HZ

2 5 ” @ REST

GROUND

B+

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive B+

B+

B+

B+

B-

B+

GROUND

GROUND

B+

COMPONENTS

Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access ABS ,TRACTlON CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

BRAKE SWITCH

LS27, ?-WAY AMP, FORD, BLACK

EM37,2~WAY AMP J”NiOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

X40, b-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON BRAKE FLUID RESERVOiR

ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

STABILITY/TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH PACK1

cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.“. , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - LH FRONT FL,, Z~WAY REINSHAGEN METRl630, BLACK LH FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - LH REAR LA?, ?-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630, BLACK REAR AXLE, LH WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - RH FRONT FR, ,2-WAY REiNSHAGEN METRl 630; BLACK RH FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - RH REAR RN, P-WAY RElNSHAGEN METRI 530, BLACK REAR AXLE, RH WHEEL HUB

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector CA9 CA19

CA.29

EM1 EM51

LS1

LS2

LS3

Type I Color Location I Access 6.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW

4.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

IPNAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK

12.WAYAUGAT I.S,GREY

2.WAY AUGAT 1.6, NATURAL

2.WAY AUGAT 1 6, NATURAL

54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER

BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTOABS PUMP

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP

BELOW CHASSIS RAIL, LH SIDE

BELOW CHASSlS RAIL, RH SIDE

LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘4’ POST FiNlSHER

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type ccx EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/ CABIN SIDE

LS291 EYELET IPAIR - ABS GROUND STUD

LS29R EYELET (PAIRI - ABS GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

Page 108: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

V Pin Description Active 0 CCZB-6 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 CC28~7 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+

0 CUB-8 LH FRESH, REClRCULATiON VENT MOTOR *+

0 CCZB-9 RH FRESH, RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR B+ 0 CCZB~12 FOOTWELL VENT SERVO MOTOR B+

0 cc**-13 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 CUB-19 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B-

0 CC2B~20 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+

0 cc**-*, !.H FRESH i RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR B+

0 CCZB-22 RH FRESH, RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR *+ 0 CCZB-25 FOOTWELL SERVO MOTOR B+

0 cc**-26 COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO MOTOR B+

0

0

D

0

0

0

0

0

D

SOLAR sENsot7 FEEDBACK

CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

COOL AIR BYPASS VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE

DEFROST VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

LH FRESH 1 REClRc”LATl0N VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

FOOTWELL VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

CLOCK

SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO CONTROL PANEL

AMBIENTTEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK

HEATER MATRIXTEMPERATVRE SENSOR FEEDBACK

SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM CONTROL PANEL

START

IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK

EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

ISOLATE RELAY CONTROLLED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

CONTROL PANEL BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL

POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE

SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS INPUT

CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY

ISOLATE RELAY ACTIVE

VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

ASPIRATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE GROUND

GROUND

SERiAL COMMUNICATIONS OUTPUT

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL

v Pin Description I CC27~1 I cc*,-*

D cc*,-3

D CCZ7~4

I cc*,-5

I cc*,-6

I cc*,-7

I cc*,-*

I cc*,-9

CLOCK START

SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO A,C CONTROL MODULE

SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM A/C CONTROL MODULE

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY

CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY

LOCATE lLL”MlNATlON SUPPLY

DIMMER OVERRIDE REOVEST

0.75” - 4.75 V; INCREASING WlTH SOLAR LOAD

> 3.5 V = OPEN

> 3.5” = OPEN

>3.5”=OPEN

2.5 ” @ 90” C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE

> 3.5” = OPEN

> 3.6” = OPEN

> 3.5” = OPEN

2.18” @ 2Y C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE

2.25” @ 20-C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE

B+ ,MOMENTARYI

3.25” @ 0” C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE

3.25” @ 0’ C: DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE

B+

B+

0”

B+

B+

5 ” @ ,000 RPM = 45 HZ: 2000 RPM = 90 Hz

6”

B+

0”

0”

B+

22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KMIHI; 44 Hz @ 20 MPH 132 KM/H) @ Bt

Bt

0”

0”

Active Inactive B+ (1.45 KHz, B+

B+ GROUND

B+ GROUND

Bt B+

GROUND GROUND

B+ GROUND

GROUND B+

Inactive 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0"

0” 0” 0” 0"

0”

c 1 ” = CLOSED

< 1” = CLOSED

c 1” = CLOSED

< 1 ” = CLOSED

< 1 V = CLOSED

< 1 ” = CLOSED

0”

0”

0”

Bt

0”

Bt

5”

*+

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

COMPONENTS

Component AIR CONDITIONING cor4Tf7oL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL

AIR INTAKE - LH BLOWER

AIR INTAKE - RH BLOWER

AMBIENTTEMPERATURE SENSOR

ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY

EVAPORATOR, HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY

SOLAR SENSOR

VENT ASSEMBLY

Connector I Type I Color Location / Access CC28,26-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY CCZS, 76.WAY MULTlLOCK 47, GREY CC30, ,Z-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY CC31,22-WAY MULTlLOCK 47, GREY

CC*,, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE

CC32, IS-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRiD , GREEN

CC%, IS-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID, GREEN

LS16, Z-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK

FC40,4-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

CC34, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

FC52,2-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY

FCU! 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

RH SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

CENTER CONSOLE

LH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX

RH SlDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX

ADJACENT TO RADIATOR, BUMPER UNDER TRAY

DRIVER SIDE KNEE BOLSTER

LH SIDE OFTRANSMISSIONTUNNEL, LH DASH LINER

WINDSHIELD CENTER VENT

FASCIA - CENTER

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access AIR CONDiTlONlNG ISOLATE RELAY VIOLET CA50, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location I Access CA79 CA20

FC7

FCI 1

GROUNDS

PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

*O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

IB-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘R POST FlNlSHER

RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER

ABOVE DlMMERMOD”LE,COlNTRAY

ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

Ground Location I Type CA3lL

CCSR

FC29L

EYELET (PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD

EYELET!P*IR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET (PAIR) - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABlN SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 109: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

D Pin I cm-1 0 CC28-2 0 cc**-3 0 CC%4 0 K-28-5 0 CC%16 0 CC28~17 0 cc**-18

Description COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS HEATER VALVE ACTl”E RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAYACTlVE LH / RH WlNDSHlELD HEATER RELAYS ACT, DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ACTIVATE LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAYACTlVATE HEATER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY ACTIVATE

Active B+ iON1 B+ 0” 0” 0” B- 0” 0”

Inactive 0” 0” B- Es+ *+ 0” BL B-

7 6 ” = LOW SPEED 0 83” = HIGH SPEED 13 ” = LOW SPEED 0” = HIGH SPEED

7.6 ” = LOW SPEED 083”=HlGHSPEED

1.3 v = LOW SPEED 0” = HIGH SPEED

B- 0”

COMPONENTS

Component AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

Connector / Type / Color P,36! ,-WAY SUMITOMO 90 ATYPE, BLACK

Location / Access ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiA,C COMPRESSOR

AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE CC28 /26-W*” MULTILOCK 47, GREY CC29,16-WAY M”LTlLOCK 47, GREY CCX, 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 471 GREY cc31 ,22-W*” MULTILOCK 471 GREY

RH SiDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL! GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL PANEL cc27: 12~WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLUE CENTER CONSOLE

BLOWER MOTOR - LH CCBZ ,i~WAY SUMlTOMO 90 HYBRID/ GREEN LH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX

BLOWER MOTOR - RH CC33 i 15WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID, GREEN RH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX

OOOR MIRROR DRIVER DD8 / 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 040: BLACK DRIVER DOOR

DOOR MIRROR PASSENGER PD8, IP-WAY MULTILOCK 040, SLACK PASSENGER DOOR ccm7 RH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK

0 cc*%8 RH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE S,GNAL

I cc29-15 LH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK

0 029~16 LH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL

0 cmo-1 *m CONDlTlONiNG ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNA,

I cm-7 LOAD ,NHlBlT

0 cc31-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REOUEST

I CC31~17 REFRIGERANT 4WAY PRESSURE SWTCH

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO, **-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE EM,, ! IS-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM12 i22-WAY MULTILOCK 040! GREY EM,3,34-WAY MVLTlLOCK 040, GREY EMili 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 47,WHiTE EM15,22-WAY M”LTILOCK47 OVHITE

FUSE BOX- ENGINE COMPARTMENT LSS, ,O-WAY “.T A FUSE BOX, NATVRAL LS6,10-WAY ” T A FUSE BOX, BLACK LS7, 10.WAY ” LA FUSE BOX, GREEN 158 / 1%WAY ” T A FUSE BOX, BLUE ST19, EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT

B+

0”

BL (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE1

FUSE BOX TRUNK BTlO, 10.WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICN CARRIER BTll , IO-WAY “.T.A FUSE SOX, BLACK 8112,10-WAY “.TA FUSE BOX/GREEN Ems, 10.WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, BLUE ST&t, EYELET

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

n Pin Description 0 EM,&2 AICCM LOAD lNHlB,T I EM10-3 A/cm ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL

I EM,&4 A,CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST

I EM,Z-5 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWlTCH HIGH PRESSURE

I EM12~6 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE

0 EM,?-10 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAYACTlVATE

0 EM1315 SERlES ,LOW SPEED FAN ACTIVATE

0 EM13-16 PARALLEL IHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE

Active GROUND *+ BA

Inactive B+ GROUND

GROUND

HEATED BACKLIGHT CA21, LUCAR - LOCKING POSILOCK MKI IC18, LUCAR

INSIDE ‘E’ POST, ‘E’ POST UPPER -iRIM BEHlND LEFT HAND REAR OUARTER PANEL

HEATER PUMP

HEATERVALVE

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE

RADlATOR FAN - LH

RADlATOR FAN - RH

REFRIGERANT 4~WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

WlNDSHiELD HEATER - LH

WlNDSHiELD HEATER - RH

EKE, P-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC i BLACK

EM40, P~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, WHiTE

LS31 ,*-WAY TRW, BLACK

WI 1 Z~WAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK

CF2, PNAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK

LSZG, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC , BLACK

SH4, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, GREY

SK, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFTHAND REAR

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND REAR

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJ*CENTTO LH CRUSHTUBE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW LH FAN

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BELOW RH FAN

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR

CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO HOOD LATCH

CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO HOOD LATCH

GROUND @ 20 BAR ,290 PSli

GROUND @ 12 BAR ,174 PSli

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

Bt

B+

RELAYS

Relay AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

BLOWER MOTOR RELAY - LH

BLOWER MOTOR RELAY - RH

DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY

HEATED BACKLlGHT RELAY (%?I

HEATER PUMP RELAY Wli

WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY- LH

WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY- RH

Case Color BROWN

BLUE BLUE BLVE BROWN

BROWN

BLACK BLACK

Connector / Color EMZS, BROWN CA%, BLUE C.458, BLUE CA18, BLUE BUS BUS SK, BLACK SH3, BLACK

Location I Access CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER

RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER

RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER

RELAY%?.TRUNKFUSE BOX,TR”NK

RELAYit’?, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENl

FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT

FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector ST4 CA10 CA12 CA19 CNO EM1

EM42

EM51

EM53

LS3

LS32

PI,

Type I Color 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK

S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

8.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

2GWAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW

,l~WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK

I-WAY YAZAKI , GREY

,Z-WAY AUGAT 1 6, GREY

PO-WAY MULTILOCK &W/WHITE

S&WAYTHRO”GH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

4.WAY YAZAKI , GREY

57.WAY SUMITOMO TSOW, BLACK

Location I Access BELOW PARCEL SHELFITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE

DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

RH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ASS PUMP

BULKHEAD/REAR OF ENGINE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ASS PUMP

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

LH ‘N POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER

FORWARD OF LH FRONTSUSPENSION ARM

ENGINE COMPARTMENTiBULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

GROUNDS

Ground CA30R CA33R ccx EM8R

EMllL

EM18R

IC6

Location I Type EYELET (PAIRI - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘t’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET ,PA,R, - DR,“E SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - LH SIDE

EYELET iPAiR EMS LH GROUND STUD

EYELET iPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND ST”0

EYELET (SINGLE)-TRUNK, LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground

D Serial and encoded communications C CAN (Network) S SCP Network

B+ Battery voltage U Voltage (DC) Hz Frequency

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts

LSIOL EYELET (PAIR, - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

LSlOR EYELET ,PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

KalL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 110: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

INSTRUMENT PACK

Description Active GROUND

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

ADAPTIVE DAMPENINGWARN~NG

TRIP CYCLE

‘A/B TRIP SELECT

‘ML/KM’ SELECT

SCP NETWORK

SCP NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

ILLUMlNATlON SUPPLY

GROUND REFERENCE

‘CLEAR’sELECT

‘000’ SELECT

CAN NETWORK

CAN NETWORK

GROUND

s+

GROUND

GROUND iMOMENTARYi

GROUND iMOMENTARY,

GROUND ,MOMENTARYI

2 1500 Hi

2 - ,600 Hz

15515mHz

IS- 1500 HZ

B+

GROUND

E%

GROUND

GROUND WOMENTAW

GROUYD ,MOMENTARYi

1% 1500 HZ

1551500Hr

ENGINE SPEED

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE

VEHICLE SPEED - A,CCM

VEHICLE SPEED - PAS

“EHlCLE SPEED-ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

FUEL LEVEL GAVGE FEEDBACK

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE REFERENCE GROUND

AlRBAG MIL

LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING

VEHICLE SPEED

DIMMER OVERRIDE

CHARGE WARNlNG

LOW COOLANT WARNING

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive GROUND

GROUND

t?+

B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component ANALOG CLOCK

COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

,NSTR”MENT PACK

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

TRlP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK

TRIP CYCLE SWlTCH iCOLUMN SWlTCHGEARi

Connector I Type I Color FC38, B-WAY AMP MICRO OUADLOCK, BLACK

EM%, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BROWN

8714, LUCAR - LOCKING POSlLOCK MKI BT15, L”CA\R - LOCKING POSlLOCK MKI

FCZI, 48.WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FCZB, 24.WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK

P140, VWAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 I BLACK

FC27 i IO-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, BLACK

SC2: IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW

Location I Access CENTER AIR VENT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ON COOLANT RESERVOIR

FUELTANK SENDER UNIT/TRUNK CARPET

FASClA

ENGINE BLACK, BELOW GENERATOR

FASCIA

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS: ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color Location I Access ST4 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK: REAR BULKHEAD! RH SIDE

EM2 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST I LOWER ‘R POST FINISHER

FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, SLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR “ENT,GLO”E BOX ASSEMBLY

PI, 57~WAY SUMITOMO TS090, SLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type EM8L EYELET (PAIR, - EMS LH GROUND STUD

FC17L EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

FC17R EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

FCZ(IR EYELET ,PAlR, - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage C CAN (Network)

KHz Frequency x 1000

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 111: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

77 Pin Description SRS AUDIBLE BACKUP IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

SEAT BELT SWATCH STATUS

IGNITION S’WTCHED GROUND

STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST

BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

AUDIBLE WARNiNG SPEAKER

AUDIBLE WARNiNG SPEAKER

SCP NETWORK

SW NETWORK

BATTERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE

Active ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS

GROUND

GROUND (UNFASTENED)

GROUND

GROUND (CRANKING)

B-

AUDIO OUTPUT

AUDIO O”TP”T

2- ,600 HZ

2- 1500 HZ

B-

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive

B+

B+ iFASTENED

B+

B+

Br

COMPONENTS

Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER ,COLUMN SWITCHGEAR SC? i 1%WAY MULTILOCK 070/WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,

ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

SEAT BELT SWITCH SPvWD, Z~WAY MULTILOCK 070, BLACK DRIVER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color Location I Access CA23 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT

FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SiDE AIR VENT i COIN TRAY

SC1 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

GROUNDS

Ground CA25R CA2SR

Location / Type EYELET IPAIR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET IPAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 C CAN (Network)

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 112: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

‘v Pin Description 0 FC,S-1 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY

0 FC15-2 LH FRONT DI LAMP SUPPLY

0 FCI 5~3 RH FRONT Dl LAMP SUPPLY

I FC15~14 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM REQUEST

I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

I FC1516 SIDE LAMP REQUEST

0 FC,S-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE

I FC15-30 HEADLAMP FLASH REOUEST

I FC15-38 FRONT FOG LAMP REQUEST

I FClS 41 STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST

I FCIS-42 HEADLAMP DIP REWEST

0 FC15-45 MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE

0 FC,S-53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY

I FC15-59 HAZARD LAMP REQUEST

I x15-61 RH DI REQUEST

0 FC15~68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE

I FC15-79 BAITER” SUPPLY VOLTAGE

1 FC15~80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

s FC, S-84 SCP NETWORK

S FCIS-85 SCP NETWORK

I FC15-88 LH DI REOUEST

0 FC15-96 HAZARD LAMP STATUS

Active BA B- (PULSED) B+ iPULSED, GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND (MOMENTARYI

GROUND

GROUND (CRANKING,

GROUND (MOMENTARY)

GROUND

B+

GROUND iMOMENTARY

GROUND

GROUND

B+

!3+

2-lmoHz

2 - 1600 HZ

GROUND

GROUND iPULSE

INSTRUMENT PACK

TJ Pin Description Active S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK *-1600H2

S FC24-20 SCP NETWORK *-1600HZ

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

B+

Bt

B-

B+

Bt

B-

B+

BA

GROUND

B-

Bt

Bc

B-

Bt

B+

Bt

Inactive

COMPONENTS

Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DlRECTlON INDICATOR LAMP- LH FRONT

DlRECTiON ,NDlCATOR LAMP - RH FRONT

FOG LAMP SWITCHES

FOG LAMP- LH FRONT

FOG LAMP- RH FRONT

LAMP UNIT-L” FRONT

LAMP UNIT- RH FRONT

FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT

,NSTRUMENT PACK

LlGHTlNG STALK iCOLUMN SWITCHGEAR

SlDE MARKER - LH FRONT

SlDE MARKER - RH FRONT

Connector I Type I Color Location I Access FC,5,,4-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY

cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK

BL2, ?~WAY RElNSHAGEN /VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK

BRZ,P-WAY RElNSHAGEN /VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK

FC3, ,&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, NATURAL

BL~,~~WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRIPACK 280, GREY

BRA, Z-WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRlPACK 280 / GREY

1538, W’v’AY AUGAT 1 .B! BLACK

LS40! BYWAY AUGAT 1.6 : BLACK

LS5,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX 1 NATURAL LS6 I 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX! BLACK is,, ,O~WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN LS8,10-WAY U T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE ST19, EYELET

BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

FRONT BUMPER - LH SlDE

FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE

FASC,A, OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN

FRONT BUMPER - LH SiDE

FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE

ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT

FC24, .WWAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FC25,24-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK

SC2,,0-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW

BL5/2-WAY REINSHAGEN /VOLKSWAGEN /BLACK

BR5, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK

FASCIA

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS i ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

FRONT BUMPER - LH SIDE

FRONT BUMPER - RH SIDE

RELAYS

Relay DIP BEAM RELAY

FRONT FOG RELAY

MAlN BEAM RELAY

Case Color BROWN

BROWN

BROWN

Connector I Color BUS

BUS

BUS

Location / Access RELAY #5, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

RELAY #2. ENGiNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX/ENGINE COMPARTMENT

RELAY #3. ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location I Access I-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK

l-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

X-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE

54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR i BLACK

BEHlND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER

ADJACENT TO BO”OM OF WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR

BELOW DRlVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CCBL

CCBR

FC17L

FC,?R

LSI8L

LS1SR

EYELET IPAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SIDE

EYELET ,PAIRI - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SIDE

EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET ,PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MU Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 113: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

0 Pin Description 0 FCIS-1 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY 0 FC15-2 l.H FRONT Dl LAMP SUPPLY 0 FC15-3 RH FRONT DI LAMP SUPPLY I FC15-14 HEADLAMP MNNBEAM REOUEST 1 FCIS-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND I FC15~16 SIDE LAMP REOUEST 0 FC15-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE 0 FC15~27 LH SIDE Di REPEATER LAMP SUPPLY ,ROW ONLY1 I FC15-30 HEADLAMP FLASH REOUEST I FCi5-38 FRONT FOG LAMP REOUEST I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REWEST I FC15-42 HEADLAMP DIP REOUEST 0 FC15-45 MAIN BEAM RELAYACTIVATE 0 FC15-53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY I FC1549 HAZARD LAMP REOUEST I FC15-61 RH DI REOUEST 0 FC15-68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE I FC15-79 BArrERY SVPPLY VOLTAGE I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE 0 FC15-81 RH SIDE DI REPEATER LAMP SUPPLY (ROW ONLY) s FC15~84 SCP NETWORK s FC15-85 SCP NETWORK I FC15-88 LH DI REOUEST 0 FCli-96 HAZARD LAMP STATUS

Active Bi B+ IPULSED) B+ (PULSED1 GROUND GROVND GROUND GROUND B- (PULSEDI GROUND ,MOMENTARY~ GROUND GROUND (CRANKINGI GROUND IMOMENTARY~ GROUND B+ GROUND IMOMENTARY) GROUND GROUND Bt Bt BL iP”LSEDi 2- 1600 HZ 2- 1600 Hz GROUND GROUND IPULSE,

INSTRUMENT PACK

‘;7 Pin Description Active s FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2- 1soo HZ s FC24-20 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 Hz

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive GROUND GROUND GROUND Bi Bc BT B+ GROUND BT B+ Bt BA B+ GROUND B+ B+ *+ Bc B+ GROUND

B+

Bt

Inactive

COMPONENTS

Component Location / Access BODY PROCESSOR MODULE CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DlRECTlON lND,CATOR LAMP- LH FRONT

DlRECTlON INDICATOR LAMP RH FRONT

FOG LAMP SWITCHES

FOG LAMP LH FRONT

FOG LAMP - RH FRONT

FRONT LAMP “NIT- LH

FRONT LAMP UNIT- RH

FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT

,NSTRUMENT PACK

UGHTING STALK iCOLUMN SWITCHGEAR

SiDE D, REPEATER - LH

S,DE DI REPEATER RH

Connector I Type I Color FC,5,14-WAY AMP EEECiGREY cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC s u., BLACK

BE IZWAY RElNSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN /BLACK

BRZ, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK

FC3,10-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, NATURAL

BL4,l~WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRlPACK 280, GREY

BR~,~-WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRIPACK 280 ,GREY

LS38, B-WAY AUGAT 1 5, BLACK

~9.0, B-WAY AUGAT 1.6 i BLACK

LS5,,0-WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL LS6, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, BLACK 67, ,&WAY U T.A FUSE BOX, GREEN LSB , l&WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX / BLUE STiS, EYELET

FCZ4, &-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FCZS,Z4-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK

SC2,,0-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW

LS17, S-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER, BLACK

CA80 ,2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

BULKHEAD I BEHIND GLOVE BOX

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

FRONT BUMPER - LH SDE

FRONT BUMPER - RH SIDE

FASW,, OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN

FRONT BUMPER - LH SIDE

FRONT BUMPER - RH SIDE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, iH FRONT

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT

FASCIA

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS, ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

BEHlND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER

BEHlND RlGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access DIP BEAM RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #S, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

FRONT FOG RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #2. ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT

MAIN BEAM RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY $0, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location I Access BL1 I-WAYAUGAT ,.G,BLACK

BRI a-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK

FC5 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

FC7 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

BEHlND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER

ADJACENT TO BOSOM OF WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR

BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE/COIN TRAY

LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CA33R

cc3

ccm

FC17L

FCliR

LSISL

LS,SR

EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIRI - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE

EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 114: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

Description Active REAR FOG LAMP REQUEST

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

SIDE LAMP REOUEST

RH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY

STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

REAR FOG LAMP STATUS

TRAILER RH DI LAMP SUPPLY

LH DI LAMP SUPPLY

LH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY

HAZARD LAMP REQUEST

RH DI REOUEST

TRAILER LH Dl LAMP SUPPLY

RH DI LAMP SUPPLY

BATTERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

SCP NETWORK

SCP NETWORK

LH DI REQUEST

SIDE MARKER&NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAYACTlVATE

HAZARD LAMP STATUS

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

GROUND ICRANKING)

GROUND

B- (PULSEDI

B- (PULSEDI

BA

GROUND ,MOMENTARYi

GROUND

B+ (PULSED)

B+ (PULSED)

B+

87

2 1600 Hz

2 - 1600 Hz

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND (PULSE,

B+

INSTRUMENT PACK

I7 Pin Description Active S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz S FC24-20 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz C FC-24.24 CAN NETWORK 15- 1500 Hz C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 1551500HZ

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description Active 0 BT,-3

0 BT,-4

0 BTV5

I BT,-6

0 BTI-7

S BTM

0 BT,-9

I BT,-13

I BTI-14

S 811~16

RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY

REAR FOG LAMP SUPPLY

REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY

BATTERY SUPPLY

SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL

SCP NETWORK

LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY

LOGIC GROUND

LOGIC GROUND

SCP NETWORK

B+

B+

B+

B+

2 1600 Hz

B+

GROUND

GROUND

2 - ,600 Hz

I 872-l BRAKE SWITCH STATUS GROUND iBRAKE ONi I BT2-6 TRAILER CONNECTION STATUS GROUND (TRAILER PRESENT)

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive B-

B+

B+

GROUND

B+

B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

B+

GROUND

GROUND

B+

B+

B+

B+

B+

B+

Inactive

Inactive GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

B+ (NO TRAILER)

COMPONENTS

Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

BRAKE SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DIODE iBT.+X- NUMBER PLATE

FOG LAMP SWITCHES

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

HIGH MOUNTED STOP LAMP

INSTRUMENT PACK

LlGHTiNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)

NUMBER PLATE LAMP- LH

NUMBER PLATE LAMP- RH

REAR SIDE MARKER - LH

REAR SIDE MARKER - RH

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

TAIL LAMP UNIT- iH

TAIL LAMP UNIT- RH

TRAILER CONNECTOR

Connector I Type / Color FC15,14~WAYAMP EEEC,GREY

CC40, h-WAY MULTliOCK 070 /WHITE

CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK

BT.40, ?-WAY DlODE MODULE ASSEMBLY

FC3, >&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, NATURAL

BTlO, IO~WAY U.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL BTi l/10-WAY UT A. FUSE BOX: BLACK BT12,10-WAY U T A. FUSE BOX, GREEN BT13,10-WAY U T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE BT64, EYELET

CA35, Z-WAY YAZAKI , NATURAL

FCZ4,48-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SiGNAL, BLACK FCZS, 24.WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK

SC?, 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW

BT27, Z-WAY AMP POSlLOCK I,, BLACK

BT26, Z-WAY AMP POSiLOCK II, BLACK

BT29, V.VAY RElNSHAGEN, VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK

8731, ?-WAY RElNSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK

BT1,1&WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK BT2, ZWAY FORD IDC, BLACK BT6, VWAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR

8751, ,-WAY FRAM - FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

BT50, ,-WAY FRAM - FORD 2.4 TIMER, BLACK

BT32,14~WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW

Location / Access BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

ADJACENTTO BAITERY, BATTERY COVER

FASCIA/OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN

TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER

BACKLIGHT

FASClA

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS, ADJACENTTO STEERiNG COLUMN MOTOR

BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER

BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER

TRUNK LH SIDE, TRUNK CARPET

TRUNKRH SIDE,TRUNKCARPET

BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX

TRUNK LH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER

TRUNK RH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER

ABOVE TRUNK FUSE BOX

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access STOP LAMP RELAY

SIDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE iPlMP RELAY

BROWN BUS RELAY#S, TRUNK FUSE BOX/TRUNK

BROWN BUS RELAY#%TRUNKFUSEBOX,TRUNK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location / Access BT4

CA19

FC,

FC5

FC7

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK

PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW

SI-WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

?-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

BELOW PARCELSHELFiTRUNKiREAR B”LKHEAD,RHSIDE

LH ‘fi POST CONNECTOR MOUNTiNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER

BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

GROUNDS

Ground BT20

BT20

BT21 L

BT22L

CAllL

CC%

CCBR

FC17L

FCliR

Location / Type EYELET (SINGLE, - TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD

EYELET (SINGLE, - TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD

EYELET iPAiR, - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD

EYELET ,PAIRI - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD

EYELET iPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET iPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 C CAN (Network)

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 115: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

v Pin Description Active I FCIS~IZ REAR FOG LAMP REOUEST GROUND

I FCIS-IS IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND GROUND

I FC15~16 SIDE LAMP REOUEST GROUND

0 FC,S-28 RH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+

I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND iCRANKING

0 FCI S-44 REAR FOG LAMP STATUS GROUND

0 FC15-49 TRAILER RH DI LAMP SUPPLY B- (PULSED)

0 FC15-50 LH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ iPULSEDi

0 FC15-54 LH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+

I FC15~59 HAZARD LAMP REOUEST GROUND iMOMENTARYi

I FC15-61 RH DI REQUEST GROUND

0 FC15~75 TRAILER LH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ IPULSEDI

0 FC,S-75 RH Di LAMP SUPPLY B+ iPULSED)

I x15-79 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+

I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE BC

S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz

S FCiS-55 SCP NETWORK Z-1600Hz

I FC,S-88 LH DI REQUEST GROUND

0 FC15-95 SIDE MARKER&NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAYACTlVATE GROUND

0 FC15-98 HAZARD LAMP STATUS GROUND IPULSE)

1 FC,S-104 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B*

INSTRUMENT PACK

V Pin Description Active S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2- ,800 HZ

S FC24-20 SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 HZ

C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15-1500HZ

C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 1551500HZ

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

0 Pin 0 BT1-3

0 BTI-4

0 BTI-5

I BT1~5

0 BT,-7

S BTU

0 BTI-9

I BT,-13

I BT,-14

S BT,-16

Description RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY

REAR FOG LAMP SUPPLY

REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY

BATERY SUPPLY

SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL

SCP NETWORK

LH STOP iAMP SUPPLY

LOGIC GROUND

LOGIC GROUND

SCP NETWORK

Active B+

B+

B+

B+

2-1600HZ

B+

GROUND

GROUND

2- ,600 Hz

I BTZ-I BRAKE SWITCH STATUS GROUND (BRAKE ON)

I BTX TRAILER CONNECTION STATUS GROUND (TRAILER PRESENT)

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive B+

B+

B+

GROUND

B+

B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

B-

GROUND

GROUND

BT

B+

B+

B+

B+

B+

Inactive

Inactive GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

Bt iNO TRAILER)

COMPONENTS

Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

BRAKE SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DlODE iBT40, NUMBER PLATE

FOG LAMP SWITCHES

FC,5,,1-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY

CC40, l-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE

CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U , BLACK

BT40, Z-WAY DIODE MODULE ASSEMBLY

FC3,,0-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, NATURAL

BULKHEAD, BEHlND GLOVE BOX

ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

ADJACENTTO BATTERY, BAnEflY COVER

FASCIA, OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN

FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, 10.WAY U TA FUSE BOX/NATURAL BT, 1, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX i BLACK BT12 i ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN BT,3! ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX 1 BLUE

TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER

HlGH MOUNTED STOP LAMP

,NSTRUMENT PACK

BTB4, EYELET

CA%, NVAY YAZAK, , NATURAL

FC24, @WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL, BLACK FCZS,24~WAYAMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK

BACKLIGHT

FASCIA

L,GHTING STALK ,COL”MN SWITCHGEAR SC2,10-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS/ ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

NUMBER PLATE LAMP- LH

NUMBER PLATE LAMP- RH

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

BTZ, , Z-WAY AMP POSlLOCK II, BLACK

8726, Z-WAY AMP POSILOCK II / BLACK

BT, ,,6-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK BT2,26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR

BEHINDTRUNK ilD LINER

BEHINDTRUNK LID LINER

BELOWTRUNK FUSE BOX

TAIL iAMP UNIT - LH

TNL LAMP UNIT- RH

TRAILER CONNECTOR

BT5, ,,~WAY FRAM - FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

BT50, ,-WAY FRAM - FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK

BT32, Id-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

TRUNK LH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER

TRUNK RH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER

ABOVE TRUNK FUSE BOX

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access STOP LAMP RELAY

SlDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY

BROWN BUS RELAYYS,TRUNKFUSEBOX/TRUNK

BROWN BUS RELAY #3. TRUNK FUSE BOX /TRUNK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color Location / Access BT4

CA19

FC1

FCS

FC7

54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK

Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

5bWAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

BELOW PARCEL SHELF ITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE

LH %’ POST CONNECTOR MOVNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BELOW DRlVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type BT20

BT20

BTZ, L

BT2ZL

CABIL

CCBL

CCSR

FC17L

FC17R

EYELET (SiNGLEi -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD

EYELET (SINGLE, -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD

EYELET IPAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SlDE

EYELET IPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTlON: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 116: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

COMPONENTS

Component HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR - LH

HEADLAMP LE”EL,NG ACTUATOR - RH

HEADLAMP LEVELING SWlTCH ,FASCIA SWITCH PACKI

Connector / Type I Color LF41, S-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK

LF42, S-WAY RElNSHAGEN , BLACK

FC14, S-WAY JAE IL-AGB, GREEN

Location / Access ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH HEADLAMP

ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, RH HEADLAMP

FASCIA SWITCH PACK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location I Access FE LS3

54~WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

BELOW DRlVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

LH ‘X POST, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type FC17L EYELET iPAIR - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

LS18L EYELET (PAIRI - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

LSISR EYELET (PAIRi - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 117: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

D Pin Description Active I DDlO~l BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+

I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND

S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,500 HZ

0 DD10~14 DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+

S DD10-I6 SW NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz

I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND

DD11~4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REOUEST B+ IMOMENTARY)

I DDli-12 DRlVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REOUEST Bt ,MOMENTARYl I 0011.20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN,

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description Active I RD,O-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+

I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND

S RDIO-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hr

0 RD10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHT ON,

S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2- 1800 Hz

I RDIO-17 POWER GROUND GROUND

1 RDli~lO DRIVER REAR DOOR SWlTCH GROUND ,DOOR OPEN,

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

77 Pin Description Active I PDlO~’ BATTER” POWER SUPPLY B+

I PD,O-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND

S PD10~9 SCP NETWORK 2- ,800 Hz

0 PD10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTON

S PD10-I6 SCP NETWORK 2-1600Hz

I PD10-II POWER GROUND GROUND

I PDll-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND ,DOOR OPEN)

PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description Active I RPlO~l BATERY POWER SUPPLY B+

I RP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND

S RP10~9 SCP NETWORK 2-1600HZ

0 RP10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTON) S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz

I RP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND

I RPll-20 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

V Pin Description Active IGNlTiON SWITCHED GROUND

COURTESY LAMP SUPPLY

IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND

STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST

COURTESY LAMP ACTIVATE REQUEST

KEY IN IGNlTlON

COURTESY LAMP SUPPLY

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

SCP NETWORK

SCP NETWORK

lLLUMlNAT,ON BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND

B+

GROUND

GROUND ,CRANKlNGi

GROUND IMOMENTARY,

GROUND ,KEY IN,

B+

B+

2- 1600 Hz

2- 1600 Hz

B+

B+

Inactive B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B,

Inactive B-

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

Inactive BC

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

Bi

Inactive B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

St

Inactive Bt

GROUND

Br

Bt

B+

B+ (KEY OUTi

GROUND

B+

B+

B+

COMPONENTS

Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER

DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR

DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER

DOOR CONTROL MODULE- PASSENGER REAR

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER

DOOR SWITCH - DRlVER

DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER REAR

DOOR SWITCH-PASSENGER

DOOR SWITCH -PASSENGER REAR

‘E’ POST LAMP - LH

‘E’ POST LAMP - RH

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

GLOVE BOX LAMP

,GN,T,ON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)

PUDDLE LAMP-DRIVER REAR DOOR

PUDDLE LAMP DRIVER DOOR

PUDDLE LAMP-DRIVER PASSENGER

PUDDLE LAMP-PASSENGER REAR DOOR

TRUNK LAMP - LH

TRUNK LAMP - RH

TRUNK SWITCH

VANITY LAMP LH

“ANlPl LAMP - RH

Connector I Type I Color FClB, ,&-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY

DDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DD, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

RDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE RD, 1 ,22-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK

PDlO ,2ZWAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE PDI 1 ,2Z~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

RP,O,Z-WAY FORD2,8TlMER,BLUE RP, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

DD3 i ,B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC i BLACK

RD3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC, BLACK

PD3, IS-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC / BLACK

RP3, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

iC4, I-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

CA5, I-WAY MULTiLOCK 040, BLACK

CA%,, B-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

FC33, LUCAR -STRAIGHT - 2.8 FC34, LUCAR - STRAIGHT - 2.8

FC4, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHITE

RD,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMERiBLACK

DD,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMERiaLACK

PD14, Z-WAY AMPJUNIORTIMER / BLACK

RP,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMER,BLACK

BT46, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

BT47, Z~WAY AMP JUNiOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

BT4, , P-WAY AUGAT 1.5, BLACK

CA@, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

CA70, I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

Location I Access BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

DOOR CASiNG iTRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL

DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL

DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL

DOOR CASlNG /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

LH ‘E’ POST, ‘E’ POST TRIM

RH ‘E’ POST, ‘E’ POST TRIM

ROOF CONSOLE

GLOVE BOX

STEERING COLUMN

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL

TRUNK LH SIDE iTRUNK CARPET

TRUNK RH SIDE /TRUNK CARPET

BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER

LH SUN VISOR

RH SUN VISOR

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector BT4

CA8

CA10

CA, 1

CA12

CA14

CA18

FCI

FC5

ICi

Type I Color 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

S-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 /YELLOW

BYWAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

Location I Access BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE

DRlVER ‘X’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRlVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DR,“ER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘Bit’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BELOW DR,“ER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

LH HEELBOARD

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CABOL

CABOR

CABlL

CA33L

CA33R

CA38L

CA36R

FC17L

FC29L

IC20

EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PA,R, - LH ‘I’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR, - RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR, - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET ISINGLE, - TRUNK, LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 118: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

DIMMER MODULE

Description Active INSTRUMENT PACK lLL”MlNAT,ON BULB SUPPLY INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY

SIDE LAMPS ON REQUEST

DIMMER POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK VOLTAGE

DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND

GENERAL ILLUMlNATiON BULB SUPPLY

GENERAL ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY

GROUND SUPPLY

BAnERY POWER SUPPLY

BATFERY POWER SUPPLY

DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE

B+ iLIGHTS DNi

B- (LIGHTS ON)

GROUND

GROUND

1.3 ” _ DIM. 4 ” = BRlGHT

GROUND

B- (LIGHTS ON1

B+ (LIGHTS DNi

GROUND

BT

B+

4v

INSTRUMENT PACK

\J Pin Description I FC24~26 GROUND

I FC24-27 lLLUMlNATlON SUPPLY

I FCZS-21 DlMMER OVERRIDE

Active GROUND BT

GROUND

Inactive GROUND GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

B+

0”

Inactive GROUND

GROUND

B+

COMPONENTS

Component AIR CONDlTiONlNG CONTROL PANEL

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

ClGAR LIGHTER-FRONT

ClGAR LIGHTER-REAR

ANALOG CLOCK

CRUISE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH

DlMMER CONTROL

DiMMER MODULE

FASCIA SWlTCH PACK

FOG LAMP SWITCHES

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMlNATlON MOD,

Connector I Type I Color CC27,12-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE

CC?, 1G~WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK

CA,&,%WAY MULTlLOCK070,WHlTE

C.475, Z-WAY ClGAR LlGHTER , YELLOW CA76, LUCAR - LOCKING POSILOCK MKI

FC38, B-WAY AMP MICRO OUADLOCK, BLACK

CC20, ,&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I NATURAL

SC,, ,S-WAYMULTlLOCK070,WHlTE

FC23, IZ-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

FC14, WVAY JAE IL-AG5, GREEN

FC3, IO-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, NATURAL

JLE CC14, ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

Location / Access CENTER CONSOLE

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

REAR CENTER CONSOLE VENT

CENTER AIR VENT

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK

FASCIA SWlTCH PACK

FASCIA/OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

INSTRUMENT PACK FC24,48-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA FCZ5,24~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK

LlGHTlNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) X2, IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS, ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

MODE SWITCH ITRANSMISSION)

RADIO, CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

ROOF CONSOLE

SPKE HEADER - CA224

SWITCH PACK - DRIVER DOOR

SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR DOOR

SWlTCH PACK- PASSENGER DOOR

SWITCH PACK - PASSENGER REAR DOOR

TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK

CC4,10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK

CA3, COAXIAL CONNECTOR lCl0, PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE IC19, CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE

CA%, B-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

CA224,20-WAY SUMlTOMO SPLICE HEADER, GREEN

DDI ,ZWAY MOS-26, YELLOW

RD, , S-WAY LAG, GREEN

PD, , Y-WAY MQS26,YELLOW

WI, S-WAY LAG, GREEN

FC27 ,10-WAY AMP MlCRO OUAD LOCK, SLACK

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

CENTER CONSOLE

ROOF CONSOLE

LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

DOOR TRIM PANEL

DOOR TRIM PANEL

DOOR TRIM PANEL

DOOR TRIM PANEL

FASCIA

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color CAB

CA, 1

CAT4

CA16

CAIS

CA27

CA45

CA46

FC,

FC5

FC7

SC3

SM25-F

20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE

Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

C-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE

B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

20.WAY MULTiLOCK 070 iYELLOW

IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE

4~WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

E&WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

Z&WAY MULTlLDCK 070, WHlTE

12.WAY MULTILOCK 070,GREY

IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE

Location / Access DRIVER ‘+’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRl”ER ‘B/C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

PASSENGER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘BP POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

ABOVE DIMMER MODULEiCOlN TRAY

ADJACENTTO STEERlNG COLUMN MOTOR

BEHIND PASSENGER SEAT BACK FlNlSHER

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR, - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR, - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET iPAIR)- DR,“E SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE

EYELET (PAIRI -DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE

EYELET (PAIR) -DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - LH SIDE

EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET iPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET PAIRI - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET ,PAlR) - iH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

l Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation, THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 119: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description 0 CA32-2 TRANSDUCER NEGATIVE

I CA32~4 “EHlCLE SPEED

0 CA32-5 TRANSDUCER POSITIVE

I CA-&-6 IGNITION SWTCHED POWER SUPPLY

1 CA32-8 GROUND

Active 2”@ ,DLE DECREASlNG WfTH VEHICLE SPEED s+ @ 10 MPH (16 KWH, I20 HZ, 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 40 HZ 9”@ ,DLE INCREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED s- 0”

Inactive

0”

0”

COMPONENTS

Component Connector / Type I Color POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE CA32 1 (I~WAY RlSTS , BLACK i RED “ARlABLE STEERING CONVERTER LL3, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER, NATURAL

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color Location I Access FC5 W-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR i BLACK BELOW DRIVER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

LL2 *-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK BELOW CHASSIS RAIL, LH SIDE

LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, SLACK LH ‘K POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

Location / Access LOWER LH ‘A’ POST, LDWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

STEERING RACK, CONTROL VALVE

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CABOL EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

Page 120: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

Description AUTO TlLT REOUEST

lGNlTiON SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND SUPPLY

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

COLUMN MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE

STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY

NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS

COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

KEY IN IGNlTlON

COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY

BA,-KRY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

SCP NETWORK

SCP NETWORK

COLUMN MOVEMENT REOUEST

COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND

COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND

COLUMN TliT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY

COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

Active GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

5”

GROUND (CRANKING1

B+

GROUND iPARK

0.5 V = OUT, 4” = IN

GROUND (KEY ,Ni

B+

B+

2 1600 Hi

2 - 1600 Hz

UP = 10.1”. DOWN = 12.1V. RETRACT = 8 5V. EXTEND = 6.8”

GROUND

GROUND

UP = 4v. DOWN = 0.5”

B+

B-

B-

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description I DD,O-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND

S DDIO-9 SCP NETWORK

s DD10-16 SCP NETWORK

Active B+

GROUND

2 ,600 Hz

2 3600 HZ

0 DDll-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON) I DDll-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND DOOR OPENI

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description Active I RD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND

s RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hi S RD10-16 SW NETWORK 2 1600 HZ 1 RDIO-I9 MODULE IDENTiFlCATlON GPOUND

I RDll-5 MEMORY 1 B+ I RDll-7 MODVLE IDENTlFlCATlON GROUND I RD11~13 MEMORY SET B+ / RDll-15 MEMORY 3 B+ I RD11~22 MEMORY 2 B+

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive B+

B2

GROUND

B+

B+

GROUND

B+ (NOT IN PARK1

Bt (KEY OUT)

GROUND

B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

Bt

Inactive B+

GROUND

B+

Bt

Inactive Bt

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEARI

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

COLUMN JOYSTICK ,COL”MN SWlTCHGEARi

DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER

DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRl”ER REAR

DOOR SWITCH - DRIVER

,GNlTiON SWITCH KEY-IN SWITCHI

MEMORY SWITCHES (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PAW

NOT-IN-PARK MlCROSWlTCH

STEERING COLUMN MOTORS

Connector / Type I Color Location / Access SC9,8-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK

FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY

SC9, B-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK

DDIO ,22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DD,, i 2Z~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

RD10,22-WAYFORD2811MER/BLUE RDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER: BLACK

DD3,,3WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

FC4, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 / WHiTE

DD, , ZS-WAY ME-26, YELLOW

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

COLUMN SWTCHGEAR

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

STEERING COLUMN

DOOR TRIM PANEL

CCl3,3-WAY MULTliOCK 070,YELLOW

FC49, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE FC60, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

STEERlNG COLUMN

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color Location / Access CAB

CAlO

CA13

CA14

FC7

20.WAY MVLTiLOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW

B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE

G-WAY MULTliOCK 070,WHITE

20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

DRIVER ‘R POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type CA33L

CA36L

CCSL

FC77L

FC17R

FC29L

EYELET IPAIR) - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET ,PAIRI - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET (PAlR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR, - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF lSSUEr SEPTEMBER ,997

Page 121: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

D Pin Description Active I FC,5-15 IGNITION SWiTCHED GROUND GROUND I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROVND I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING1 I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS GROUND (PARKI I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B*

S FCl5-84 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ S FC,5-85 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz 0 FC15-10, ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE B-

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description Active I DDlO-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

0 DDlO-2 DRIVER DOOR MlRROR VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SVPPLY 0 DD10~3 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR 0 DD,O-4 DRiVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR I DD10~8 LOGIC GROUND

S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK S DDIO-16 SCP NETWORK I DDIO~,, POWER GROUND

0 DDiO-20 DRIVER DOOR MlRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE I DD10~21 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER HORlZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK I DDlO-22 DRIVER DOOR MlRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK

B-

B- = LEFT, DOWN, GROUND = RIGHT, UP

B- _ RIGHT

B-=UP

GROUND

*- ,600 HZ

2 - 1600 HI

GROUND

B,

1 ” = LEFT; 8” = RiGHT

l”=DOWN;B”=UP

I DDll-I MIRROR COMMON GROUND 0 DDII-* SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED / DD11-3 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REOUEST I DDll-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT

I DD11~9 RH “ERTlCAL MOVEMENT REOUEST I Doll-IO LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST I DDll-I3 DRIVER MIRROR SELECT

i DDll-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REOUEST 1 om,-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

GROUND

GROUND ,LED ON,

B+ = DOWN

B+

B+ = DOWN

B+ = LEFT

B-

&=LEFT

GROUND iDOOR OPEN,

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description Active I RD,O-I BATERY POWER SUPPLY I RDIO-8 LOGIC GROUND S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK S RDTO-16 SCP NETWORK 1 RDlO-19 MODULE lOENTlFlCAT,ON

B*

GROUND

2 - ,600 Hz

2 - ,600 HZ

GROUND

I RDll-5 MEMORY, I RDl,-7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION I RDll-13 MEMORY SET I RD11-75 MEMORY 3

I RD11-2* MEMORY 2

B+

GROUND

B+

B+

B+

INSTRUMENT PACK

77 Pin Description Active S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK S FC24-*0 SCP NETWORK C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description Active I PD10-I BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

0 PD10-2 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON

0 PD10-3 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR 0 PD10~4 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND S PDIO-9 SCP NETWORK S PDIO-16 SW NETWORK I PD,&17 POWER GROUND

0 PD,O-20 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE

I PDIO-*1 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER HORIZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE

I PD,O-22 PASSENGER DOOR MiRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE

Bi

B+ = LEFT, DOWN

B+ = RlGHT

B+=UP

GROUND

*- 1600 HZ

2 - ,600 HZ

GROUND

B+

1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RlGHT

Inactive B+

B+

B+

B+ ,NOT IN PARK)

B+

Bi

Inactive B+

GROUND = LEFT

GROUND = DOWN

GROUND

GROUND

B+

GROUND

Bt

GROUND = UP

GROUND

GROUND = UP

GROUND = RIGHT

GROUND

GROVND = RIGHT

B+

Inactive Bt

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

Inactive

Inactive Bt GROUND = RIGHT, UP

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

Bt

COMPONENTS

Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR

DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER

DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER

DOOR MIRROR MOTORS -DRIVER

DOOR MIRROR MOTORS PASSENGER

DOOR SWlTCH - DRIVER

,NSTR”MENT PACK

MEMORY SWITCHES iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)

MIRROR JOYSTICK iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

MIRROR SELECT SWITCH iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK,

NOT-IN-PARK MlCROSWlTCH

Connector I Type I Color FCl5,,4-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY

RD,0,**-WAYFORD*.BTiMER,BLUE RD, 1, **-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

DDlO, **-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

PDIO, **-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE PD, 1, **-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK

DDS, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

PDB, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

DD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL I// LC, BLACK

FC24,4B~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FC25, *d-WAY AMP MODVLE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK

DD, ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW

DD, ! 26.WAY MOS-26, YELLOW

DDI ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW

CC,3,3-WAY MULTILOCK OlOiYELLOW

Location / Access BULKHEAD/BEHIND GLOVE BOX

DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

DRIVER DOOR

PASSENGER DOOR

DOOR CASlNG, TRIM PANEL

FASCIA

DOOR TRiM PANEL

DOOR TRlM PANEL

DOOR TRIM PANEL

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector CA8

CA10

CA1 1

CA12

CA13

CA14

FC1

FC5

FCI

Type I Color X-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHiTE

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW

*&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW

B-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070 /WHITE

B-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE

54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK

5CWAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

Location I Access DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COiN TRAY

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CABOR

CA33L

CA33R

CA36L

CCSL

EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘+’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) RH ‘I’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+I

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) SG Signal Ground

V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

Page 122: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

77 Pin Description I FC15~15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

I FC15-32 IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND

1 FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

s FC15~84 SW NETWORK

S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK

0 FC15-101 ILLUMINATION BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

Active GROUND

GROUND

GROUND iCRANK,NGi B+ 2- 1600 HZ 2- 1600 Hz B+

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

Active Ri

0 DD10-2 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR B+ = LEFT/DOWN. GROUND = RIGHT, UP VERTICAL/ HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY

0 DD10-3 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT 0 DD10-4 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR “ERTKAL MOVEMENT MOTOR @=“P I DD10-8 LOGiC GROUND GROUND

S DD10~9 SCP NETWORK 2- 1500 HZ 5 DDIO-16 SCP NETWORK 2- 1500 Hz I DD10~17 POWER GROUND GROUND

DDll~l MIRROR COMMON GROUND GROUND DDll-3 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN DDll-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+ DDII-9 RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN DDil~lO LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT DDll-13 DRl”ER MIRROR SELECT Bt DO,,-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST Br = LEFT

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description Active I PDlO~l BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+

0 PD10-2 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR B+ = LEFT, DOWN VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON

0 PD,O-3 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT 0 PD10-4 PASSENGER DOOR MlRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+=“P I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND

S PD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 Hz S PD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 HZ I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive Bi B+ Bi Bi

Bi

Inactive Bi

GROUND = LEFT

GROUND = DOWN

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND = UP

GROUND

GROUND = UP

GROUND = RIGHT

GROVND

GROUND = RIGHT

Inactive Bt GROUND = RlGHT,“F

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR

FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY

RD,O,ZZ-WAYFORDZSTIMER/BLUE RDll , ZZ-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK

BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL

DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER DDIO, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TiMER , BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL DDll ,22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE- PASSENGER PDlD, 2%WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE PDll,22-WAY FORD2.8TlMER,BLACK

DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL

DOOR MIRROR MOTORS -DRIVER

DOOR MIRROR MOTORS -PASSENGER

MIRROR JOYSTICK DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK

DDB, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

PD8,12-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK

DD, ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW

DRIVER DOOR

PASSENGER DOOR

DOOR TRlM PANEL

MIRROR SELECT SWITCH DD, ,ZS-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW DOOR TRlM PANEL ,DRl”ER DOOR SWlTCH PACKi

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location I Access D-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW

Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTLOCK 070, WHiTE

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DR,“ER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘K POST/DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRl”ER ‘Sic’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘B/C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CASOR EYELET (PAIRI - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW

CA33L EYELET (PAIR1 - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

CA33R EYELET iPAlRi - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW

CA36L EYELET (PAIR, - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 123: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

Description lGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND

SIDE LAMP REQUEST

IGNfTfON SWlTCHED GROUND

HEADLAMP DIP REOUEST

MIRROR FOLDBACK RELAY ACTIVATE

MIRROR FOLD OUT RELAY ACTIVATE

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

SW NETWORK

SCP NETWORK

ILLUMINATION BA”ERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE

Active GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND (MOMENTARY)

GROUND

GROUND

Bi

2 - 1500 HZ

2 1600 Hz

B+

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description I ml&l BAnERY POWER SUPPLY

I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND

S DD,O-9 SCP NETWORK

S DD,O-16 SCP NETWORK

I DD10-17 POWER GROUND

Active B+

GROUND

2- 1600 Hz

2 - 1500 HZ

GROUND

DD,l-I MIRROR COMMON GROUND GROUND DD,M FOLD-BACK REQUEST B+ = DOWN DDll-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+ DDll-9 FOLD-OUT REQUEST B+ = DOWN DDII-10 LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT OD11~13 DRIVER MIRROR SELECT B+ DD,,-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT

INSTRUMENT PACK

V Pin Description Active S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz S FCZ4~20 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15-1500HZ c FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 15-1500Hr

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive Bc B+ B+ B+ B+ Bt BT

B+

Inactive B+ GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND = UP

GROUND

GROUND = UP

GROUND = RIGHT

GROUND

GROUND = RIGHT

Inactive

COMPONENTS

Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER

DOOR MIRROR- DRIVER

DOOR MIRROR - PASSENGER

,NSTR”MENT PACK

,NTERlOR REAR “iEW MIRROR

LlGHTlNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEARI

MlRROR JOYSTICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

MlRROR SELECT SWiTCH (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)

SPLiCE HEADER - CA224

Connector I Type I Color Location / Access FC15,14-WA” AMP EEEC, GREY

DDlO i 22 WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DDI T/22 WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER, BLACK

DDB, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

PDB, 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK

FC24,48-WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL, BLACK FC25,24~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK

CA55: B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

SC2, IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW

BULKHEAD, BEHlND GLOVE BOX

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DRIVER DOOR

PASSENGER DOOR

FASCIA

WINDSHIELD, IN FRONT OF ROOF CONSOLE

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS, ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

DD, /*B-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW

OD, ,26-W,%” MOS~26, YELLOW

CA224,ZO.WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, GREEN

DOOR TRIM PANEL

DOOR TRIM PANEL

LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access FOLD-BACK RELAY VIOLET c*m, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER

FOLD-OUT RELAY VIOLET CA&?, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location I Access 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK

Z-WAY MULTliOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW

20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

54.WAYTHROVGH PANELCONNECTORiBLACK

BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE

DRIVER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CABOR

CA33L

CA33R

CA36L

CA38R

FC17R

EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) RH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR1 - LH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIRI - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all COmPOnentS connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

Page 124: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

77 Pin Description 0 EM.58.1 INSTRUMENT PACK ADAPTIVE DAMPENING MIL

0 EM&-3 ACCELEROMETER COMMON GROUND SUPPLY

D EM68-10 SERIAL COMMUNlCATiONS

I Eb.468~11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

0 EM68-13 LH REAR DAMPER BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY

0 EM68-14 RH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

0 EM68-li RH REAR DAMPER BATrERY POWER SUPPLY

1 EM68-18 GROUND

I EM68-20 FRONT LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK

I EMSS-21 FRONTVERTICALACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK

I EM%-22 REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK

I EMSS-24 “EHiCLE SPEED SIGNAL

0 EM68-25 ACCELEROMETER COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY

1 EM68-26 BRAKE SWITCH

I EM68-27 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

D EM&28 SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS

0 EM68-30 LH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

0 EM@%31 LH FRONT DAMPER

0 EM68-32 LH REAR DAMPER

0 EM68-33 RH FRONT DAMPER

0 EM88-34 RH REAR DAMPER

Active GROUND

GROUND

Inactive Br GROUND

B+ B+ B+ B+ GROUND

<0.2”OR.48” c 0.2” OR > 4.8” <0.2VOR.48”

22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM, H), 44 Hz Q 20 MPH (32 KM, H, @ B+

5v

GROUND

Ba

GROUND

Bs

BT

B+

GROUND

2.3 2.7 ” = HARD

2.3 - 2.7 ” = HARD

2.3 - 2.7 v = HARD

5v

B+

B+

B+ Bt

GROUND Bt

GROUND Bt

GROUND B+

GROUND B+

COMPONENTS

Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access ACCELEROMETER-FRONT LATERAL

ACCELEROMETER - FRONT VERTICAL

ACCELEROMETER - REAR VERTICAL

EM28, X-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, BLACK

Era, Z-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, BLACK

ST,, S-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

BELOW FUEL TANK, TRUNK CARPET

ADAPTIVE DAMPiNG CONTROL MODULE EM68, X-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE BLOWER, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BRAKE SWITCH

DAMPER SOLENOID - LH FRONT

DAMPER SOLENOID - LH REAR

DAMPER SOLENOID - RH FRONT

DAMPER SOLENOID - RH REAR

CC40, I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

EM64, Z-WAY DELPHI, RElNSHAGEN , BLACK

LA?, Z-WAY DELPHI, REINSHAGEN , BLACK

EM65, Z-WAY DELPHI, REiNSHAGEN ! BLACK

RA1, Z-WAY DELPHI, REINSHAGEN, BLACK

ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND SIDE

REAR AXLE, LH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID

ENGINE COMPARTMENT i RIGHT HAND SIDE

REAR AXLE, RH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector ST4

CA9

CA19

CA28

EM1

EM.2

FC1

FC5

LS3

Type I Color 54~WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

a-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

IP-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK

ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

S-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

Location / Access BELOW PARCEL SHELFiTRUNKiREAR BULKHEADIRH SIDE

BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ASS PUMP

PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘fl POST FiNISHER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type EM17 EYELET ISINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 C CAN (Network)

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS lNFORMATlON SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

Page 125: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

0 Pin Description lGNlT,ON SwlTCHED GROUND SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SEAT HEATER REOUEST (LHD = PASSENGER. RHD = DRiVERi STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = DRIVER. RHD = PASSENGER, BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK SEAT HEATER REOUEST iLHD = DRIVER, RHO = PASSENGER,

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description I DD10-1 BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY

Inactive Bt B+ B+ Bc B+ B+ B+

COMPONENTS

Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER

DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR

,NSTR”MENT PACK

FC,S,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY

DDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DD, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

RDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE RD, I, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TMER , BLACK

FC24!48-WAY AMP MODULE PC9 SIGNAL, BLACK FC25,24-WAY AMP MODULE PC9 SIGNAL, BLACK

BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

FASCIA

Active GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND IMOMENTARY) GROUND ,CRANKINGl GROUND B- 2- 1800 HZ 2- ,800 HZ GROUND iMOMENTARYl B+

MEMORY SWITCHES (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACKI

SEAT CONTROL MODULE - DRI”ER

DD, , IS-WAY MOS-29, YELLOW

Sk,,-D, ,&WAY FORD 2 8 TiMER i BLACK SMP-D ,26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK SW-D, ,&WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK

DOOR TRiM PANEL

DRlVER SEAT, UNDER

Active B- GROUND 2- ,600 HZ 2- 1800 HZ

GROUND (LED ONi

Inactive B+ GROUND

SEAT CUSHlON HEATERS - DRIVER

SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK1

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP-DRIVER

SEAT MOTORS - DRIVER

SEAT SOUAB HEATERS - DRIVER

SWlTCH PACK - DRIVER SEAT

SM7-D , SWAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER SEAT

cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.” , BLACK

SM10-D, O-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW DRIVER SEAT

SMl~D, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRlVER SEAT, UNDER SMG-D, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW SM, ,~D, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE SM,2-D, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE SM,B-D , S-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW

349-D , J-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT

SM%D, 18.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER SEAT

I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND S DD,O-9 SCP NETWORK S DDIO-16 SCP NETWORK

0 DDll-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

77 Pin Description BAVERY POWER SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK

B+

Active B+

Inactive Bt GROUND GROUND

2- ,600 Hz 2 - ,600 Hz RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location / Access SEAT HEATER RELAY DRIVER BROWN SM14-D/BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT

S RD10-16 SCP NE7WORK I RD,O-19 MODULE IDENTIFICAT,ON GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

/ RDll-5 MEMORY 1 I RD11~7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION / RDll-13 MEMORY SET I RDll-15 MEMORY 3 I RD11~22 MEMORY 2

B+ GROUND B+ B+ B+ HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector CA8

CA10

CA13

CA14

CA23

FC1

FC5

FC7

Type / Color *O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

I(1-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

W-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK

2%WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

Location / Access DRlVER ‘I’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DR,“ER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘Bit’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

BELOW DRIVER SEAT

BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR “ENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description 0 SM,-,D 0 SM1~2D 0 SMMD 0 SM,-40 0 SM,-SD 0 SM,-8D 0 SMI-7D 0 SMMD I SM,-SD I SMI-IOD I SMI-IlD I SM,-lZD I SM,-732 I SMI-l4D / SMI-15D I SMl-18D

DRIVER SEAT SOUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY DRIVER SEAT SOUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY DRl”ER SEAT CUSHION RAlSE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY DRl”ER HEADREST RAlSE , LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY DRIVER HEADREST RAlSE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY DRIVER SEAT CUSHlON FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY DRIVER SEAT CUSHlON FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST DRIVER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REOUEST DRIVER SEAT C”SH,ON LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REOUEST DRIVER SEAT CUSHiON RAiSE REAR MOVEMENT REOUEST DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REOUEST DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REOUES, DRIVER SEAT SOUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REOUEST DRIVER SEAT SOUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST

0 SMCID DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RE*R, SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT REF. GROUND 0 SM2-2D DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE GROUND 0 SM2-SD DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR, SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT. REF. VOLTAGE 0 SM2-8D DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE I SM2-8D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 1 SM2-9D DRl”ER SEAT CUSHlON FRONT MOTOR POTENTlOMETER FEEDBACK I SMZ-1OD DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK I SMZ-l,D DRIVER SEAT SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK I SMZ-12D DRIVER SEAT CUSHlON FORE, AFT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

0 SM2-l4D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND 0 SM2-l5D DRi”ER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND 0 SM2-,813 DRl”ER SEAT C”SHlON FORE, A” MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE 0 SM2-l9D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE

I SMB-1D I SMB-2D

0 SM3-3D 0 SM3-4D I SM3-5D / SM3-8D I SM3-8D

S SM3-9D S SM3-lOD

MODULE lDENTlFlCAT,ON POWER GROUND DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY BATTERY POWER SUPPLY DRIVER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST DRIVER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REOUEST SW NETWORK SCP NETwORK

Active B+ B+ B+ El+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ *+ B+

Inactive GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUNDS

Ground CA25L

CA25R

CA26L

CA26R

CA33L

CABSL

ccx

Location I Type EYELET IPAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET IPAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET IPAIR, - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PA,R) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SIDE

GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND

5” ,O”=“P,,V=DOWN 10”=UP,1”=DOWN 10V=“P,l”=DOWN S”=FORE.ZV=AFT 2 V = FORE, 10 V = AFT GROUND GROUND 5” 5v

GROUND (DRIVER) GROUND B+ B+ Bc Bt B+

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND

INSTRUMENT PACK

c7 Pin Description S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK S FC24-20 SCP NETwORK C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK

Active Inactive

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 126: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

Description Active IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

SEAT HEATER STATUS ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER,

IGNITION SWlTCHED GROVND

SEAT HEATER REQUEST iLHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)

STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

SCP NETWORK

SCP NETWORK

SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND (MOMENTARY,

GROUND iCRANKING

GROUND

B+

2- ,600 Hz

2- 1600 HZ

GROUND (MOMENTARY,

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description

I SMB-ID

I SM3-2D

0 SM3-3D

0 SM3-4D

1 SM3~5D

I SM3-6D

I SM3-SD

S SM3-!3D

S SMB-lOD

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY

DRIVER SEATSQUAB FORE /AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY

DRIVER HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY

DRi”ER HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY

DRIVER SEAT CUSHiON FORE/AFT MOTOR SUPPLY

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST

DRl”ER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST

MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON

POWER GROUND

DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY

DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

DRIVER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST

DRIVER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST

SCP NETWORK

SCP NETWORK

Active B- B- B- B- B- B+ Bt Bc B+ B+ B+ B+ BT B- B- BT

GROUND (DRIVER, GROUND

B+

B+

B-

B,

B+

2- ,600 HZ

2- ,600 Hz

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+

B+

Inactive GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

Bt

GROUND

GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15, ,l~WAY AMP EEEC,GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRi”ER DDIO i 22.WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE DDll , Z-WA,’ FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

DOOR CASlNG /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRl”ER REAR

SEAT CONTROL MODULE - DRl”ER

SEAT CUSHION HEATERS- DRIVER

SEAT HEATER SWITCH iCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP-DRIVER

SEAT MOTORS-DRIVER

SEAT SQUAB HEATERS-DRIVER

SWITCH PACK - DRIVER SEAT

RDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL RDll I *Z-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK

SMl-D, ,G-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK DRIVER SEAT, UNDER SMZ~D ,ZB-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK SMB-D, ,O-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

SM7-0, S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 i YELLOW DRIVER SEAT

CC?, IS-WAY FORD IDC S “. , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SMlO-D, 3-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER SEAT

SMI-D, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT, UNDER SMS-D, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW SM, I-D, 6.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE SM12-D/B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE SM13-0, S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW

SMS-D ,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT

SMS-D, 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER SEAT

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access SEAT HEATER RELAY- DRIVER BROWN 9414-D, BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location / Access CA8 CJ413

CA23

FC1

FC5

FC7

?&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

S-WAY M”LTlLQCK 070, WHlTE

IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

5CWAYTHROUGH PANELCONNECTORiBLACK

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

DR,“ER ‘Y!’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DR,“ER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER

BELOW DRIVER SEAT

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CA25L

CAER

CA26L

CA26R

CCSL

EYELET (PAIR, - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET ,PAlR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET iPAIR - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 127: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

v Pin Description I FC15-15 IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND

0 FC15-17 SEAT HEATER STATUS ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)

I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

I FC15-35 SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)

I FClS-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

0 FCIS-69 SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = DRIVER. RHD _ PASSENGER,

I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

I FC15-86 SEAT HEATER REQUEST iLHD = DRIVER. RHD = PASSENGER)

Active GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND IMOMENTARY)

GROUND (CRANKING)

GROUND

B+

GROUND ,MOMENTARYI

Inactive Bt

Bt

B+

Bt

BC

B+

B+

BT

COMPONENTS

Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER

DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER REAR

SEAT CUSHION HEATERS-DRIVER

SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACKI

SEAT MOTOR-DRIVER (RAISE, LOWER ONLY)

Connector / Type / Color FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECiGREY

DDIO i 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DD, 1,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

RDIO, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE RDI 1,22~WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER , BLACK

947-D, 3-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW

CC1 ,16-WAY FORD IDC S.U , BLACK

SM,G-D, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY

Location I Access BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DRIVER SEAT

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DRIVER SEAT, UNDER

SEAT SQUAB HEATERS - DRIVER 9.49.D, 3WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT

SWITCH PACK DRIVER SEAT iRA,SE, LOWER ONLY1 SM17-D! 16.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DRl”ER SEAT, UNDER

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access SEAT HEATER RELAY-DRIVER BROWN SMll~Di BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT

SEAT RAISE RELAY VIOLET SMIB-D/VIOLET FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT

SEAT LOWER RELAY VIOLET SM,B-D, VIOLET FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color Location / Access CA8

CA13

CA23

FCI

FC5

FC7

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

TO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

&-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

2O~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

BELOW DRIVER SEAT

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BELOW DRl”ER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CA25L

CA2SL

CCBL

EYELET (PAIR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR, -DRIVER SEAT GROVND STUD

EYELET ,PAIIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABiN SlDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D 0 output

Serial and encoded communications C CAN (Network)

B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTfFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

Page 128: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

v Pin Description IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

SEAT HEATER REQUEST ,LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)

STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

SEAT HEATER STATUS ,LHD = DRIVER. RHD i PASSENGER,

BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

SCP NETWORK

SCP NETWORK

SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

77 Pin Description Active 0 SM,-1P PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ 0 SM,-2P PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE/AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ 0 SMl~BP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE/ LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B- 0 SMI-4P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHiON RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B- 0 SM1~SP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE I LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY Bt 0 SM,-BP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ 0 SM1~7P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ 0 SM,-BP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY Bi I ml,-9P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B-

I SMI-IOP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B- / SMl-llP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHlON LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ I SM,-lZP PASSNGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ I SMl~lSP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ / SM,-14P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST BT I SM,-ISP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B- I SMI-1GP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+

I SMB-ZP

0 SM3-3P

0 SM3-4P

I SM3-SP

I SM3-6P

I SM3-BP

S SM3-9P

S SMB-lOP

COMMON GROUND SUPPLY

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY

BATTERY SUPPLY

PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST

PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST

SCP NETWORK

SCP NETWORK

Active GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND iMOMENTARYi

GROUND ,CRANKINGl

GROUND

Bi

2- 1600 HZ

2- 1600 Hz

GROUND iMQMENTARYi

GROUND

B+

B+

B+

Bi

B+

2 - ,600 Hz

2 - 1600 Hz

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive B+ BC

Bt

Bt

B+

B+

Br

B+

Inactive GROUND

GROVND

GROUND

GROUND

GROVND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROVND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

GROUND

GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access BODY PROCESSOR MODVLE

SEAT CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER

SEAT CUSHlON HEATERS-PASSENGER

SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP- PASSENGER

SEAT MOTORS PASSENGER

SEAT SQUAB HEATERS-PASSENGER

sWlTCH PACK - PASSENGER SEAT

FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY

SM,-P, 16.WAY FORD 2.8 TiMER , BLACK SMB-Pi lo-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK

SM7-P ,3~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW

CC1 ! ,&WAY FORD IDC 2”. , BLACK

SM10-P/3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW

344-P , B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 : GREY SMG-Pi B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW SM,I-PIG-WAY M”LTlLOCK070IWHITE SM12-PIG-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE SM13-Pi&WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW

SMD-P, 3~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY

SM5-Pi 16.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, BLACK

BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER

PASSENGER SEAT

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

PASSENGER SEAT

PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER

PASSENGER SEAT

PASSENGER SEAT

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location I Access SEATHEATERRELAY-PASSENGER BROWN SM,CP,BRDWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color Location / Access CA27 ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

FC1 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SiDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COlN TRAY

FC7 ?&WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CA25

CA2SL

CCPL

EYELET (PAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET IPAIR) - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAlRi - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation, THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

Page 129: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

v Pin I FC15-15 0 FC15-17 I FC1532 I FC15-35 I FC15-41 0 FC, 5-69 I FC15-80

s FC15-84

s FC15-85

/ FC15-85

Description Active IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)

!GNiTlON SWITCHED GROUND

SEAT HEATER REQUEST iLHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)

STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

SCP NETWORK

SCP NETWORK

SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND IMOMENTARY,

GROUND iCRANKiNG

GROUND

B+

2s1600Hz

2- 1600 HZ

GROUND (MOMENTARY

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description 0 SM,-lP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE /AFT RECLlNE MOTOR SUPPLY

0 SM,-ZP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE /AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY

0 SM,-BP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE/LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY

0 SM,-4P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY

0 SMMP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY

0 SM1-GP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY

0 SMI-7P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY

0 SMI-8P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY

I SM,-9P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST

I SM,-lOP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST

I SM,-l,P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST

I SMl-12P PASSNGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST

I SMl~lBP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQVEST

I SMI-l4P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST

I SMI-15P PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST

I 3.41.1GP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST

i SM3-2P

0 SM3~3P

0 SW-4P

I SrvK-5P

I SM3-6P

I SM3-8P

S SM3-9P

S SMB-IOP

COMMON GROUND SUPPLY

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY

BA”ERY SUPPLY

PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST

PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST

SCP NETWORK

SW NETWORK

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ St

B-

Inactive GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROVND

GROVND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

GROUND

GROVND

COMPONENTS

Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

FORE /AFT SWITCH - PASSENGER REAR

RECLINE SWITCH-PASSENGER REAR

SEAT CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER

SEAT CUSHION HEATERS-PASSENGER

SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP-PASSENGER

SEAT MOTORS - PASSENGER

Connector I Type I Color FC15,1+WAYAMPEEEC,GREY

SM19-Pi 10.WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK

SM20-P, l&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK

SMI-Pi ,&WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK SK-P, l&WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

SM,~P, 3~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

CC,, IS-WAY FORD IDC S.” , BLACK

SM,W, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

SM4~P, G~WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY SMG-P, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

Location / Access BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

PASSENGER SEAT, REAR

PASSENGER SEAT, REAR

PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER

PASSENGER SEAT

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

PASSENGER SEAT

PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER

SEAT SQUAB HEATERS-PASSENGER

SWITCH PACK- PASSENGER SEAT

SMll~P,G~WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHlTE SMIZ~P, G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE SMll~P, B-WAY MULTlLDCK 070, YELLOW

SMS-P, 3WAY MULTlLDCK 070, GREY

SMS-P, ?&WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

PASSENGER SEAT

PASSENGER SEAT

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access SEAT HEATER RELAY - PASSENGER BROWN SM, 4-P, BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color Location I Access CA27 IO-WAY M”LTlLOCK070,WHlTE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

FC7 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

SMZ-P IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BEHIND PASSENGER SEAT BACK FlNiSHER

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CA25L

CAXL

CClL

EYELET (PAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELETtPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 C CAN (Network)

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

Page 130: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

Description Active IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND

SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD _ PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)

STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

SEAT HEATER STATUS ILHD = DRIVER. RHD = PASSENGER)

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD _ DRIVER, RHD i PASSENGER)

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND (MOMENTARY)

GROUND (CRANKING)

GROUND

*+

GROVND (MOMENTARY,

Inactive B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ St B+

COMPONENTS

Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access BODY PROCESSOR MODVLE

SEAT CUSHION HEATERS - DRlVER

SEAT CUSHION HEATERS-PASSENGER

SEAT HEATER SWTCHES (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PAW

FC15, ,4~WAYAMPEEEC,GREY

SM%D, W’JAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

SM7-P, 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U.! BLACK

BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

DRIVER SEAT

PASSENGER SEAT

CENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH PACK

SEAT SQUAB HEATERS - DRIVER

SEAT SQUAB HEATERS- PASSENGER

Smiled, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY

SMS-Pi 3-WAY MVLTILDCK 070, GREY

DRIVER SEAT

PASSENGER SEAT

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access SEAT HEATER RELAY- DRIVER

SEATHEATERRELAY-PASSENGER

BROWN

BROWN

SMl4-D,BROWN

SMll~P, BROWN

FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT

FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location I Access CA23 l&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT

CA27 ?&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

FC5 54WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

FC7 X-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CCBL

CA25L

CA26L

EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET (PAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

4-

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 C CAN (Network)

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 131: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

77 Pin Description IGNITION SWTCHED GROUND

SEAT HEATER STATUS ,LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVERI

STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)

BATTERY SVPPLY VOLTAGE

SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)

Active GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROVND iMOMENTARY,

GROUND (CRANKING)

GROUND

B+

GROUND (MOMENTARYI

Inactive B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ Br Bt B+

COMPONENTS

Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

SEATCVSHION HEATERS-DRIVER

SEAT CUSHION HEATERS-PASSENGER

SEAT HEATER SWITCHES (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK,

FC15, ICWAYAMPEEECIGREY

%,7-D, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW

SM7-P, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U , BLACK

BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

DRIVER SEAT

PASSENGER SEAT

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SEAT SQVAB HEATERS - DRIVER

SEAT SQUAB HEATERS PASSENGER

SMS-D, 3.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT

SMS-P, 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER SEAT

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location / Access SEAT HEATER RELAY-DRIVER

SEAT HEATER RELAY- PASSENGER

BROWN

BROWN

SM14-D, BROWN

SM,h-Pi BROWN

FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT

FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color Location / Access CA23 ,&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT

CA27 IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

FC7 PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

-

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type CCBL

CA25L

CAZGL

EYELET iPAW - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET iPAlR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage C CAN (Network)

KHz Frequency x 1000

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

Page 132: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

REAR SEAT CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description I BSl-l, LH LUMBAR SWITCH INFLATE

I 852~3

/ BS2-4

I BSZ-5

I BSZ-6

I BSZ~l2

GROUND

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

BAmERY POWER SUPPLY

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

0 BS6-1

0 BSG~Z

0 856-3

0 856-4

0 ES-5

0 BS6-6

0 BS6-7

0 856.8

0 BS6-10

0 BSS~ll

0 856-12

857.8

857-S

EC310

BS7-l4

ET-15

BS7-16

ES,-17

BS%18

857-19

BS7-20

RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FEED B+

RH REAR SEAT LUMBER DEFLATE SOLENOID VALVE B+

LH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE /AFT MOTOR Bs

LH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE, AFT MOTOR B+ LH REAR SEAT-HEADREST MOTOR B+

LH REAR SEAT- HEADREST MOTOR B+

RH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE, AFT MOTOR B+

RH REAR SEAT MOTOR - FORE, AFT MOTOR Bi LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FEED B+ RH REAR SEAT - HEADREST MOTOR B+

RH REAR SEAT- HEADREST MOTOR B+

RH LUMBAR SWITCH - INFLATE REQUEST

RH FORE, AFT SW,TC,+ -AFT REQUEST

RH FORE /AFT SWITCH-FORE REQUEST

RH HEADREST SWITCH-LOWER REQUES,

RH HEADREST SWlTCH - RAISE REOUEST

LH HEADREST SWlTCH - LOWER REQUEST

LH HEADREST SWITCH RAISE REQUEST

LH FORE, AFT SWlTCH -AFT REQUEST

LH FORE, AFT SWITCH - FORE REQUEST

RH LUMBAR SWITCH-DEFLATE REQUEST

B+

B+

B+

B+

B+

B+

B+

B+

El+

B+

Active E+

GROUND

B*

GROUND

B+

E+

Inactive 0”

GROUND

Bt GROUND

B+

B+

Bt

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

Bt

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

COMPONENTS

Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access

SEAT CONTROL MODVLE -REAR BS, ,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47, BLUE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE

BSZ, IZ-WAY MULTILOCK 47, BLUE BS6,12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE BS, , Y-WAY MULTlLOCK 47 ,WHlTE

SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR - LH REAR

SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR - RH REAR

SEAT FORE, AFT SWlTCH - LH REAR

SEAT FORE, AFT SWlTCH - RH REAR

SEAT HEADREST MOTOR - LH REAR

SEAT HEADREST MOTOR - RH REAR

SEAT HEADREST SWITCH - LH REAR

SEAT HEADREST SWITCH - RH REAR

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP - LH REAR

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP - RH REAR

SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH - LH REAR

SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH - RH REAR

852, , S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

8522, X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

BC3, IO-WAY AMP MlCRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK

BC5, IO-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I BLACK

BBJ-L, G-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW

BBS-R, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW

BC4,,0-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I BLACK

BC, , 10.WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK 1 BLACK

BBd-L, $-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, YELLOW

BBd-R, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

BC8, ,O-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK i BLACK

BC6,,0-WAY AMP MCRO QUAD LOCK i BLACK

BELOW SEAT CUSHION

BELOW SEAT CUSHION

REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

REAR SEAT

REAR SEAT

REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

REAR SEAT

REAR SEAT

REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location I Access

LUMBAR DEFLATE RELAY - LH BLUE BS,O, BLUE RH HEELBOARD RELAYS/ HEELBOARD COVER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location / Access BS3 B-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

BS4 IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES

855 B-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 /WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

CA109 12.WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type CA381 EYELET (PAIR) LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW

CAllOL EYELET (PAIR) - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW

CAllOR EYELET (PAIR, - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

-_-- ^_ .^^.._ --------- ----

Page 133: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

COMPONENTS

Component SEAT CUSHlON HEATER - LH REAR

SEAT C”SHlON HEATER - RH REAR

SEAT HEATER SWlTCH - LH REAR ,LWS VEHICLES1

SEAT HEATER SWTCH - RH REAR (LWS VEHICLES)

SEAT HEATER TIMER - LH REAR

SEAT HEATER TIMER - RH REAR

SWAB HEATER - LH REAR

SOW3 HEATER - RH REAR

Connector I Type / Color Location / Access sst-L, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

ss,-R, S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW

SC, , 10.WAY AMP MICRO CNJAD LOCK, SLACK

SC*, ,&WAY AMP MlCRO OUAD LOCK, SLACK

ES, 5.WAY RELAY BASE, BROWN

SSS, 5.WAY RELAY BASE, BROWN

SE-L, S-WAY M”LTlLOCK 070, GREY

St?5R, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY

REAR SEAT REAR SEAT

REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

REAR SEAT

REAR SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color 853 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE SS4 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE SSS S-WAY MULTLOCK 070, WHITE

CA109 ,Z~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

Location / Access BELOW REAR SEAT C”SHlON BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES

BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHlDN

BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

GROUNDS

Ground CA38L

Location / Type EYELET (PAIRI - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 134: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

COMPONENTS

Component

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color 8513 J-WAY MLJLTILCICK 070 /WHITE BS15 SWAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WHlTE CA109 12.WAY MULTlLclCK 070 /WHITE

Location / Access BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION BELCIW REAR SEAT CUSHlON BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

GROUNDS

Ground CA38L

Location / Type EYELET IPAIR) - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 135: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

D Pin Description COMPONENTS

Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

Inactive B+ B+ B+ Br B+ B+ B+ iNOT IN PARK1 B+ B+ ,KEY OUT) B+ B+

Connector I Type I Color Location / Access FC15,,4-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY

cc,, 18.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK

BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DDlO , *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DD, 1 ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

RDlO ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE RD, 1,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

PDIO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE PD, 1 ,ZZ-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

RPlO, 2Z~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE RP, 1 ,ZZ-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

DOOR CASlNG, TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL

I FCWE TRUNK RELEASE REDUEST I FC1518 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND I FC15.33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND ,MDMENTARYi GROUND GROUND

CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

GROUND GROUND (CRANKING) GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND ,PARKl GROUND IMOMENTARY)

I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST / FC15-55 VALET REDUEST DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRi”ER

DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRiVER REAR

DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER

DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER REAR

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - DRIVER

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - DRlVER REAR

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - PASSENGER

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - PASSENGER REAR

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES DRIVER

DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER

DOOR SWITCH - DRl”ER REAR

DOOR SWITCH-PASSENGER

DOOR SWlTCH - PASSENGER REAR

FUEL FiLLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR

,GNlTlON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)

KEY FOB ANTENNA

NOT~IN~PARK MlCROSWlTCH

SECURITY AND LOCKlNG CONTROL MODULE

I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MlCRDSWlTCH STATUS I FC15-83 CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST I FC18-87 KEY IN lGNlTlON

D FC15-71 DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE , FCIE-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK

GROUND ,KEY INi GROUND iPULSE) B+ 2- 1800 HZ 2- 1800 Hz

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description BATTERY POWER SUPPLY DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK

DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL /II LC: BLACK

RD3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

PD3,13-WAY ECDNOSEAL Ill LC, BLACK

RP3, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

DD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

DD3,13~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

RD3, WvVA’, ECONDSEAL \\\ LC, BLACK

PD3,13-WAY ECDNOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

RP3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

BT,B, Z-WAY LABINAL, NATURAL

FC4, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

BT33, ,-WA” COAXlAL CONNECTOR

CC13,3-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 iYELLOW

BT, , 18.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK BT2,26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK BTS, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR

CA223,20-WAY SUMlTOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK

BT43, Z-WAY LABINAL, BROWN

BT42, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREEN

FC14, B-WAY JAE IL-AGS , GREEN

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL

DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL

DOOR CAS,NG ,TR,M PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

TRUNK, LH FRONT

STEERING COLUMN

TOP OF BACKLIGHT

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX

Active Inactive B+ B+ B+ GROUND 2 - 1800 HZ 2 - 1800 Hz GROUND

Bc GROUND GROUND GROUND

B+ (MOMENTARY) B+ (MOMENTARY, GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

0 DD10-6 DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK I DD10.8 LOGIC GROUND

S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK I DD10-17 POWER GROUND

GROVND GROUND B+

I DDll-4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCKREQUEST I DDll-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST I DD11~20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description Active B+ B+ 8+ GROUND

Inactive B+ I RDIO-I BAlTERY POWER SUPPLY

0 RO10-5 DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK 0 RD10-6 DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK I RD1&8 LOGIC GROUND

S RD10-9 SW NETWORK S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK I RD10-17 POWER GROUND I RD10-19 MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON

RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER

BEHINDTRUNK LID LINER

FASCIA SWITCH PACK

SPLICE HEADER - CA223

TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR

TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH

TRUNK RELEASE SWlTCH (FASCIA SWITCH PACK1

TRUNK SWlTCH

GROUND GROUND GROUND

2- 1600 HZ 2-1800Hz GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND

GROUND B+

ST41 ,Z-WAYAUGAT l.S,BLACK BEHINDTRUNK LID LINER

CC,, 18.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK VALET SWITCH iCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) I RDll-7 MODULE lDENTlF,CAT,ON

I RDII-20 DRIVER REAR DOOR SWlTCH GROUND GROUND (DOOR OPEN1

RELAYS

Relay DOOR LOCKING RELAY

FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY

FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

i7 Pin Description I PD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

Active B+ B+ B+

Inactive B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND

Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access VIOLET CA50, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER

VIOLET BT23, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS ,TR”NK

VIOLET BTZ3, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS /TRUNK

0 PD10-5 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK 0 PD10-6 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND

S‘ PD10-9 SCP NETWORK S PDIO-16 SCP NETWORK I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND

B+ HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location / Access BT4

CA8

CAlD

CA1 1

CA7 1

CA??

CA14

CAT6

CA45

CA48

FC1

FC7

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTTILOCK 070 i YELLOW

Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

B-WA,’ MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE

B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

*O-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE

BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK,REARBULKHEAD/RHSlDE

DRl”ER ‘4’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRI”ER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘X’ POST/DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘X’ POST/ DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DR,“ER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER

PASSENGER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COlN TRAY

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type BT22L

BT28L

BT34

CAlOR

CA31L

CA33L

CA33R

CA36L

CA36R

CCSL

CCSR

FC17L

EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK 1 RH CENTER GROUND STUD IRH FORWARD-EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES)

EYELET ,S,NGLE, - KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND, BACKLIGHT, CENTER

EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAlR, RH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET IPAIR) - RH X’POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAlR) - LH ‘fl POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD i CABIN SIDE

EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

I PDll-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWlTCH

PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description I RPlO~i BATTERY POWER SVPPLY

0 RP10-5 PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK 0 RP10-6 PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK

I RP,O-8 LOGIC GROUND RP,0-9 SW NETWORK

S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK I RF’,&17 POWER GROUND

I RPII-20 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description 0 BT,-l TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ACTIVATE 0 BT,-2 FUEL FlLLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE S BTI-8 SCP NETWORK

GROUNO ,DOOR OPEN1

Active B* B+ B+ GROUND

Inactive Bt GROUND GROUND GROUND

2 - ,800 Hz 2-1800HZ GROUND

GROUND ,DOOR DPEN,

GROUND

Active GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND Bt

B+ (PULSE) B+ (PULSE) 2-7600 HZ

0 BT,-l0 I BT,-13 I BTI-14 I BT,-15

S BT,-16

FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACT,“ATE LOGIC GROUND LOGIC GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY SCP NETWORK

B+ GROUND GROUND

I BT2-3 TRUNK RELEASE REOUEST I BT2-5 TRUNK SECURIN SWlTCH STATUS I BT2-7 DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS I BT2-19 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK STATUS

GROUND (MOMENTARY, GROUND (INTRUSION)

B+ B+ (SECURE)

I BTB-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA I BT6-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

Page 136: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

v Pin Description Inactive Bt Bt B+ Bt B+

COMPONENTS

Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY

CC,, 78.WAY FORD IDC S U , BLACK

BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

Bt DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER DDlO ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL

B+ (NOT IN PARK1 DD, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

B+ B+ iKEY OUT) Bc Bc

DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR RDlO, *Z-WA’” FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASiNG , TRIM PANEL

RD,, ,22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

Inactive B+ GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND B+

Inactive

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR -DRIVER

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR-DRIVER REAR

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR-PASSENGER

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - PASSENGER REAR

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES - DRIVER

DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER

DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER REAR

DOOR SWITCH PASSENGER

DOOR SWITCH -PASSENGER REAR

FVEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR

,GN,TlON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)

KEY FOB ANTENNA

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL

DOOR CASlNGiTRlM PANEL

DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL

TR”NK,LH FRONT

STEERlNG COLUMN

TOP OF BACKLIGHT

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX

B+ GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND

SPLlCE HEADER - CA223

TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR

TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH

TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (FASCIA SWITCH PACK)

PO,0 , Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER i BLUE PDll 122.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER i BLACK

RPlO ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE RP,, ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

DD3, ,&WAY ECONOSEAL \\I LC, BLACK

RD3, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

PD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

RP3,G~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL /II LC, BLACK

DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

RD3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

PD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

RP3, B-WA,’ ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

BT16,2-WAY LABINOLINATURAL

FC4,8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

BT33, ,-WAY COAXiAL CONNECTOR

CC,3,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

BT, , ,6-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK BT2, &WAY FORD IDC, BLACK BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR

CA223,ZO.WAY SUMlTOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK

BT43, Z-WAY LAEINAL, BROWN

BT42,2~WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREEN

FC14,6-WAY JAE IL-AGS, GREEN

RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER

BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER

FASCiA SWITCH PACK

GROUND B+

TRUNK SWlTCH

VALET SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

BT4, ,2-WAYAUGAT I.G,BLACK BEHlND TRUNK LID LINER

CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

Inactive

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access B+ GROUND

DOOR LOCKING RELAY VIOLET CA%, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER

FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY VIOLET BT23, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS /TRUNK

FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY VIOLET BT23, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS /TRUNK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location I Access

Inactive Bt GROUND

GROUND

BT4

CA8

CA10

CA,,

CA?,

CA12

CA14

CA16

CA45

CA46

FC1

FC7

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL/ BLACK

IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

E-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW

20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

B-WA,‘MULTiLOCK 070 iYELLOW

G-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

a-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK

20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

BELOW PARCEL SHELF ,TR”NK, REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

DR,“ER ‘A’ POSTiDOOR HARNESS GAITER

DR,“ER ‘%’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DR,“ER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘B/C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRl”ER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

Inactive GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND Bt

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type

B+ B+ (SECURE,

BT22L

BT28L

BT34

CABOR

CA3lL

CA33L

CA33R

CA36L

CA36R

CCBL

CCBR

FC,?L

EYELET (PAIR) - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) - TRUNK/ RH CENTER GROUND STUD (RH FORWARD - EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES)

EYELET ISINGLE) - KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND, BACKLIGHT/ CENTER

EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘pi’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIR) RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET IPAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET (PA,R) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

EYELET (PAIR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

Active TRUNK RELEASE REQUEST IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED GROVND IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST VALET REQUEST NOT 1N PARK MlCROSWlTCH STATUS CENTRAL LOCKING REQUEST KEY IN IGNITION DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND IMOMENTARY, GROUND GROUND

I FC1516 I FC15-32 I FC15-33 GROVND I FC15~41 I FC15-65 I FC15-58 I FC15-83 1 FC16-67

0 FC16-71 I FC15-80

S FC15-84 S FC16~85

GROUND ICRANKING GROUND iMOMENTARY GROUND ,PARKi GROUND iMOMENTARY GROUND iKEY IN) GROUND (PULSE,

EATERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description BATTERY POWER SUPPLY DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND

DRlVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

‘J Pin Description BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK LOGlC GROUND SCP NEiWORK SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND MODULE IDENTlFlCATiON

MODULE IDENTIFICATION DRi”ER REAR DOOR SWITCH

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description BATTERY POWER SUPPLY PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND

PASSENGER DOOR SWlTCH

PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description BATTER,’ POWER SUPPLY PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND

PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

D Pin Description 0 BTI-7 0 871-2 S STY-8 0 BT,-l0 I BT,-13 I BT,-14 1 ST,-15

S BT,-16

TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ACTIVATE FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE SCP NETWORK FUEL FlLLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE LOGIC GROUND LOGIC GROUND BATTER,‘POWER SUPPLY SW NETWORK

Active B+ B+ GROUND 2 - 1600 Hz 2 1600 Hz

B+ (MOMENTARY) Bt (MOMENTARY) GROUND iDOOR OPEN)

Active

B+ GROUND 2 - 1600 Hz 2 - ,800 Hz GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND (DOOR OPEN,

Active Bt B+ GROUND 2 - 1600 Hz 2 - 1600 Hz GROUND

GROUND ,DOOR OPEN,

Active Bt BC GROUND 2-1600Hr 2 - ,600 Hz GROUND

GROUND (DOOR OPEN,

Active B+ IPULSE, B+ (PULSE) 2 - ,600 Hz B+ GROUND GROUND BA 2- ,600 Hz

1 BTZ-3 TRVNK RELEASE REQUEST I BTZ-5 TRUNK SECURITY SWITCH STATUS 1 BT2-7 DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS I BT2-18 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK STATUS

GROUND ,MOMENTARYI GROUND (INTRVSIONI

I BT6-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA I BTG-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 C CAN (Network)

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in unde&anding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATlON SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 137: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

Description Active WASHER FLUlD LEVEL SENSOR VARIABLE INTERMlrrENTWlPE REOUEST IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

SIDE LAMP REQUEST POWER WASH RELAY ACT,“ATE WIPER FAST, SLOW RELAY ACT,“ATE

WINSHIELD WASHER PUMP KT,“ATE

FAST WIPE SPEED REQUEST

PROGRAMMED WASH REOUEST

WIPER RUN, STOP RELAY ACTIVATE

WIPER MOTOR PARK SWliCH STATUS

BATrERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

SLOW, FLICK WIPE REa”EST

BATERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND IFULL)

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND IFAST)

!3+

GROUND

GROUND iMOMENTARY,

GROUND

GROUND IPARKED)

Bc

GROUND

B+

Inactive ST IEMPTY)

COMPONENTS

Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

Connector / Type / Color FC15,14~WAYAMP EEEC, GREY

Location I Access BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT

LlGHTlNG STALK iCOLUMN SWlTCHGEARi

POWER WPlSH PUMP

ST19, EYELET

SC?, 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 lYELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS, ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

Em, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN, VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK RIGHT FRONT OUARTER PANEL l WASHER FLUID CONTAINER

WASH /WIPE STALK iCOLUMN SWITCHGEAR, SC,, I*-WAY M"LTlLOCK 070 I WHiTE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS, ADJACENTTOSTEERING COLUMN MOTOR

RELAYS

Relay WIPER RUN, STOP RELAY

WIPER FAST, SLOW RELAY

POWERWASH RELAY

Case Color BLACK

BLACK

BROWN

Connector / Color LS,, , BLACK

LS11, BLACK

BUS

Location / Access ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT

RELAY ~$4, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX: ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector EM3 EMSl

FC5

LS3

Location I Access PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER

ENGlNE CDMPARIMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP

BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

LH ‘A, POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FiNlSHER

GROUNDS

Ground EM17 FC17R LS18R

LSlPL

Location / Type EYELET iSINGLE, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD EYELET iPAIR -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

EYELET iPAIR - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

EYELET (PAIRI - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage C CAN (Network)

KHz Frequency x 1000

SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds

S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

Page 138: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

J Pin Description COMPONENTS

Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

Active Inactive Bt Bt Bt Bt Bc Bt Bc

Connector I Type I Color FC,5,,4-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY

CC,, ,G~WAY FORD IDC S.” , BLACK

Location / Access BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASiNG ,‘TRlM PANEL

DOOR CASlNG /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASlNG: TRlM PANEL

.; BLACK , BLACK

DOOR CASlNG ! T81M PANEL

FASCIA

TOP OF BACKLIGHT

DOOR TRIM PANEL

BELOWTRUNK FUSE BOX

lGNlTiON SWITCHED GROUND lGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST DRIVER DOOR SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST CENTRAL LOCKING SWTCH - SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL OPEN REOVEST CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE SCP NElwDRK SCP NETWORK REAR WINDOW INHIBIT REOUEST

GROUND GROUND GROUND iCRANKING, GROUND (MOMENTARYI GROUND ,MOMENTARY~ GROUND rMOMENT*RY)

E 1500 Hz 2 1600 Hi GROUND

CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK,

DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER

B- DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR

DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER

Inactive DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR

&O”ND GROUND

B+ GROUND

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER

,NSTR”MENT PACK

GROUND GROUND GROUND

KEY FOB ANTENNA

REAR WINDOW lNHlBlT SWITCH (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)

DDIO i 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLUE DDll , zz-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

RDlO: 22.WA’Y FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE RDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

PDlO, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE PD,, ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER II BLACK

RPlO !22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER: BLUE RPll i 22~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER i BLACK

DD3,13-WA.y ECDNOSEAL ,I, LC I BLACK

FC24,48~WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL FCE, 24~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL

BT33, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR

DD, 1 &WAY MOS-26, YELLOW

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

‘J Pin Description Active B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

WlNDOW NT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SCP NEnniORK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW DOWN REQUEST DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW UP REQUEST DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW bP REOUEST

&“ND 2 ,600 HZ GROUND (MOMENTARY, B+ 2 1600 HI GROUND GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND (MOMENTARY) SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT1 j ,G~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

BT2 I 26~WAY FORD IDC, BLACK BT6, &WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR

DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW UP REOUEST DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WlNDOW DOWN REOUEST DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW DOWN REQUEST DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DOWN REOUEST DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW UP REOVEST

B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND ,MOMENTARYl B+ (MOMENTARY) B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ (MOMENTARY) GPOUND IMOMENTARY)

GROVND

EOUND GROUND GROUND

C&4, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

SRZ, SWAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

CA53,8-WAY M”LTlLOCK 040, BLACK

RD, , S-WAY LAG, GREEN

PD? , Z&WAY ME-26 /YELLOW

RP, , S-WAY LAG, GREEN

DD16, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

RD16, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

PD,B,P~WAYECONOSEAL 111 LC,BLACK

RP16,Z-WAYECDNOSEALlli LC,BLACK

DD, ,26-WAY MOS~26 /YELLOW

ROOF CONSOLE ROOF CONSOLE

ROOF CONSOLE

DOOR TRIM PANEL

DOOR TRlM PANEL

DOOR TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING! TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING I TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

DOOR TRiM PANEL

S,SDiNG ROOF CONTROL MODULE

SLlDiNG ROOF MOTOR

SLlDiNG ROOF SWITCH (ROOF CONSOLES

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description

SWITCH PACK - DRIVER REAR DOOR

SWITCH PACK PASSENGER DOOR

SWlTCH PACK-PASSENGER REAR DOOR

WlNDOW LIFT MOTOR - DRIVER

WINDOW LIFT MOTOR-DRIVER REAR

WINDOW LIFT MOTOR PASSENGER

WINDOW LIFT MOTOR-PASSENGER REAR

WNDOW MT SWiTCH iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK1

Inactive

&UN, GROUND

GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

Active B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND MODULE IDENTlFiCATlON

B+ GROUND 2 - 1600 HZ B+ 2 1600 Hz GROUND GROUND

DRlVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WlNDOW UP REQUEST MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST

GROUND (MOMENTARYI GROUND B+ (MOMENTARY)

- HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

V Pin Description Connector CA8 CA10

CA1 1

CA12

CA14

CA\16

FC5

FC7

Type / Color 20.W.4Y MULTlLOCK 070 I WHlTE B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

ZO~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW

S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

20-WA,’ MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

Location / Access DRI”ER ‘Y POST, DOOR HARNESS GAiTER

DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘% POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘B,? POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

BELOW DRIVER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

Active B+ &O”ND 2 - ,600 HZ B+ 2 - 1600 Hz GROUND

Inactive BAnERY POWER SUPPLY PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK PASSENGER WINDOW LlFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND

%O”ND GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

1 PDll-6 PASSENGER DOOR SwTCH PACK Wlwow up REQUEST I PDll-21 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REOUEST

PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

c7 Pin Description

GROUND GROUND

GROUND ,MOMENTARY) B+ ,MOMENTARYI

GROUNDS

Ground BT22L

ET34

CASOL

CA30R

CA33L

CA33R

CA36L

CCSR

Inactive Active B+

LA RPIO-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY RP10-7 PASSENGER REAR WlNDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY

I RP10-8 LOGIC GROUND

2 RP10-9 SCP NETWORK RPiO~lB PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UPSUPPLY

s RP10-16 SCP NETWORK I RP10-17 POWER GROUND

Location / Type EYELET IPAIR, -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD

EYELET (SINGLE, - KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND, BACKLIGHT/ CENTER

EYELET (PAIR) LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET ,PAlRi - LH X’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET ipAIR - RH ‘7,’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE

%OUND 2-1600Hr Bt 2 - 1600 HZ GROUND

GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ iMOMENTARYi

GROUND

GROUND

I RPll-6 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST I RPll-21 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REO”ES7

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

V Pin Description

GROUND GROUNO

Active Inactive SCP NETWORK LOGIC GROUND LOGIC GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY SCP NETWORK

2 ,500 Hz GROUND GROUND B+ *-LBOOHr

GROUND

EROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+I BTS~i KEY FOB ANTENNA BT6-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHlELD GROUND

SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE

D Pin Description BA”ERY SUPPLY CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH -SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REDJEST GROUND SUPPLY DRl”ER DOOR -SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST SLIDING ROOF SWITCH OPEN REQUEST SLIDING ROOF SWITCH CLOSE REQUEST

Active

%O”ND IMOMENTARY) GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND GROUND (MOMENTARYI GROUND ,MOMENTARYI

B+ BL

Inactive B+ &OUND B+ Bt Bi

: SK-1 SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY SW-3 SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 139: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

v Pin Description Inactive *+ i: B+

2 Br

Active COMPONENTS

Component Connector I Type I Color BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY

CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH Ccl, ,G-WAY FORD IDC S.“. , BLACK (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK,

DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRIVER

DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR

DDlO, Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DD,, I Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

RDIO, *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE RDII ,22-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER

DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR

PDIO I *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE PO1 1 i 22 WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK

RPlO! *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE RPll ! 22 WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER

,NSTR”MENT PACK

KEY FOB ANTENNA

REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

DD3,13WAY ECONOSEAL /I/ LC i BLACK

FCZ4, WWAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL: BLACK FCX, *I-WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL, BLACK

BT33, l-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR

DD, ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW

BTI , ,&WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK BTZ, ZWAY FORD IDC, BLACK

I , ;:;::g

IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND

I FC15-4, IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

: FC15-46

STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST

FC15~47 DRIVER DOOR-SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REOUEST

I , g:;;

CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH -SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL OPEN REOUEST CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST

z $1::;;

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK

I FC15-89 REAR WINDOW INHIBIT REOUEST

GROUND GROUND GROUND ICRANKING GROUND IMOMENTARY GROUND IMOMENTARY) ;RO”ND IMOMENTARY)

Location / Access BULKHEAD! BEHIND GLOVE BOX

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASiNG, TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

FGCIA

TOP OF BACKLIGHT

DOOR TRIM PANEL

BELOWTRUNK FUSE BOX

2-1600Hr * - 1600 HZ GROUND B+

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description Active B-

Inactive

GROUND GROUND

%O”ND

GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

&O”ND GROUND

BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DR,“ER WINDOW DOWN REOUEST DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW UP REOUEST DRlVER DooR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW up REOUEST

B7 GROUND 2 1600 Hz ;;O”ND (MOMENTARY

p;mDHZ

GROUND ,MOMENTARY) GROUND (MOMENTARY)

DDII-4 DDII-6 DD,,-7 DD,,-I2 DD,,-15 DD,,-2, DD,,-22

DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REOUEST DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WlNDOW UP REOUEST DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW DOWN REQUEST DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WlNDOW DOWN REOUEST DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DOWN REOUEST DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW UP REOUEST

B- (MOMENTARYI GROUND (MOMENTARY1 B- (MOMENTARY1 B+ (MOMENTARY1 GROUND IMOMENTARY B+ (MOMENTARYI GROUND IMOMENTARY,

BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR

CA@, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

SRZ, I-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE

CA%, B~WA” MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

RD1 , B-WAY LAG, GREEN

PD1 , Z-WAY MOS~X, YELLOW

w1 i ~-WAY LAG/GREEN

DDIS, ?-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

RD16, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL II/ LC, BLACK

PDIB, 2~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK

RP,6,P-WAYECONOSEALIII X/BLACK

DDI , Z&WAY MOS~26 /YELLOW

SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE

SLIDING ROOF MOTOR

ROOF CONSOLE

ROOF CONSOLE

ROOF CONSOLE SLlDlNG ROOF SWITCH (ROOF CONSOLE, DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description SWITCH PACK- DRIVER REAR DOOR

SWITCH PACK-PASSENGER DOOR

SWITCH PACK-PASSENGER REAR DOOR

WINDOW LIFT MOTOR - DRlVER

WiNDOW LIFT MOTOR-DRIVER REAR

WINDOW LIFT MOTOR-PASSENGER

WINDOW LIFT MOTOR PASSENGER REAR

DOOR TRIM PANEL

DOOR TRIM PANEL

DOOR TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOORTRIM PANEL

Active B+

Inactive

%O”ND GROUND

GROUND

GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY DRIVER REAR WINDOW LlFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON WINDOW LIFT SWITCH

iDRIVER DOOR SWiTCH PACK) DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REOUEST MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Active Connector CAB

CA,0

CA, 1 CA12

CA14

CA16

FC1

FC5

FC7

Type / Color X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

I-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW

ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

54~WAYTHRO”GH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

Location / Access DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POSTiDOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER

DRlVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

Inactive

%~UND GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

%%E

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR VP SUPPLY SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND

1 PD,,-6 I PO,,-21

PASSENGER DOOR SWlTCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST

PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

V Pin Description

GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ IMOMENTARY)

Active

:: GROUND 2-1600Hr

zB+ ,600 Hz GROUND

GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ (MOMENTARY)

Inactive BATTERY POWER SUPPLY PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY SW NETWORK POWER GROUND

GROUNDS

Ground BTZ2L

BT34

CABOL

CAlOR

CA331

CA33R

CAJSL

CA36R

CCBR

Location I Type EYELET IPAIR) -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD

EYELET iSiNGLEi - KEY FoB ANTENNA GROUND I BACKLIGHT i CENTER

EYELET (PAIR) LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIRI - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET IPAIR, - RH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘& POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET IPAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

EYELET iPAIR, RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SlDE

GROUND

GROUND

PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WlNDOW DOWN REOUEST

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description Active Inactive

GROUND

EROUND

SW NETWORK LOGIC GROUND LOGIC GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY SCP NETWORK

2 - ,600 Hz GROUND GROUND

ZBi ,600 Hz

I BT6-1 I BT6~2

KEY FOB ANTENNA KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD

SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE

v Pin Description

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

f-

GROUND

Active

GROUND

Inactive B+

‘@“ND

BC Bt

GROUND GROUND

B+ GROUND ,MOMENTARY Ep;;KN;; ,MOMENTARYi

GROUND iMOMENTARY GROUND IMOMENTARY)

BA”ERY SUPPLY CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH-SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST GROUND SUPPLY DRIVER DOOR SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REOUEST SLIDING ROOF SWITCH OPEN REOUEST SLIDING ROOF SWlTCH CLOSE REOUEST

: SRZ-1 SW-3

SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY

B+ B+

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output C CAN (Network)

B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000

SG Signal Ground MS Milliseconds

S SCP Network V Voltage (DC) Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 140: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

INSTRUMENT PACK

77 Pin Description Active c FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15-1500Hz c FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 15-1500Hz

0 FCE-20 VEHICLE SPEED 22 HZ @ 10 MPH (16 KM/HI; 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KMIHI @ Bi

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

7 Pin Description Active I IC10-1 “EHlCLE SPEED 22 HZ @ 10 MPH (1.5 KM/H,; 44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI @ B+ I IC,O-2 STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS 0 v = MODE, 1.2 ” = SEEK. 2 4” = VOLUME ‘+‘, 3.7 v = VOLUME ‘-’ 0 IC,&S ANTENNA LIP B-

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive

Inactive

5v GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access ANTENNA MOTOR BT19, G~WAY YAZAKI TYPE c, WHITE ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY, BATrERY COVER CD AUTO-CHANGER m, CD A”TOCHANGER DATA CABLE TRUNK LH SlDE iTRUNK CARPET ,NSTR”MENT PACK FC24,48-WAY AMP MODVLE PCS SIGNAL, BLACK FASClA

FCE, 24.WAY AMP MODVLE PCS SGNAL, BLACK RADIO, CASSETTE HEAD UNIT CA3, COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE

lClO,20-WAY MULTLOCK 070 , WHlTE iC19 ICD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE

RADIO ANTENNA CA,, COAXlAL CONNECTOR ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY, BATTERY COVER

RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) sw4,3-WAY WC, BLACK, WHITE STEERING WHEEL

RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR RX, TO-WAY M”LTiLOCK 070, WHlTE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

SPEAKER, ‘K POST TWEETER - LH CA56 /Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM

SPEAKER, ‘K POST TWEETER - RH CA%, 2.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK RH ‘N POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM

SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS-DRIVER SIDE RD6,2-WPIY GROTE & HARTMAN MIX, BLACK DOOR CASING!TRIM PANEL

SPEAKER. REAR DOOR MlD-BASS - PASSENGER SDE RPS I P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER - DRi”ER SlDE RD5, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASNG /TRIM PANEL

SPEAKER. REAR DOOR TWEETER-PASSENGER SIDE RP5, ?-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS - DRIVER SIDE ,206, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MDBASS - PASSENGER SlDE Pm, 2~W!aY GROTE & H?mTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASlNG , TRW PANEL

SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER DRIVER SIDE DD5, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK , BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER-PASSENGER SIDE PD5,2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color Location I Access ST4 WWAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF ITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE

CA10 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRl”ER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

CA12 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

CA14 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

CA16 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 ,WHlTE PASSENGER ‘WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR “ENTiCOlN TRAY

ICI 11.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WHlTE LH HEELBOARD

ICC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LH HEELBOARD

SC3 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

GROUNDS

Ground Location I Type BT28L EYELET iPAlRi TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD IRH FORWARD-EARLY PRODUCTlON VEHICLES1

CE2 EYELET (SINGLE) - RADIO GROUND STUD, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, CENTER

FC17R EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

t-

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 141: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

INSTRUMENT PACK

77 Pin Description Active c X24-24 CAN NETWORK

c FCZ4-47 CAN NETWORK

0 FC25 20 VEHICLE SPEED

POWER AMPLIFIER

7 Pin Description

Inactive

Inactive OM” OM” GROUND 0 M” 0 M”

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

r;J Pin Description Active I ICIO-1 VEHICLE SPEED 22 HZ @ 10 MPH 116 KMIHI; 44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM:H~ Q B+ I IC,O-2 STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS 0 v = MODE, 1 2 ” = SEEK, 2.4 v = VOLUME ‘+‘, 3 7 v = VOLUME ‘L’

0 IC1E ANTENNA UP B+

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

Inactive

5v

GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access ANTENNA MOTOR BT19, BYWAY YAZAKI TYPE C i WHITE ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY! BATTERY COVER

CD AUTOXHANGER 1C5, CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE TRUNK LH SIDE /TRUNK CARPET

,NSTRUMENT PACK FCZ4: WWAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL II BLACK FASCIA FCZS, 24~WAY AMP MODVLE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK

POWER AMPLiFlER ICX! ,*-WAY MULTlLOCK 070! WHITE TRVNK LH SIDE /TRUNK CARPET IC31 , ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHITE

RADIO, CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

RAD,O ANTENNA

RADIO CONTROL SWTCHES (STEERING WHEEL)

RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR

SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETER - LH

SPEAKER, ‘N POST TWEETER - RH

SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS -DRIVER SIDE

SPEAKER. REAR DOOR MID~BASS PASSENGER SIDE

SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER -DRIVER SIDE

SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER PASSENGER SIDE

SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS- DRIVER SIDE

SPEAKER. FRONT DOOR MlD-BASS PASSENGER SIDE

SUBWOOFER

CM: COAXIAL CONNECTOR iCl0 120.WA” MULTILOCK /WHITE IC19 .‘CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE

CA,, COAXIAL CONNECTOR

w/4,3-WAY EPC, BLACKiWHlTE

RT2, ?&WAY MULTILOCK 070 I WHITE

CA!%, ?-WAY MVLTILOCK 040 I BLACK

CA54, MVAYMULTILOCK 040: BLACK

RDS : 2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK

RF%, 2.WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK

RD5, ?~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK

RPS ,2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK

DD6, P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK

PD6, P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK

BT52 I ?-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK: BLACK ST53 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK i BLACK

CENTER CONSOLE

ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY, BATTERY COVER

STEERING WHEEL

BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

LH ‘K POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM

RH ‘N POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING lTRlM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

ABOVE FUEL TANK /TRUNK CARPET

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color 54-WAY THROVGH PANEL, BLACK

8-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW

B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW

G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

54~WA.Y THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK

14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

12~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY

Location / Access BELOW PARCEL SHELF/TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE

DRIVER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘I POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘WC POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER ‘WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER

BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, CON TRAY

LH HEELBOARD

LH HEELBOARD

ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type BT22R EYELET iPAiR, -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD

BT28L EYELET ,PA,R, - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD (RH FORWARD EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES1

CEZ EYELET (SINGLE) RADIO GROUND STUD /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, CENTER

FC17R EYELET IPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications 0 output

B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds

SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

Page 142: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

COMPONENTS

Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT64, COAXIAL CONNECTOR

RT65, COAXIAL CONNECTOR RT66, COAXlAL CONNECTOR

BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX HEATED BACKLIGHT, HEADLlNlNG, REAR CENTER CONSOLE

TELEPHONE HANDSET RT5, TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE

TELEPHONE MICROPHONE CA67 I ?-WAY MVLTILOCK 040, BLUF ROOF CONSOLE

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER RT3, TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY RT4 /TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY

CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color RT, TELEPHONE! PROPRlETARY

RT2 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

Location / Access CENTER CONSOLE

BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

GROUNDS

Ground CA38R

Location / Type EYELET IPAIR) - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 143: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR

v Pin Description Active 0 CAS1-I LH SEAT BELT WETENSIONER POWER SUPPLY B+ 0 C&l-2 LH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND 0 CAS,-3 RH SEAT BELT PRETENslONER POWER SUPPLY BT 0 CAS,-4 RH SEAT BELT PRETENslONER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND I CA61-5 IGNITION SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ I CA6M GROUND SUPPLY GROUND

0 CAS,-7 INSTRUMENT PACK’SRS’ MIL GROUND (NO FAULT, D CA61-9 DIAGNOSTIC OUTPUT SERIAL OUTPUT ENCODED COMMUNICATION 0 CAG1-10 STEERING WHEEL AIR&&G POWER SUPPLY B+ 0 CAS,-ll STEERING WHEEL AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND 0 CA61-13 PASSENGER FASCIA AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY ST 0 CA61-14 PASSENGER FASCIA AlRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND 0 CAB,-16 DRIVER SiDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B+ 0 CM-17 DRIVER SDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND 0 CASI-18 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B+ 0 CA61~19 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND 1 CA61-20 LH SIDE hIPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY GROUND I CASI-21 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY GROVND 1 CA61~22 LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROUND (SHORTED)

1 CM-23 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROVND ,SHORTEDi I C.461~24 LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS GROUND ,NO FAULT)

I CA61-25 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS GROUND (NO FAULT) 0 CM,-40 SW AUDiBLE BACKUP ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

Inactive OPEN CIRCUIT

OPEN CIRCUIT

OPEN CIRCUIT

OPEN CIRCUIT

GROUND

GROUND

SC

OPEN CIRCUIT

OPEN ClRCUiT

OPEN ClRCUlT

OPEN CIRCUIT

OPEN CIRCUIT

OPEN CIRCUIT

OPEN CIRCUIT

OPEN CIRCUIT

B+

B+

SC

B+

GROUND

GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component ,uRBAG, SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR

A,RBAG - DRIVER SIDE

AIRBAG - PASSENGER SIDE

SEAT BELT WETENSIONER - LH

SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER- RH

SlDE AIRBAG -DRIVER

SlDE AiRBAG - PASSENGER

S,DE lMPACT SENSOR LH

SlDE lMPACT SENSOR - RH

SPL,CE HEADER - CA225

Connector I Type I Color

CAM, %-WAY EL050 /YELLOW

SW, ,,3-w*Y EPC i BLACK

CA.81 , SWAY CARDEL, FORD, GREY

CA.62, Z-WAY FORD AIRBAG, YELLOW

CA&, 2.WAY FORD AlRBAG , YELLOW

SM,S-D,?-WPIYAMPHENOL,YELLOW

SM,5-P,2WAYAMPHENOL,YELLOW

CA,S, S-WAY MOLEX C-GRID, BLACK

CA**, B~WAIY MOLEX C-GRID, BLACK

CA225, ZO~WAY S”MlTOM0 SPLICE HEADER /

Location / Access BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

CENTER OF STEERlNG WHEEL

PASSENGER AIR BAG

INSlDE LH ‘WC’ POST, ‘WC POST TRIM

iNSIDE RH ‘WC’ POST, ‘WC’ POST TRIM

DRIVER SEAT, SIDE

PASSENGER SEAT, SlDE

INSIDE ‘B/c’ POST, ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

INSIDE ‘WC POST,‘B,C’ POSTTRIM

JRAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type / Color Location I Access CA66 3.WAY FORD, CARD, BLACK BELOW SEAT

CA72 3.WAY FORD, CARD, BLPLCK BELOW SEAT

FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DR,“ER SiDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY

SW,0 J-WAY EPC, BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type CA48 EYELET (SINGLE) RH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW MRBAG ONLY GROUND)

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 144: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

7 Pin Description I FC15~4 HORN ACTIVATE REQUEST

0 FC, 5~70 HORN RELAY ACTIVATE

FC15-80 BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

Active GROUND IMOMENTARY)

GROUND (MOMENTARY,

B*

Inactive B+ B+ B+

COMPONENTS

Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

C,GAR LIGHTER-FRONT CA74, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

ClGAR LIGHTER-REAR CATS, Z-WAY CIGAR LIGHTER, YELLOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE VENT CA76, LUCAR - LOCKING PDSILDCK MKI

FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT IS, 10.WAY U.T.A FUSE BOX, NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT LSE i 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX I BLACK LS7,10 WAY U.T.A. FUSE SOX, GREEN LS8, ,O~WAY U.T.A FUSE BOX, BLUE STiO, EYELET

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL)

HORN LH

HORN - RH

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

ST, 0,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX I NATURAL ST,, ,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX: BLACK BT12,lO~WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX/GREEN BT13, ,O~WAY U.T.A FUSE BOX, BLUE BT64, EYELET

HP,, VVVAY BLADE HP2, ,-WAY BLADE

LS46, LUCAR - LOCKlNG POSILOCK MKI LS47, LUCAR - LOCKING POSILOCK MKI

LS48, LUCAR LOCKING POSILOCK MKI LS49, LUCAR LOCKING POSILOCK MKI

CA,, , Z-WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN, BLACK

BT25,3WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN, BLACK

TRUNK ELECTWCAL CARRIER

CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

FORWARD OF RADIATOR - LH SIDE, RADiATOR GRILLE

FORWARD OF RADIATOR - RH SIDE, RADIATOR GRILLE

RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

ADJACENT TO BA”ERY, BATTERY COVER

RELAYS

Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access HORN RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY#6, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY BROWN BUS RELAYfG,TRUNKFUSE BOXiTRUNK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector ST4

EM1

EM3

SC2

SC3

SW1

SWZ

Type I Color Location / Access 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK

lW”AY PlUGAT 1.6, BLACK

11.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WHlTE

l&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW

1%WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY

1%WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK

B-WAY JST, WHITE

BELOW PARCEL SHELF/TRUNK/ REAR BULKHEAD, RH SlDE

ENGINE CDMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO ASS PUMP

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL

CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type BT?lR EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD

CABlR EYELET ,PAIR, - RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD

CA47L EYELET (PAIR) - DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE

CA47R EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE

FC17R EYELET ,P*,Rl- EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

LSIBR EYELET (PAIR, - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

LS20R EYELET ,PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:

I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 145: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

COMPONENTS

Component ABS iTRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRlVER

DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR

DOOR CONTROL MODULE -PASSENGER

DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE

lNSTRUMENT PACK

SEAT CONTROL MODULE -DRIVER

SEAT CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER

SPLICE HEADER - CA222

SPLICE HEADER CA223

TRANSMlSSlON CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A

TRANSMlSSiON CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC

Connector / Type / Color Location I Access LS27,25-WAY AMP, FORD I BLACK

FC15,11-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY

CCS! 18~WAY AMP IOBD2i, BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

TRANSMISSION TUNNEL

DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL DDIO, 2%WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOI,, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

RDlO, T-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE RDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

PDtO i 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE PDlt , *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLACK

RPlO ! 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE RP, l/22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

EMlO, 28.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY EM,, ,16-W*,’ MULTILOCK 040: GREY EM12,22-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM13,34-WAY MULTlLOCK040,GREY EM141 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47!WH\TE Eb.415, Z-WAY MULTlLDCK 47 /WHITE

CC14,lO~WAY MULTlLOCK070,WHITE

FC24 14%WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FC25, h-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL! BLACK

SM,-D, 18.WAYFORD 28TIMER,BLACK SM2-D, 26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK SW&D, 10.WAY FORDZ8TlMER,BL*CK

SM,-P,IB-WAYFDRD2.8TIMERiBLACK SMB~P, 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

CA222,2&WAY SUMITOMD SPLICE HEADER, GREY

CAZ23, PO-WAY SUMiTOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK

EM,, %-WAY BOSCH, BLACK

EM61,18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK EM62,1CWAYAMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

FASClA

DRIVER SEAT, UNDER

PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER

RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color BT4

CA8

CA1 1

CA18

CA23

CA27

CA45

CA46

EM1

EM2

FCl

FC7

FCll

54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK

X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

DWAY MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE

PO-W*Y MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW

,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

10.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE

B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE

&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK

20.WAY MULTiLOCK 070, GREY

54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR,

10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WH!TE

II-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE

Location I Access BELOW PARCEL SHELF /TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SlDE

DRIVER ‘R POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

P*SSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

LH ‘4’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

BELOW DRIVER SEAT

BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

BLACK

PASSENGER WC’ POST/DOOR HARNESS GAITER

DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR H*RNESS GAITER

ENGINECOMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP

PASSENGER ‘X POST, LOWER ‘X POST FINISHER

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT: GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

ABOVE DiMbIER MODULE, COIN TRAY

ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

GROUNDS

Ground Location / Type CCBL EYELET IPAIR, RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Page 146: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

COMPONENTS

Component ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

Connector I Type I Color EM68,35~WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTlMER,BLACK

Location I Access ADJACENTTO PASSENGER SIDE BLOWER, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE CCZ8,26-WAY M”LTlLOCK 47, GREY CC29,16-WAY MVLTlLOCK 47, GREY cc30, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY cc31,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY

AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL PANEL ccz7,12-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE CENTER CONSOLE

AlRBAG, SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR C.461, SO-WAY EL050, YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX

DATA LINK CONNECTOR cm, 16-WAY AMP ~OBD2i , BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO, 28.WAY MULTILOCK OK! GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE EM1 1,1G~WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM,*, 22.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM13,3.%WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, GREY EM14,12-WAY M”LTiLOCK47,WHlTE EM15122~WAY MULTiLOCK47,WHlTE

KEYTRANSPONDER MODULE FCZ, 20.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK

SPLICE HEADER - CA225 CA225, T-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

Connector Type I Color Location I Access CA19 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOVNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER EM2 ZwdAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINiSHER EM3 14WAY M”LTlLOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

EM53 2wvvAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘I’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

FCll ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MOO”LE,COIN TRAY

GROUNDS

Ground ccx

Location / Type EYELET IPAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SlDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

Page 147: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

i

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Appendix

This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.

Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix

BPM Body Processor ModuleDIAG DiagnosticsDDCM Driver Door Control ModuleDRDCM Driver Rear Door Control ModuleDSCM Driver Seat Control ModuleINST Instrument PackPDCM Passenger Door Control ModulePRDCM Passenger Rear Door Control ModulePSCM Passenger Seat Control ModuleR ReceiveT TransmitSLCM Security and Locking Control Module

Page 148: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

ii

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Appendix

CAN Messages by Node

Node: Engine Control Module

Transmitted by ECM

Message Usage

CAN traction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for traction controlCAN traction control estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristicsCAN shift energy management estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristicsCAN throttle position Throttle valve positionCAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demandCAN torque reduction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for shift energy managementCAN engine speed Engine speedCAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch statusCAN cruise status Cruise control system statusCAN park brake status Indicates whether the parking brake is onCAN OBDII clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCsCAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in CelsiusCAN engine OBDII MIL MIL control for OBDII DTCsCAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warningsCAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warningsCAN ECM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL onCAN ECM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ECMCAN engine fault codes ECM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codesCAN fuel used Derived from injector pulse durationCAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network statusCAN diagnostic data out – ECM To external diagnostics device only

Page 149: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

iii

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Appendix

CAN Messages by Node

Node: Engine Control Module

Received by ECM

Message Usage Source

CAN torque reduction throttle For traction control – throttle intervention ABSCAN fast torque reduction ignition Fast stability control response – ignition retard ABSCAN fast torque reduction cylinder Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off ABSCAN torque reduction request For shift energy management TCMCAN transmission overload Protects transmission against excessive torque TCMCAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed TCMCAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed TCMCAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slip TCMCAN kickdown Kickdown status TCMCAN traction status Indicates if the traction algorithm is functioning ABSCAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABSCAN ABS fault codes ABS DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes ABSCAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared ABSCAN ABS fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on ABSCAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems ABSCAN sidelamp status Side lamp state for idle speed control INSTCAN dipped beam status Dipped beam state for idle speed control INSTCAN main beam status Main beam state for idle speed control INSTCAN oil pressure low Indicates low engine oil pressure INSTCAN fuel level damped Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank INSTCAN fuel level raw Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank INSTCAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state TCMCAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup TCMCAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch TCMCAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of Can gear position selected TCMCAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected TCMCAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature TCMCAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCMCAN TCM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on TCMCAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared TCMCAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes TCMCAN left front wheel speed Left front wheel speed ABSCAN right front wheel speed Right front wheel speed ABSCAN left rear wheel speed Left rear wheel speed ABSCAN right rear wheel speed Right rear wheel speed ABSCAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCMCAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INSTCAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABSCAN diagnostic data in – ECM From external diagnostics device only DIAG

Page 150: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

iv

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Appendix

CAN Messages by Node

Node: Transmission Control Module

Transmitted by TCM

Message Usage

CAN torque reduction request For shift energy managementCAN transmission overload Protects transmission against excessive torqueCAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speedCAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speedCAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slipCAN kickdown Kickdown statusCAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear stateCAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockupCAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switchCAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of CAN gear position selectedCAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selectedCAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperatureCAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warningCAN TCM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of TCMCAN gear position target Target gear position for next shiftCAN torque transfer in progress Indicates torque transfer in progress during gearshiftCAN TCM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the TCM DTCs should switch MIL onCAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been clearedCAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codesCAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network statusCAN diagnostic data out – TCM To external diagnostics device only

Received by TCM

Message Usage Source

CAN traction status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning ABSCAN shift energy management estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics ECMCAN throttle position Throttle valve position ECMCAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand ECMCAN torque reduction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management ECMCAN engine speed Engine speed ECMCAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECMCAN cruise status Cruise control system status ECMCAN OBDII clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs ECMCAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius ECMCAN left front wheel speed Left front wheel speed ABSCAN right front wheel speed Right front wheel speed ABSCAN left rear wheel speed Left rear wheel speed ABSCAN right rear wheel speed Right rear wheel speed ABSCAN NWM token– ECM Message for monitoring network status ECMCAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INSTCAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABSCAN diagnostic data in – TCM From external diagnostics device only DIAG

Page 151: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

v

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Appendix

CAN Messages by Node

Node: Instrument Pack

Transmitted by INST

Message Usage

CAN side lamp status Sidelamp status for idle speed controlCAN dipped beam status Dipped beam state for idle speed controlCAN main beam status Main beam state for idle speed controlCAN oil pressure low Indicates low engine oil pressureCAN fuel level damped Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tankCAN fuel level raw Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tankCAN NWM token INST Message for monitoring network statusCAN diagnostic data out INST To external diagnostics device only

Received by INST

Message Usage Source

CAN traction status Indicates if the traction algorithm is functioning ABSCAN ABS PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ABS / TC CM ABSCAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABSCAN reference distance traveled Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size ABSCAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems ABSCAN engine speed Engine speed ECMCAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECMCAN park brake status Indicates whether the parking brake is on ECMCAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch TCMCAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected TCMCAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature TCMCAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCMCAN TCM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of TCM TCMCAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius ECMCAN engine OBDII MIL MIL control for OBDII DTCs ECMCAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings ECMCAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings ECMCAN ECM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ECM ECMCAN fuel used Derived from the injector pulse duration ECMCAN right rear wheel speed Rear right wheel speed ABSCAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECMCAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCMCAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABSCAN diagnostic data in – INST From external diagnostics device only DIAG

Page 152: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

vi

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Appendix

CAN Messages by Node

Node: ABS / Traction Control Control Module

Transmitted by ABS / TCCM

Message Usage

CAN torque reduction throttle For traction control – throttle interventionCAN fast torque reduction ignition For fast stability control response – ignition retardCAN fast torque reduction cylinder For fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut offCAN traction status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioningCAN ABS PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ABS / TCCMCAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel sizeCAN reference distance traveled Rolling count – based on a standard wheel sizeCAN ABS fault codes ABS DTCs, including OBDII P and C codesCAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been clearedCAN ABS fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL onCAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systemsCAN ABS status Indicates whether ABS is operatingCAN left front wheel speed Left front wheel speedCAN right front wheel speed Right front wheel speedCAN left rear wheel speed Left rear wheel speedCAN right rear wheel speed Right rear wheel speedCAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network statusCAN diagnostic data out – ABS From external diagnostics device only

Received by ABS / TC CM

Message Usage Source

CAN traction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for traction control ECMCAN traction estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics ECMCAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed TCMCAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed TCMCAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slop TCMCAN kickdown Kickdown status TCMCAN throttle position Throttle valve position ECMCAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand ECMCAN engine speed Engine speed ECMCAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECMCAN OBDII clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs ECMCAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state TCMCAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup TCMCAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected TCMCAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCMCAN gear position target Target gear position for next shift TCMCAN torque transfer in progress Indicates torque transfer in progress during gearshift TCMCAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes TCMCAN engine OBDII MIL MIL control for OBDII DTCs ECMCAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings ECMCAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings ECMCAN ECM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ECM DTCs should switch MIL on ECMCAN engine DTCs ECM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes ECMCAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECMCAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCMCAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INSTCAN diagnostic data in – ABS From external diagnostics device only DIAG

Page 153: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

vii

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Appendix

CAN Messages by Node

Node: Gear Selector Illumination Module (listen Only)

Received by Gear Selector Illumination Module

Message Usage Source

CAN gear position selected Gear selector indicator illumination TCMCAN gear selection fault TCM

Page 154: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

viii

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Appendix

CAN Message Matrix

T = Transmit; R = Receive

GearMessage ABS ECM TCM INST Selector DIAG

CAN torque reduction throttle T ................. R ...........................................................................................CAN fast torque reduction ignition T ................. R ...........................................................................................CAN fast torque reduction cylinder T ................. R ...........................................................................................CAN traction acknowledge R ................. T ............................................................................................CAN traction control estimated engine torque R ................. T ................................................................ ............................CAN torque reduction request .................. R ................. T ......................................................................CAN transmission overload .................. R ................. T ......................................................................CAN transmission input speed R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................CAN transmission output speed R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................CAN torque converter slip R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................CAN kickdown R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................CAN traction status T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................CAN ABS PECUS flag T ............................................................ R ................................................CAN vehicle reference speed T ................. R ...................................... R ................................................CAN reference distance traveled T ............................................................ R ................................................CAN ABS fault codes T ................. R ......................................................................................... ..CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge T ................. R ...........................................................................................CAN ABS fault code MIL status T ................. R ...........................................................................................CAN ABS malfunction T ................. R ...................................... R ................................................CAN ABS status T .................................................................................................................CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque .................. T .................. R ......................................................................CAN throttle position R ................. T .................. R ......................................................................CAN pedal position R ................. T .................. R ......................................................................CAN torque reduction acknowledge .................. T .................. R ......................................................................CAN engine speed R ................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................CAN brake pedal pressed R ................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................CAN cruise status .................. T ................. *R .....................................................................CAN park brake status .................. T ...................................... *R ...............................................CAN OBDII clear fault codes R ................. T .................. R ......................................................................CAN side lamp status .................. R ....................................... T ................................................CAN dipped beam status .................. R ....................................... T ................................................CAN main beam status .................. R ....................................... T ................................................CAN oil pressure low .................. R ....................................... T ................................................CAN fuel level raw .................. R ....................................... T ................................................CAN fuel level damped .................. R ....................................... T ................................................CAN gear position actual R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................CAN torque converter status R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................CAN gear position selected R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................. R ...........................CAN gear selection fault R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................. R ...........................CAN transmission shift map R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................CAN transmission oil temperature .................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................CAN transmission malfunction R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................CAN TCM PECUS flag ........................................ T ................. R ................................................CAN gear position target ** R ....................................... T ......................................................................CAN torque transfer in progress ** R ....................................... T ......................................................................CAN TCM fault code MIL status .................. R ................. T ......................................................................CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge .................. R ................. T ......................................................................CAN transmission fault codes R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................CAN engine coolant temperature .................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................CAN engine OBDII MIL R ................. T ....................................... R ................................................

* NA engines only

** SC engines only

Page 155: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

ix

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Appendix

GearMessage ABS ECM TCM INST Selector DIAG

CAN throttle malfunction red R ................. T ....................................... R ................................................CAN throttle malfunction amber R ................. T ....................................... R ................................................CAN ECM fault code MIL status R ................. T ............................................................................................CAN ECM PECUS flag .................. T ....................................... R ................................................CAN engine fault codes R ................. T ............................................................................................CAN fuel used .................. T ....................................... R ................................................CAN left front wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................CAN right front wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................CAN left rear wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................CAN right rear wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................CAN NWM token – ECM R ................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................CAN NWM token – TCM R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................CAN NWM token – INST R ................. R ................. R .................. T ................................................CAN NWM token – ABS T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................CAN diagnostic data in – ECM .................. R .................................................................................. T .....CAN diagnostic data in – TCM ........................................ R ............................................................. T .....CAN diagnostic data in – INST ............................................................. R ....................................... T .....CAN diagnostic data in – ABS R ........................................................................................................ T .....CAN diagnostic data out – ECM .................. T ................................................................................... R .....CAN diagnostic data out – TCM .................. T ....................................... R ................................................CAN diagnostic data out – INST .............................................................. T ....................................... R .....CAN diagnostic data out – ABS T ........................................................................................................ R .....

Page 156: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

x

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Appendix

SCP Message Matrix

T = Transmit; R = Receive

# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM

1 Vehicle speed T .............. R ............. R ..............................................................................................................2 Brake pedal pressed T .............. R ....................................................................................................................... R .....3 Module not programmed R ............. T .............. T .............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T .....4 Left hand drive vehicle ............... T ............. R .....................................................................................................R .....5 Valet mode OFF ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....6 Non-superlocking vehicle ............... T ............. R ..............................................................................................................7 Trailer disconnected ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....8 Right hand drive vehicle ............... T ............. R .....................................................................................................R .....9 Valet mode ON ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....10 Superlocking ON ............... T ............. R ..............................................................................................................11 Trailer connected ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....12 Reverse gear selected T ................................................. R ....................................................................................R .....13 Not-in-park switch – inactive ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R .............................. R ........................................14 Not-in-park switch – active ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R .............................. R ........................................15 Engine running T .............. R ................................................................................................................................16 Charging OK T .........................................................................................................................................R .....17 Inertia switch – inactive ............... T ............. R ............. R .............................................................................................18 Inertia switch – active ............... T ............. R ............. R .............................................................................................19 Ignition switch status R ............. T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R .............. R .....20 Key not-in-ignition ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... R .....21 Key in-ignition ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... R .....22 Seatbelt telltale OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................23 Low washer fluid warning OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................24 Seatbelt telltale ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................25 Low washer fluid warning ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................26 Security audible indication ............... R .............. T .............. T .................................................................................... T .....27 Remote panic enabled ............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....28 Intrusion sensing disabled ...................................................................................................................................................29 Security disarm ............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....30 Ignition key invalid ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....31 Intrusion breach ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....32 Intrusion self-check failure ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....33 Intrusion sensing enabled ...................................................................................................................................................34 Security armed ............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....35 Ignition key valid ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....36 Memory set chime ............... R .................................................................................... T ........................................37 Recall memory 1 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................38 Recall memory 2 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................39 Recall memory 3 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................40 Set memory 1 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................41 Set memory 2 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................42 Set memory 3 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................43 Stop memory recall ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................44 Memory LED OFF ................................ R .................................................................. T ........................................45 Memory recall cancelled ............... T .............. T .............. T .............. T .............................. R ........................................46 Memory LED ON ................................ R .................................................................. T ........................................47 Mirror fold-flat ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................48 Mirror fold-out ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................49 Stop mirror ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................50 Driver mirror up ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................51 Passenger mirror up ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................52 Driver mirror down ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................53 Passenger mirror down ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................54 Passenger mirror right ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................

Page 157: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

xi

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Appendix

# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM

55 Passenger mirror left ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................56 Unlock all doors .............................. T / R ........ T / R ..............................................R ............. R .......................57 Unlock fuel filler flap ................................. T ...................................................................................................... R .....58 Remote unlock ............... R ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............................... T .....59 Remote trunk release ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....60 Lock all doors ............... R .............. T .............. T .............................................................................................61 Lock fuel filler flap ................................. T ...................................................................................................... R .....62 Superlock all doors .............................. T / R ........ T / R ..............................................R ............. R .......................63 Remote superlock ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....64 Remote lock ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....65 Vehicle unlocked ............... R .............. T ...................................................................................................... R .....66 Driver front door unlocked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....67 Passenger front door unlocked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....68 Exterior trunk release disabled ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................69 Driver door lock cylinder status ............... R .............. T .............. R ................................................ R ............. R .............. R .....70 Passenger door lock cylinder status ............... R ............. R ............. T ................................................ R ............. R .............. R .....71 Remote transmitter ID .......................................................................................................R ............................... T .....72 Vehicle locked ............... R .............. T ...................................................................................................... R .....73 Driver front door locked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....74 Passenger front door locked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....75 Exterior trunk release enabled ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................76 Central locking switch active ............... T ............. R ............. R ....................................................................................R .....77 Open trunk ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....78 Hood closed R ............. T ............. R ............. R ....................................................................................R .....79 Driver front door closed R ............. R .............. T .............. R ............. R .............................. R ............................... R .....80 Passenger front door closed R ............. R ............. R ............. T ............................... R ................................................. R .....81 Driver rear door closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R ................................................. T ............................... R .....82 Passenger rear door closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................. T .............. R .....83 Trunk closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....84 Hood ajar R ............. T ............. R ............. R ....................................................................................R .....85 Driver front door ajar R ............. R .............. T .............. R ............. R .............................. R ............................... R .....86 Passenger front door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. T ............................... R ................................................. R .....87 Driver rear door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R ................................................. T ............................... R .....88 Passenger rear door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................. T .............. R .....89 Trunk ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....90 Exterior trunk release active ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....91 Driver seat exit position ............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................92 Driver seat entry / exit mode initiated ............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................93 Sunroof position status ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................94 Stop global window close ............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R .......................95 Stop sunroof close ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................96 Stop passenger front window ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................97 Stop driver rear window ................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................98 Stop passenger rear window ................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................99 Rear window switches – enable ............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R .......................100 Open passenger front window ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................101 Open driver rear window ................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................102 Open passenger rear window ................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................103 Global close windows ............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R .......................104 Close driver front window ................................ R ..............................................................................................................105 Close sunroof ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................106 Close passenger front window ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................107 Close driver rear window ................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................

(continued)

Page 158: XJ Series Sedan 1998 Electrical Guide - · PDF filexj series sedan 1998 electrical guide by appointment to his royal highness the prince of wales manufacturers of daimler and jaguar

xii

XJ Series 1998

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

Appendix

SCP Message Matrix

T = Transmit; R = Receive

# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM

108 Close passenger rear window ................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................109 Inhibit rear window switches ............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R .......................110 Tail lamp failure R ............. T ................................................................................................................................111 Stop lamp failure R ........................................................................................................................................ T .....112 Tail lamps OK R ............. T ................................................................................................................................113 Stop lamps OK R ........................................................................................................................................ T .....114 Rear fog lamps OFF ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....115 Remote headlamps OFF ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....116 Rear fog lamps ON ............... T ........................................................................................... ............................ R .....117 Remote headlamps ON ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....118 Dip beam OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................119 Side lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................120 Hazard lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................121 Left DI lamps OFF R ............. T ............................................................................................ ....................................122 Right DI lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................123 Main beam OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................124 Rear fog lamps OFF ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....125 Main beam flash disabled ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....126 Dip beam ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................127 Side lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................128 Hazard lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................129 Left DI lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................130 Right DI lamps ON R ............. T ............................................................................................ ....................................131 Main beam ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................132 Rear fogs status – ON ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....133 Main beam flash enabled ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....134 Interior lights OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................135 Interior lights ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................136 Valet mode message OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................137 Valet mode message R ............. T ................................................................................................................................138 Wake-up network T .............. T .............. T .............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T .....139 Network status – awake T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R .... .... T / R ...140 Entering sleep mode T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ....... . T / R ...